WO2015181946A1 - Information processing device, information processing method, program - Google Patents

Information processing device, information processing method, program Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015181946A1
WO2015181946A1 PCT/JP2014/064405 JP2014064405W WO2015181946A1 WO 2015181946 A1 WO2015181946 A1 WO 2015181946A1 JP 2014064405 W JP2014064405 W JP 2014064405W WO 2015181946 A1 WO2015181946 A1 WO 2015181946A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
offer
transaction
offer information
transmission
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/064405
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
秀明 小西
Original Assignee
楽天株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 楽天株式会社 filed Critical 楽天株式会社
Priority to JP2016523052A priority Critical patent/JP6270999B2/en
Priority to PCT/JP2014/064405 priority patent/WO2015181946A1/en
Publication of WO2015181946A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015181946A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/06Buying, selling or leasing transactions

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an information processing apparatus, an information processing method, and a program, and more particularly to a technical field for processing a transaction request from a transaction requester and offer information corresponding thereto.
  • a service has been provided that mediates that a general user requests a business transaction via a communication network such as the Internet, and that, for example, a business operator offers a transaction.
  • a technique related to such a service the above-mentioned Patent Document 1 is disclosed.
  • a user accesses a broker's home page, presents purchase or sale conditions for a motorcycle, and the broker transmits this to the operator.
  • the business operator answers the estimate to the user.
  • an object of the present invention is to eliminate or reduce the burden caused by too many offers to the transaction requester.
  • the information processing apparatus which concerns on this invention is produced
  • a commercial transaction information acquisition unit that acquires offer information about the transaction applicant, a comparison target setting unit that sets a comparison target for the offer information acquired by the commercial transaction information acquisition unit, and the commercial transaction information acquisition unit acquired
  • a transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit that determines whether or not to perform transmission regarding the offer information to the transaction requester terminal based on a comparison result between offer information and a comparison target set by the comparison target setting unit; And a transmission control unit that controls transmission processing of the offer information to the transaction requester terminal based on the determination of the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit.
  • the transaction requester terminal is a terminal used by a transaction requester, for example, a user who seeks a commercial transaction such as sale, purchase, contract, etc. of a product.
  • a transaction applicant is a business operator who applies for a commercial transaction with a transaction requester. That is, this information processing apparatus functions as a system that mediates between the transaction requester and a plurality of transaction applicants. In this case, for each offer information from a plurality of transaction applicants for the transaction request information, a comparison process with a comparison target is performed to determine whether or not to transmit the offer information to the transaction requester terminal. In other words, each offer information is filtered and transmitted to the transaction requester.
  • the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit determines that the estimated amount included in the offer information is more advantageous for the transaction requester than the amount included in the comparison target. In some cases, it may be desirable to determine to transmit the offer information to the transaction requester terminal. Since it is favorable for the transaction requester, that is, offer information worth considering for the conclusion of the transaction, it is appropriate to present such offer information to the user.
  • the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit determines that the estimated amount included in the offer information is an inferior amount for the transaction requester than the amount included in the comparison target. In some cases, if the amount difference is less than the first threshold, it may be determined to execute transmission of the offer information to the transaction requester terminal. Even if the estimated amount is inferior to the transaction requester, the transaction requester may wish to close the contract due to various circumstances. However, if the amount is too inferior, it is usually difficult to make a contract. Therefore, although it is inferior in terms of amount, if the amount difference with the comparison target is less than the first threshold value, it is determined that it can be a candidate for closing, and transmission of the offer information to the transaction requester terminal is executed.
  • the first threshold value is the result information of the transaction applicant who is the offer source of the offer information to be compared, or the offer information to be compared with the comparison target. You may set using the performance information of the transaction applicant who is an offer origin.
  • the first threshold value as the upper limit of the amount difference may be a fixed value, but may vary according to the transaction applicant's performance. Accordingly, it is possible to determine whether or not transmission to the transaction requester is possible, reflecting the credit of the transaction applicant.
  • the performance information is, for example, information on the difference between the estimated amount shown in the offer information and the contracted amount regarding the past contracted transaction by the transaction applicant.
  • the first threshold value may be set based on a transmission execution state regarding offer information to a transaction requester terminal that is a target of offer information. .
  • the first threshold has a function of tightening or loosening the transmission execution determination to the transaction requester. If the first threshold value is increased, the number of offer information to be transmitted to the transaction requester terminal is likely to increase. If the first threshold value is decreased, the offer information to be transmitted to the transaction requester terminal is increased. The number tends to be reduced. Too much transmission of offer information is a burden on the transaction requester. On the other hand, if the transmission is too small, the function that the transaction requester selects an offer to be concluded from an appropriate number of offers becomes insufficient. Therefore, the first threshold value is set based on the transmission execution status regarding the offer information to the transaction requester terminal. This allows a moderate number of offers to be presented to the transaction requester.
  • the first threshold value is not transmitted to the transaction requester terminal according to a comparison result with offer information set as a comparison target by the comparison target setting unit. May be set based on the number of offer information determined. This is also a process for realizing an adjustment function for presenting an appropriate number of offers to the transaction requester. For example, when other offer information that is a comparison target is extremely advantageous for the transaction requester, it is assumed that most of the other offer information is not transmitted. Therefore, the first threshold value is varied according to such a situation so that an appropriate number of transmissions are performed.
  • the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit may correct the estimated amount included in the offer information for comparison and then compare it with the comparison target.
  • the conditions that a transaction requester wants to close range from an estimated amount, convenience, and operator's credit. Therefore, in order to prevent the transmission to the transaction requester from being executed because only the estimated amount is inferior, or the transmission being executed because only the estimated amount is superior, correction is performed to increase or decrease the estimated amount used for comparison. Is possible. As a result, estimates of various conditions are presented to the user.
  • the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit is based on the magnitude of the difference between the condition element relating to offer information and the setting condition associated with the transaction request information.
  • the estimated amount included in the offer information may be corrected for comparison.
  • the transaction requester can determine the conditions requested by the transaction requester for the contract. Offers suitable for such conditions can be easily transmitted to the transaction requester terminal by correcting the estimated amount at the time of comparison.
  • the offer permission determination processing unit provides an offer of the offer information with respect to offer information that is determined not to execute transmission related to offer information to the transaction requester terminal. You may make it perform the process which determines whether the notification process to the original transaction applicant is performed. Offer information that is determined not to be transmitted to the transaction requester terminal becomes impossible or difficult for the contract applicant. Therefore, the fact is notified.
  • the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit includes, in the offer information, offer information that is determined not to execute transmission related to offer information to the transaction requester terminal. If the amount difference between the estimated amount and the amount included in the comparison target is less than a predetermined threshold, it may be determined to execute the notification process to the transaction applicant who is the offer source of the offer information. If the amount difference is less than the predetermined threshold value, it is determined that the transmission is not executed by comparison, but it means that the comparison process is not greatly lost. Therefore, notification processing is preferable in terms of prompting a re-offer.
  • the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit sends to the transaction applicant about offer information that has been determined not to perform transmission related to offer information to the transaction requester terminal.
  • the notification process may be determined based on the status of other offer information by the transaction applicant who is the offer source of the offer information. This is because, for example, there is a case where notification of non-execution of transmission is not necessarily required due to a situation in which there is an opportunity to close a similar product due to other offer information of the transaction applicant.
  • the offer permission determination processing unit provides an offer of the offer information for offer information that has been decided not to execute transmission related to offer information to the transaction requester terminal.
  • the notification information by the notification process includes a content that recommends re-offer information transmission.
  • the offer permission determination processing unit provides an offer of the offer information for offer information that has been decided not to execute transmission related to offer information to the transaction requester terminal.
  • the notification information by the notification process includes a content that recommends changing the transaction request information to be offered. This is because changing the target of the offer may provide a new contract opportunity to the transaction applicant.
  • the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit determines whether or not to execute transmission related to offer information to the transaction requester terminal from the comparison result.
  • the condition may be selected based on the offer information transmission status to the transaction requester terminal to be transmitted.
  • the condition for determining whether or not to perform transmission may be varied under severe conditions or loose conditions.
  • the comparison target setting unit corresponds to the same transaction request information as the offer information acquired by the commercial transaction information acquisition unit, and is transmitted to the transaction requester terminal.
  • Other offer information that has been executed and that has been subjected to a predetermined operation on the transaction requester terminal side may be set as a comparison target.
  • the comparison target in the comparison process is desirably a transaction requester that is a criterion for whether or not the contract is possible. Offer information that has already been presented to the transaction requester and the interest of the transaction requester is assumed to be appropriate as such a criterion. Therefore, offer information on which a predetermined operation such as clicking (browsing) is performed is set as a comparison target on the transaction requester terminal side.
  • the information processing method In accordance with the transaction request information transmitted from the transaction requester terminal, the information processing method according to the present invention generates a plurality of transaction applicants in a state in which a plurality of transaction applicants cannot know each other's offer contents.
  • a commercial transaction information acquisition step for acquiring offer information about a comparison target setting step for setting a comparison target for the offer information acquired in the commercial transaction information acquisition step, the offer information acquired in the commercial transaction information acquisition step, Based on the comparison result with the comparison target set in the comparison target setting step, a transmission permission / inhibition determination step for determining whether or not to transmit the offer information to the transaction requester terminal, and the transmission permission / inhibition determination Based on the determination of the step, a transmission control step for controlling a transmission process for offer information to the transaction requester terminal.
  • a program according to the present invention is a program that causes an information processing apparatus to execute each step of the information processing method.
  • the information processing apparatus is realized by this program.
  • FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of a process flow between terminals in the first to sixth embodiments. It is a flowchart of the process of the transaction mediation apparatus of 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart of the comparison object setting process of an embodiment.
  • a transaction mediating apparatus that mediates the purchase of a car
  • the transaction intermediary device is realized by one or a plurality of information processing devices. Therefore, the information processing device described in the claims of the present invention is realized by one information processing device or a plurality of information processing devices in cooperation.
  • main terms used in the embodiments have the following meanings.
  • User Refers to the transaction requester. For example, a user who wants to sell a car (purchase by a vendor).
  • User terminal An information processing apparatus capable of network communication used by a user.
  • Vendor Refers to a transaction applicant. For example, a car buyer.
  • Vendor terminal An information processing apparatus that can be used by a vendor and that can perform network communication.
  • Quotation request information A term that comprehensively indicates information that a user transmits to a transaction mediation apparatus in order to obtain a quote. Includes various contents such as information and conditions of products to be sold. This “estimation request information” is an example of the transaction request information referred to in the claims of the present invention.
  • -Offer information A term that comprehensively indicates information related to an offer (transaction offer) by a vendor with respect to an estimate request information. Includes estimated amount and other various contents. “Offer information” described in the embodiment is an example of offer information referred to in the claims of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 shows a configuration example of a network system including a transaction mediating apparatus 2 according to the embodiment.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 the plurality of vendor terminals 4 (4a, 4b, 4c...), And the plurality of user terminals 5 (5a, 5b, 5c. They are connected so that they can communicate with each other.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 can access various databases shown as the database group 3.
  • database is referred to as “DB”.
  • the configuration of the network 1 is assumed.
  • the Internet, intranet, extranet, LAN (Local Area Network), CATV (Community Antenna TeleVision) communication network, virtual private network, telephone line network, mobile communication network, satellite communication network, etc. are assumed.
  • the Various examples of transmission media constituting all or part of the network 1 are also envisaged.
  • IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 1394, USB (Universal Serial Bus), power line carrier, telephone line, etc.
  • IrDA Infrared Data Association
  • Bluetooth registered trademark
  • 802.11 wireless can also be used by radio such as a mobile phone network, satellite line, and digital terrestrial network.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 is an information processing apparatus that provides a service that mediates a commercial transaction between a user and a vendor via network communication. Roughly, the following services will be provided.
  • the user can browse the web page of the purchase mediation service prepared by the transaction mediation device 2 by accessing the transaction mediation device 2 from the user terminal 5. For example, a user who wants to sell a car he owns can make an estimate request on the web page.
  • the user logs in to the purchase brokerage service, and inputs information on the sold product such as the vehicle type, model year, color, and travel distance on the application screen prepared as a web page. This input information is acquired by the transaction mediating apparatus 2 together with information of the logged-in user as estimate request information.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 transmits part or all of the content of the quotation request information to a plurality of registered vendor terminals 4. Thereby, a plurality of vendors can know the contents of the request for quotation by the user. Each vendor arbitrarily creates an estimate according to the contents, that is, information such as vehicle type, model year, color, mileage, etc., and transmits offer information including the estimated amount to the transaction mediating apparatus 2.
  • the offer information from the vendor terminal 4 is not directly transmitted to the user who has made a request for quotation, but is once acquired by the transaction mediating apparatus 2. For this reason, in the present embodiment, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 does not need to notify the vendor of contact information of the user, for example, the user's e-mail address.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 acquires offer information of a plurality of transaction applicants as offer information corresponding to transaction request information from the user. Generated without knowing each other's offer. In other words, each vendor cannot know the offer contents of other vendors who are competitors in commerce. That is, the transaction intermediary device 2 transmits the contents of the quotation request information to each of the vendor terminals 4a, 4b,... But does not transmit the offer contents of other vendors. Each vendor generates its own offer information and transmits it to the transaction intermediary device 2 without recognizing the offer contents (for example, the estimated purchase price) of the other vendors by using the respective vendor terminals 4a, 4b. It will be.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 may generate offer information for each vendor while maintaining a state in which the vendors cannot know the offer contents.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 does not transfer the received offer information as it is to the user terminal, but performs a comparison / transmission availability determination process described later in detail, and relates the offer information determined to be transmitted to the user terminal 5 Perform transmission. In this way, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 performs filtering for transmitting to the user terminal 5 with respect to a large number of offer information acquired from a large number of vendor terminals 4. In the first to seventh embodiments, the transaction intermediary device 2 transmits the contents of offer information to the user terminal 5. In the eighth embodiment, a notification of occurrence of offer information is transmitted. Here, the description will be continued assuming that the content of the offer information is transmitted to the user terminal 5.
  • the user can determine the trading partner by examining the offered offer information.
  • the user can contact the vendor who wishes to do business and conduct an actual business negotiation.
  • the offer information includes the estimated amount for the request for quotation as the content. It is only an “estimate”, and does not force a contract based on conditions such as the estimated amount. Therefore, the user can make a business negotiation arbitrarily after considering offer information from a plurality of vendors and considering various conditions such as the amount of money, vendor credit, location, service, and the like. That is, the transaction of the vendor is not compulsory by the offer information selected by the transaction intermediary device 2 by filtering and the content or notification transmitted to the user terminal 5. In other words, the filtering performed by the transaction mediating apparatus 2 is not for selecting an offer to be concluded.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 mainly obtains vendor offer information according to the request for quotation information from the user terminal 5, filters offer information, and transmits control related to offer information to the user terminal 5 based on the filtering result. I do.
  • the DB group 3 one or a plurality of DBs in which information necessary for the processing of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 is stored are schematically shown. Details will be described later.
  • the vendor terminal 4 is an information processing apparatus used by the vendor, and is used for communication and registration with the transaction mediating apparatus 2 via the network 1.
  • the registration is registration for becoming a vendor as a service target by the transaction mediating apparatus 2.
  • the user terminal 5 is shown as an information processing apparatus operated by a user.
  • the user terminal 5 and the vendor terminal 4 are realized by an information processing apparatus such as a personal computer, a mobile phone, or a portable information terminal, for example.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 starts an HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) daemon.
  • the vendor terminal 4 or the user terminal 5 starts a browser, and the vendor terminal 4 or the user terminal 5 transmits a processing request (HTTP request) to the transaction mediating apparatus 2 via the browser.
  • HTTP request a processing request
  • HTTP response a processing result corresponding to the processing request is transmitted to the vendor terminal 4 or the user terminal 5.
  • page data described in a web page description language is transmitted to the vendor terminal 4 or the user terminal 5.
  • a web page (screen) based on the processing result is displayed on the display unit of the vendor terminal 4 or the user terminal 5.
  • the vendor terminal 4 or the user terminal 5 can input information on the browser screen and transmit information to the transaction mediating apparatus 2.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 can provide a service page for purchasing a car to the user terminal 5 by such an operation, and can accept estimate request information from the user terminal 5.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 can provide a service page for an offer (a transaction offer) to the vendor terminal 4 and can accept offer information from the vendor terminal 4.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 can communicate with the vendor terminal 4 and the user terminal 5 by e-mail or the like.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 generates e-mail data and transmits various notifications to the vendor terminal 4 and the user terminal 5 via an e-mail server (provider) not shown.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 notifies the vendor terminal 4 of the contents of the estimate request information from the user or notifies the vendor terminal 4 of the transmission status of the offer information to the user terminal 5 by e-mail or the like.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 transmits, to the user terminal 5, offer information, notification of offer information generation, etc. by e-mail or the like.
  • FIG. 2 shows a hardware configuration of the information processing apparatus that constitutes the transaction mediating apparatus 2, the vendor terminal 4, and the user terminal 5 shown in FIG.
  • Each device shown as transaction brokerage device 2, vendor terminal 4, and user terminal 5 can be realized as a computer device as shown in FIG. 2 capable of information processing and information communication.
  • a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 101 of a computer apparatus performs various processes according to a program stored in a ROM (Read Only Memory) 102 or a program loaded from a storage unit 108 to a RAM (Random Access Memory) 103. Execute the process.
  • the RAM 103 also appropriately stores data necessary for the CPU 101 to execute various processes.
  • the CPU 101, ROM 102, and RAM 103 are connected to each other via a bus 104.
  • An input / output interface 105 is also connected to the bus 104.
  • the input / output interface 105 includes an input device 106 such as a keyboard, a mouse, and a touch panel, an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display), a CRT (Cathode Ray Tube), a display such as an organic EL (Electroluminescence) panel, and an output including a speaker.
  • a media drive 110 is also connected to the input / output interface 105 as necessary, and a removable medium 111 such as a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a magneto-optical disk, or a semiconductor memory is appropriately mounted, and information can be written to the removable medium 111. Reading is performed.
  • a removable medium 111 such as a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a magneto-optical disk, or a semiconductor memory is appropriately mounted, and information can be written to the removable medium 111. Reading is performed.
  • the information processing apparatus which comprises the transaction mediation apparatus 2, the vendor terminal 4, and the user terminal 5 is not limited to a single computer apparatus as shown in FIG. 2, and a plurality of computer apparatuses are systemized. It may be configured.
  • the plurality of computer devices may be systemized by a LAN or the like, or may be arranged at a remote place by a VPN using the Internet or the like.
  • FIG. 3 shows a functional configuration as a transaction intermediary device 2 constituted by one or a plurality of information processing devices and various DBs shown as the DB group 3.
  • Each function as transaction mediating apparatus 2 is a function realized by processing executed by CPU 101 in accordance with a program in information processing apparatus. However, all or a part of the processing described below may be realized by hardware. Further, when each function is realized by software, each function need not be realized by an independent program. Processing of a plurality of functions may be executed by one program, or one function may be realized by cooperation of a plurality of program modules.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 includes a communication unit 20, a commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21, a comparison target setting unit 22, a transmission availability determination processing unit 23, a transmission control unit 24, and a WEB server 25.
  • the communication unit 20 performs various communications with the user terminal 5, the vendor terminal 4, or other information processing apparatuses via the network 1. For example, transmission of HTML data constituting a WEB page presented on the browser in the user terminal 5 or the vendor terminal 4 or input information (for example, request for quotation information or offer information) by a user or a vendor for an input form provided on the WEB screen Accept transmission. It also sends and receives e-mails.
  • the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21 acquires the commercial transaction information received by the communication unit 20. Alternatively, the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21 may generate and acquire commercial transaction information based on the information received by the communication unit 20.
  • the commercial transaction information referred to in the embodiment is, for example, estimate request information transmitted from the user terminal 5, offer information transmitted from the vendor terminal 4, contract information transmitted from the user terminal 5 or the vendor terminal 4 at the time of contract, and the like. is there.
  • the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21 performs processing such as registration and update of each DB, which will be described later, on various types of commercial transaction information, and also performs an execution instruction for comparison processing, an instruction for preparation processing, etc. that realize the above filtering function for offer information, For example, DB reading of necessary information is performed.
  • the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21 also transmits introduction information to each vendor terminal 4 in response to the acquisition of the quotation request information.
  • the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21 is generated in a state in which a plurality of transaction applicants cannot know each other's offer contents corresponding to the transaction request information transmitted from the user terminal 5. You will get offer information about your transaction applicants.
  • the comparison target setting unit 22 performs a process of setting a comparison target as a comparison partner for the comparison process regarding offer information.
  • the offer information is filtered for determining whether to execute transmission to the user regarding the offer information.
  • offer information determined to be necessary for the user is presented to the user, and conversely, transmission regarding offer information determined to be unnecessary is not executed.
  • the comparison target is a reference for such determination. Although various examples will be described later, a fixed value and a variable value can be considered as comparison targets. Other offer information may be used as a comparison target for determination of certain offer information.
  • the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23 Based on the comparison result between the offer information acquired by the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21 and the comparison target set by the comparison target setting unit 22, the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23 transmits transmission regarding the offer information to the user terminal 5.
  • a process for determining whether or not to execute is performed. As the simplest example, when certain offer information is a condition that is superior to the comparison side from the user side (for example, the estimated amount of purchase is high), transmission related to the offer information is sent to the user terminal 5. On the other hand, when the condition is inferior when viewed from the user side, it is determined that transmission regarding the offer information is not performed to the user terminal 5. Since various specific processes for determining transmission are considered, various examples will be described later. Further, the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23 also performs processing related to notification to the vendor of the offer source for the offer information determined not to be transmitted to the user terminal 5.
  • the transmission control unit 24 controls transmission processing to the user terminal 5 related to offer information based on the determination of the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23. That is, with respect to offer information determined to be transmitted, generation of e-mail data addressed to the user reflecting the content, and transmission request of e-mail data to the communication unit 20 are performed. Further, the transmission control unit 24 generates e-mail data for notifying the offer source vendor of offer information determined not to be transmitted by the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23, and sends electronic data to the communication unit 20. Request to send mail data. These e-mail data are transmitted to the user terminal 5 and the vendor terminal 4 by processing of the communication unit 20.
  • the WEB server 25 is a server that provides a WEB page for a car purchase service.
  • a user who wishes to sell a car accesses the WEB page provided by the WEB server 25 and logs in. Then, the process proceeds to an estimate request page provided by the WEB server 25, and various contents as estimate request information can be input.
  • the vendor as the purchaser can access the WEB page provided by the WEB server 25 from the vendor terminal 4 and can receive registration as a supplier who receives the introduction of the user (the person who wants to sell) from the registration page.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 supplies the request information for quotation to the registered vendor.
  • the registered vendor can log in from the vendor terminal 4, proceed to the offer input page provided by the WEB server 25, and input various contents as offer information.
  • the WEB server 25 also performs a process for generating / updating a page for offer information presentation / viewing by a user terminal.
  • DBs accessed by the transaction intermediary device 2 include a user DB 31, a vendor DB 32, an estimate request information DB 33, an offer information DB 34, a contract information DB 35, and an offer condition DB 36 as shown in the figure.
  • Each of these DBs (31 to 36) may be realized in any form as long as the transaction mediating apparatus 2 is accessible.
  • all of the DBs (31 to 36) may be formed in the storage unit in the same system as the transaction intermediary device 2, or a part or all of each DB (31 to 36) is a separate body, a remote place, etc.
  • the computer system may be provided.
  • each DB (31 to 36) does not need to be formed in one device (for example, one HDD).
  • Each DB (31 to 36) does not need to be configured as one DB.
  • information stored as the user DB 31 may be stored and managed by a plurality of user DBs (for example, a login user DB and a transaction user DB).
  • Each DB (31 to 36) described below is merely an example of information related to the processing of the embodiment in the form of one DB.
  • the user DB 31 stores information on users who receive services from the transaction mediating apparatus 2.
  • An example of the user DB 31 is shown in FIG. 4A.
  • the user DB 31 stores the user name, address, login password, e-mail address, estimate request history, and the like corresponding to the user ID (identification).
  • the user ID is identification information for each user. Each user ID is shown as U1, U2,.
  • the user ID and password are used, for example, when the user logs in to the WEB page for the automobile purchase service from the user terminal 5.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 can check the user's name, address, e-mail address, and estimate request history by referring to the user DB 31 based on the user ID.
  • estimate request history for example, information indicating past estimate request information (for example, an estimate request ID described later) is stored.
  • attribute information such as sex and age, payment information, information on other services, and the like may be registered in the user DB 31.
  • the vendor DB 32 stores information on vendors registered in the transaction mediating apparatus 2.
  • FIG. 4B shows an example of the vendor DB 32.
  • the vendor DB 32 stores a vendor name, address, login password, e-mail address, corresponding vehicle type, evaluation, and the like corresponding to the vendor ID.
  • the vendor ID is identification information issued to each registered vendor.
  • Each vendor ID is shown as V1, V2,.
  • the vendor ID and password are used, for example, when the vendor logs into the WEB page for the automobile purchase service from the vendor terminal 4.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 can check the vendor name, address, e-mail address, corresponding vehicle type, and evaluation by referring to the vendor DB 32 based on the vendor ID.
  • the corresponding vehicle type is information such as the vehicle type, color, and year of the car that the vendor can respond to purchase. Vendors can optionally update the information on compatible models by changing the registration.
  • the evaluation is, for example, vendor evaluation information calculated by the transaction mediating apparatus 2 from the past transaction performance of the vendor.
  • the vendor DB 32 may register various vendor attribute information, compatible payment type information, and the like.
  • the estimate request information DB 33 stores various types of information corresponding to individual estimate request information.
  • the quotation request ID is identification information of individual quotation request information transmitted from the user terminal 5.
  • Each estimation request ID is shown as RQ1, RQ2,.
  • acquisition date and time is the date and time when the transaction intermediary device 2 acquires the request for quotation information from the user terminal 5.
  • the user ID the user ID of the user who transmitted the estimate request information is stored.
  • the estimation target information is information on a target product (a vehicle desired to be sold) according to a request for estimation, and includes information such as a vehicle type, a color, a travel distance, an option, and an accident history, for example.
  • This estimate target information is information included in the estimate request information transmitted from the user.
  • the status is information indicating the progress status of the request for quotation. For example, information such as before offer acceptance, during offer acceptance, offer acceptance end, and cancellation is stored.
  • the user setting condition is information on a condition requested by the user for the estimate, and can be arbitrarily set by the user. For example, a condition related to a desired transaction amount such as a desired minimum price, a time condition such as a contract expiration date, a positional condition such as a vendor location, and the like are stored according to a user setting.
  • the offer information DB 34 is shown in FIG. 5B.
  • the offer information DB 34 various types of information are stored corresponding to individual offer information.
  • the offer ID is identification information of individual offer information.
  • Each offer ID is shown as OF1, OF2,.
  • acquisition date / time is the date / time when the transaction intermediary device 2 acquired the offer information. Specifically, it is the date and time when the offer information is received and acquired from the vendor terminal 4 or the date and time when the transaction mediating apparatus 2 generates and acquires the offer information based on the designation from the vendor or the like.
  • the vendor ID the vendor ID of the vendor that has issued the offer information is stored.
  • the user ID the user ID of the user who transmitted the quotation request information corresponding to the offer information is stored.
  • an estimate request ID for the estimate request information corresponding to the offer information is stored.
  • the estimated amount is an estimated amount of the purchase price for the automobile indicated in the estimation request information.
  • the offer effective date is the effective date of the offer information.
  • the offer expiration date is the expiration date of the offer information.
  • the status is information indicating the progress of the offer information. For example, information such as transmission determination, non-transmission (non-transmission) determination, transmission to the user, adoption, non-adoption, cancellation, etc. is stored before comparison for filtering.
  • the transmission date / time the execution date / time of transmission addressed to the user terminal 5 and the transmission date / time when the non-transmission decision is made and the vendor terminal 4 is notified are stored.
  • the contract information DB 35 stores various types of information about the set of contracted offer information and estimate request information.
  • the offer ID and the estimate request ID indicate a set of the contracted offer information and the estimate request information.
  • a user ID related to the quotation request ID and a vendor ID related to the offer ID are shown.
  • the estimated price, the contract price, the difference, and the contract date are stored for the group that has contracted.
  • the estimated amount is the estimated amount indicated in the closed offer information.
  • the contract price is the actual purchase price at the time of contract.
  • the difference is the difference between the estimated amount and the contract amount.
  • the date of contract is the date of contract.
  • the user DB 31, the vendor DB 32, the estimate request information DB 33, the offer information DB 34, and the contract information DB 35 store information as described above, for example. Of course, information not shown in the figure may be further included, and it is not necessary that all the information shown in the figure is included.
  • the offer condition DB 36 shown in FIG. 3 is information used in the seventh embodiment, and will be described later with reference to FIG.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 sequentially accesses these DBs to perform new storage, update, and reading. For example, the transaction intermediary device 2 newly registers information about the user in the user DB 31 in response to the user registering use of the automobile purchase service. Further, in response to registration by the vendor, information about the vendor is newly registered in the vendor DB 32. Further, in response to obtaining the quotation request information from the user terminal 5, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 newly registers information related to the quotation request information in the quotation request information DB 33. Further, in response to acquiring offer information, transaction mediating apparatus 2 newly registers information related to the offer information in offer information DB 34. Further, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 sequentially updates the status in the estimate request information DB 33 and the offer information DB 34 in the process. Further, in response to the notification of the contract information from the user terminal 5 or the vendor terminal 4, the transaction intermediary device 2 stores information in the contract information DB according to the contents of the contract.
  • FIG. 7 shows an outline of the flow of processing among the information processing apparatuses of the user terminal 5, the transaction mediating apparatus 2, and the vendor terminal 4 in the first (and second to sixth to be described later) embodiments. Specifically, this is a flow of processing from transmission of the estimate request information by the user terminal 5 to transmission of offer information to the user terminal 5.
  • a user who desires to sell a car transmits the estimate request information RQ to the transaction mediating apparatus 2 using the user terminal 5.
  • the user logs in to the automobile purchase service using the user ID and password, inputs the input items to a predetermined quotation request WEB page, and transmits the input items.
  • a predetermined quotation request WEB page For example, a user name, estimation target information, user setting conditions, and the like are input.
  • a transmission operation is performed.
  • the estimate request information RQ including these pieces of information is transmitted to the transaction mediating apparatus 2.
  • the transaction brokerage apparatus 2 transmits the quotation request introduction information IRQ to the vendor terminal 4 in step S2.
  • the introduction information IRQ includes at least an estimate request ID and estimate target information (vehicle type, color, mileage, options, accident history, etc.) as the contents of the estimate request information RQ.
  • estimate request ID vehicle type, color, mileage, options, accident history, etc.
  • the introduction information IRQ is transmitted respectively. However, the introduction information IRQ may not be transmitted to a vendor whose estimation target information does not correspond to the corresponding vehicle type (see FIG. 4B).
  • Each vendor that received the introduction information IRQ in step S31 generates offer information OF in step S32 and transmits it to the transaction mediating apparatus 2.
  • a plurality of offer information OF is sequentially transmitted to the transaction intermediary device 2 corresponding to one estimate request information RQ.
  • the offer information OF includes a corresponding estimate request ID, an estimated amount, an offer effective date, an offer expiration date, and the like.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 performs the processing from step S4 onward for each offer information OF received / acquired in step S3.
  • a comparison target (comparison partner) for the offer information OF is set.
  • a comparison / transmission availability determination process is performed. This is a process of performing a process of comparing the offer information OF with the comparison target and determining whether or not to send the offer information OF to the user terminal 5 according to the comparison result.
  • transaction brokerage apparatus 2 branches the process depending on the result of determining whether transmission is possible. If it is determined that the offer information OF can be transmitted, in step S7, the content of the offer information OF (offer information content OFv) is transmitted to the user terminal 5 in the form of e-mail, for example.
  • the offer information content OFv to be transmitted may include the entire content of the offer information OF or only a part of the content.
  • the user terminal 5 receives the offer information content OFv by e-mail in step S22, the user can open the e-mail and confirm the offer content. For example, the vendor name, vendor contact information, vendor homepage URL (Uniform Resource Locator), estimated price, offer expiration date, etc. can be confirmed. Thereafter, the user can arbitrarily contact the vendor and proceed with the negotiation.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 determines that the certain offer information OF is not transmitted by the comparison / transmission availability determination processing in step S5, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S6 to S8, and determines whether or not to notify the vendor. Judging. When not notified, the user terminal 5 and the vendor terminal 4 are not notified of the offer information OF as it is.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 transmits the notification information IL to the vendor terminal 4 that is the offer source of the offer information OF in step S9.
  • the notification information IL is transmitted to the vendor terminal 4 in the form of an e-mail.
  • the notification information IL may be content including information indicating that transmission to the user terminal 5 is not performed due to inferiority in the comparison process, re-offering recommendation, and offer target change recommendation.
  • the vendor terminal 4 receives the notification information IL in step S33.
  • Vendor representatives can open the email and check the contents. For example, you can see a pity notification that the offer is not closed, a recommendation for re-offering, and so on.
  • the re-offer information OF ′ can be transmitted (step S34).
  • This re-offer information OF ′ is also acquired by the transaction mediating apparatus 2 in the same manner as the normal offer information OF.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 similarly performs the processes after step S4 for the re-offer information OF ′.
  • FIG. 7 A processing example (first embodiment) of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 that realizes the system processing of FIG. 7 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the process of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 described as each embodiment is a process executed by the CPU 101 of the information processing apparatus having the functional configuration shown in FIG. Specifically, it is processing by each function as the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21, the comparison target setting unit 22, the transmission availability determination processing unit 23, and the transmission control unit 24.
  • a process executed in response to the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquiring the quotation request information RQ, offer information OF, or contract information is shown. ing.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 (the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21) monitors the reception of the estimate request information RQ, the offer information OF, and the contract information in steps S101, S102, and S103 of FIG.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 proceeds from step S101 to S104, captures the received quotation request information RQ, and sends it to the quotation request information DB 33. Perform the registration process.
  • an estimate request ID is set for the estimate request information RQ received and acquired, and the acquisition date and time, user ID, estimate target information, status, and user setting conditions associated with the estimate request ID in the estimate request information DB 33 in FIG. 5A.
  • the user ID is determined by being included in the login information or the estimate request information RQ.
  • the estimation target information and the user setting conditions are included in the estimation request information RQ.
  • the status is, for example, “before offer reception” at this point.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires information on the introduction destination vendor.
  • the electronic mail address of each vendor is acquired.
  • all vendors registered in the vendor DB 32 as introduction destinations may be targeted, but some may be used.
  • only vendors that store corresponding vehicle types that match the information to be estimated (such as vehicle type) in the request information RQ are extracted, or vendors that are not far away from the user's address that can be determined from the user DB 31 It can be extracted.
  • a corresponding vendor may be selected according to user setting conditions. It may also be selected using vendor evaluation information.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 transmits the introduction information IRQ to one or a plurality of vendor terminals 4 selected as the introduction destination.
  • the introduction information IRQ e-mail data including at least the estimate request ID and the estimation target information (vehicle type, etc.) described in the estimate request information RQ is generated, and the e-mail of the introduction vendor selected in step S105 Send to address.
  • the introduction information IRQ may include the user's address, user setting conditions, etc. in addition to the estimation target information.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 updates the status of the estimate request information RQ in the estimate request information DB 33 to “in accepting offer”.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S102 to the processing of steps S107 to S113, that is, processing according to acquisition of the offer information OF.
  • the timing at which the offer information OF is transmitted is indefinite due to the convenience of the vendor. Therefore, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 proceeds from step S102 to S107 each time one offer information OF is received.
  • the reception of the offer information OF monitored in step S102 includes the reception of the re-offer information OF ′ described above.
  • step S107 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21) performs processing for taking in the received offer information OF and registering it in the offer information DB 34. That is, for the offer information OF received and acquired, an offer ID is set, and in the offer information DB 34 of FIG. Remember the offer expiration date, status.
  • the vendor ID is determined by being included in login information or offer information OF.
  • the estimate request ID, the estimated amount, the offer effective date, and the offer expiration date are contents included in the offer information OF.
  • the user ID can be determined by referring to the estimate request information DB 33 using the estimate request ID.
  • the status is, for example, “before comparison” at this point.
  • registration in the offer information DB 34 may be performed by updating the changed portion in the information about the original offer information OF, or by newly providing an offer ID and each content. May be registered separately from the original offer information OF.
  • step S108 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (comparison target setting unit 22) performs a comparison target setting process. That is, a comparison target to be compared with the offer information OF acquired this time is set.
  • the comparison target may be a fixed value or other offer information may be selected.
  • transaction mediating apparatus 2 transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23
  • step S109 transaction mediating apparatus 2 (transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23) performs a comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination process. That is, the offer information OF acquired this time is compared with the comparison target, and it is determined whether or not the offer information OF is transmitted to the user terminal 5.
  • the comparison / transmission availability determination process will be described later.
  • step S110 transaction brokerage apparatus 2 branches the process depending on the result of determining whether transmission is possible. If it is determined that transmission is possible for the offer information OF, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 performs transmission control in step S111. That is, the transaction intermediary device 2 (transmission control unit 24) generates e-mail data (offer information content OFv) indicating the content of the offer information OF, and transmits it to the user terminal 5 from the communication unit 20. In step S112, transaction mediating apparatus 2 (commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21) performs DB update according to the transmission of offer information content OFv. For example, the status of the offer information OF in the offer information DB 34 is updated to “sent”.
  • the non-transmission offer process is a process for an offer determined to be non-transmission, which is executed by the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23, the transmission control unit 24, and the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21. Specifically, it is determined whether or not to notify the vendor of non-transmission, transmission control processing of notification information IL according to the determination, and status in the offer information DB 34 according to non-transmission determination and notification Update processing. Each example of the non-transmission offer process will be described later.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 (the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21) proceeds from step S103 to S114 in FIG. 8, and registers the contract information DB 35.
  • the contract information includes, for example, a user ID, a vendor ID, an estimate request ID, an offer ID, a contract price, and a contract date.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 extracts the information from the received / acquired contract information and registers it in the contract information DB. Further, the estimated amount that can be searched from the offer ID is stored, and the difference between the estimated amount and the contract amount is obtained and stored in the contract information DB.
  • the offer ID in the closing information DB 35 is the offer ID of the re-offer information OF' and the original offer.
  • the offer ID of the information OF is stored.
  • the estimate request ID in the contract information DB 35 includes the estimate request ID of the contracted request information and the original estimate before the change.
  • the estimate request ID of the request information RQ is also stored.
  • Comparison target setting process Various comparison target setting processing examples executed by the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (comparison target setting unit 22) as step S108 in FIG. 8 will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • an example in which an amount to be compared with an estimated amount included in offer information OF or re-offer information OF ′ is set as a comparison target will be described.
  • certain offer information OF or re-offer information OF ′ that is currently processed in steps S108 and S109 in FIG. 8 will be referred to as “current offer information OF”.
  • FIG. 9A is an example in which the amount of money to be compared is set based on the market price information.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 first acquires market price information in step S201.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 refers to the estimate object information about the estimate request information RQ corresponding to the current offer information OF, and acquires the market price information about the corresponding vehicle type.
  • the price as a purchase market price is derived from the vehicle type, model year, color, mileage, and the like.
  • the market price DB is desirably a DB that is updated to reflect market conditions. Moreover, you may make it acquire market price information from the traders etc. which provide market price information, without using such market price DB directly.
  • a contract record with the same conditions such as the vehicle type, year, color, and travel distance may be extracted, and a value obtained from the contract price, for example, an average value may be used as the market price information.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 sets a comparison target amount based on the market price information. For example, the price as the market price is used as the comparison target price. Alternatively, an amount that is slightly discounted or added to the amount as the market price is set as the amount to be compared. Accordingly, it is possible to set a comparison target for determining whether or not to transmit the current offer information OF, reflecting market conditions.
  • FIG. 9B is a processing example in which the user's desired amount is reflected.
  • the estimate request information RQ can include a user's desired amount of transaction, for example, a minimum amount desired at the time of sale, as user setting information.
  • the comparison target amount can be set based on the desired amount.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 checks whether or not the user's desired amount is included in the estimate request information RQ in step S210 of FIG. 9B. If the desired amount exists, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds to step S211 and sets a comparison target amount based on the user's desired amount. For example, the desired amount itself is set as a comparison target amount. Alternatively, a price obtained by discounting a predetermined difference or a predetermined percentage from a desired amount is used as a comparison target amount.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S210 to S212, acquires the market price information, and sets the comparison target price based on the market price information in step S213. That is, the process of FIG. 9A is performed.
  • step S211 ⁇ 20% of the amount obtained as the market price information is set as an effective range, and if the desired amount is within the effective range, the desired amount is directly used as a comparison target amount. If the desired amount is out of the effective range, the upper limit or lower limit amount of the effective range is set as the comparison target amount.
  • the market price information is obtained at the stage when the conditions such as the vehicle type are input, the effective range of the desired amount is presented, and the input range is limited. It is also possible.
  • FIGS. 10 to 13 are examples in which the estimated amount of other offer information is set as the comparison target amount for the current offer information OF.
  • the “other offer information OF” in these examples is a condition that it is offer information OF for the same quotation request information RQ, and offer information OF of a vendor different from the vendor of the current offer information OF. It is the satisfied offer information OF.
  • FIG. 10 is an example in which the estimated amount of one or more other offer information OF is set as the comparison target amount.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 searches the offer information DB 34 in step S220, and extracts offer information OF having a different vendor ID corresponding to the same request ID as the current offer information OF. Since step S108 in FIG. 8 is executed every time offer information is received, the other offer information OF that is the target is received by the transaction intermediary device 2 at a time earlier than the current offer information OF. Offer information.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 moves from step S221 to S222 in FIG. Then, the estimated amount of the extracted all offer information OF is set as the comparison target amount. Therefore, there may be a plurality of comparison target amounts.
  • step S223 since there is no other offer information OF that can be compared, a process of setting the comparison target amount without using the other offer information OF is performed.
  • the comparison target amount may be set by processing as shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B.
  • the comparison target amount may be set using some fixed value.
  • step S223 represents a process for setting the comparison target amount without using other offer information OF.
  • the processing in step S223 is referred to as “other offer non-use setting processing”, and is described as step S223 in other processing examples.
  • FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B are examples in which the estimated amount of the offer information OF that is the best for the user is set as the comparison target amount among one or a plurality of other offer information OF.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 searches the offer information DB 34 in step S240, and extracts offer information OF with a different vendor ID corresponding to the same quotation request ID as the current offer information OF.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S241 to S242, and among the extracted all offer information OF, the estimated amount is the most advantageous for the user (that is, the purchase estimate).
  • the offer information OF with the highest value is selected.
  • the estimated price of the most advantageous offer information OF is set as the comparison price. If other offer information OF corresponding to the condition cannot be extracted in step S240, the process proceeds from step S241 to S223, and other offer non-use setting processing is performed.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 searches the offer information DB 34 in step S250, and extracts offer information OF with a different vendor ID corresponding to the same quotation request ID as the current offer information OF. Further, in step S251, the offer information OF acquired before the current offer information OF by the transaction mediating apparatus 2 is extracted from the offer information OF extracted in step S250. That is, the offer information OF is narrowed down based on the acquisition date information in the offer information DB 34. When one or a plurality of offer information OF corresponding to the conditions of the above steps S250 and S251 is extracted, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S252 to S253, and the estimated amount of money is the highest among all the extracted offer information OF.
  • Offer information OF which is superior to the customer is selected.
  • the estimated price of the most advantageous offer information OF is set as the comparison price. If other offer information OF corresponding to the condition cannot be extracted in steps S250 and S251, the process proceeds from step S252 to S223, and other offer non-use setting processing is performed.
  • the most powerful offer information OF is used as a competitor among the competing offer information OF for the same request for quotation information RQ, and the comparison target amount for the current offer information OF is set. The For this reason, in the subsequent comparison / transmission availability determination process, it is determined whether or not the current offer information OF is transmitted to the user compared with the strongest competitor.
  • FIG. 12A and FIG. 12B set the comparison target amount using the estimated amount of the offer information OF transmitted to the user terminal 5 or determined to be transmitted among one or a plurality of other offer information OF. This is an example.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 searches the offer information DB 34 in step S260, and extracts offer information OF of a different vendor ID corresponding to the same quotation request ID as the current offer information OF. Further, in step S261, the status of the offer information OF extracted in step S260 is confirmed, the offer information OF whose status is “sent” is extracted, and among them, the offer information OF with the latest transmission date and time is extracted. select.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S262 to S263, and the offer information OF Estimate amount is set as comparison target amount.
  • other offer information OF applicable to conditions cannot be extracted in step S260, S261, it progresses to step S223 from step S262, and other offer non-use setting processing is performed.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 searches the offer information DB 34 in step S270, and extracts offer information OF with a different vendor ID corresponding to the same quotation request ID as the current offer information OF. Further, in step S271, the status of the offer information OF extracted in step S270 is confirmed, and the offer information OF whose status is “transmitted” or “transmission determined” is extracted. That is, offer information OF that has already been transmitted to the user terminal 5 or has not yet been transmitted but has been determined to be transmitted is extracted. When one or a plurality of offer information OF corresponding to the above conditions of steps S270 and S271 is extracted, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S272 to S273, and calculates the average value of the estimated amounts of all the extracted offer information OF. The average value is set as the comparison target amount. If other offer information OF corresponding to the condition cannot be extracted in steps S270 and S271, the process proceeds from step S272 to S223, and other offer non-use setting processing is performed.
  • step S273 a maximum value, a minimum value, a centroid value, or the like may be used instead of the average value of the estimated amount of offer information OF transmitted to the user terminal 5 or determined to be transmitted.
  • the offer information OF that has been sent to the user is used, and the comparison target amount for the current offer information OF is Is set. Therefore, in the subsequent comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination process, it is determined whether or not the current offer information OF is suitable for transmission based on the offer information OF to be transmitted so far. Note that an example in which all of the estimated amounts of the plurality of offer information OFs to be transmitted to the user are set as comparison target amounts can be considered.
  • FIG. 13A, FIG. 13B, and FIG. 13C are examples in which the comparison target amount is set using the estimated amount of the offer information OF that is estimated to be of interest to the user among one or a plurality of other offer information OF. It is.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 searches the offer information DB 34 in step S280, and extracts offer information OF of a different vendor ID corresponding to the same quotation request ID as the current offer information OF. Further, in step S281, the offer information OF having a user reaction is extracted from the offer information OF extracted in step S280. Specifically, first, as described with reference to FIG. 12A, offer information OF whose status is “sent” is extracted. Further, among those, the user is interested in the electronic mail of the offer information content OFv. The user's interest is estimated according to the user's response to the e-mail.
  • a link such as a URL of a vendor's home page, a URL of a web page presenting vendor purchase information, history information, reputation information, or the like is added to the offer information content OFv transmitted by e-mail.
  • a user action such that the user clicks on a URL and browses to the corresponding page can be detected based on redirect information for the URL.
  • a reply to the electronic mail of the offer information content OFv may be received, and the presence / absence of interest in the offer information OF may be estimated based on the presence / absence of a reply from the user.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 confirms the presence / absence of a user reaction for each offer information OF by these methods, for example, and extracts the offer information OF having a user reaction.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 When the offer information OF corresponding to the conditions of steps S280 and S281 described above, that is, the offer information OF estimated that the user is interested in the presence of a user reaction, is extracted, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 performs steps S282 to S283. Then, the estimated amount of all offer information OF extracted is set as the comparison target amount. If other offer information OF corresponding to the condition cannot be extracted in steps S280 and S281, the process proceeds from step S282 to S223, and other offer non-use setting processing is performed.
  • step S284 transaction mediating apparatus 2 selects offer information OF that is most advantageous for the user from among the offer information OF extracted based on the user's reaction. For example, the offer information OF has the highest estimated amount.
  • step S285 the estimated amount of the offer information OF is set as a comparison target amount.
  • step S280 transaction brokerage apparatus 2 obtains an average value of the estimated amounts of all offer information OF extracted based on the user's reaction. Then, the average value is set as a comparison target amount. Note that the maximum value, the minimum value, the center of gravity value, or the like may be used instead of the average value of the estimated amount.
  • the offer information OF estimated that the user is interested is used, and the current offer information OF is displayed.
  • a comparison target amount is set. For this reason, in the subsequent comparison / transmission availability determination process, it is possible to determine whether or not the current offer information OF is suitable for transmission based on the estimated user's speculation.
  • the situation includes, for example, an offer information OF acquisition situation, the number of transmissions to the user terminal 5, a transmission frequency, a time zone, a commodity market situation, a market situation, and the like.
  • the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is an amount advantageous for the user. It is going to be handled in the same way as. This is because it can be estimated that the offer is worth considering for the user if it is the same amount as the reference comparison target amount.
  • the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is conversely It may be handled in the same way as when the amount is inferior.
  • FIG. 14 corresponds to the case where one comparison target amount is set.
  • this corresponds to the case where the comparison target setting process is performed as shown in FIGS. 9A, 9B, 11A, 11B, 12B, 13B, and 13C.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 compares the estimated amount of the current offer information OF with the comparison target amount in step S300. If the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is superior or equal to the user, the process proceeds from step S301 to step S302, and the transaction mediating apparatus 2 determines to transmit the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF to the user terminal 5.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S301 to S303, and determines not to transmit the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF to the user terminal 5. Therefore, in this example, the current offer information OF is simply compared with the comparison target amount to determine whether or not transmission is possible.
  • FIG. 15 corresponds to the case where one or a plurality of comparison target amounts are set. For example, this corresponds to the case where the comparison target setting process is performed as shown in FIGS.
  • step S311 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 compares the nth comparison target amount with the estimated amount of the current offer information OF. In this comparison, if the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is an inferior amount for the user, the process proceeds from step S312 to S316, and the transaction mediating apparatus 2 does not transmit the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF to the user terminal 5. And decide.
  • step S311 If the estimated price of the current offer information OF is superior or equivalent for the user in the comparison in step S311, the process proceeds from step S312 to S313, and it is determined whether or not the variable n has reached a constant (number of comparison targets) nMAX. . If n ⁇ nMAX, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds to step S315, and decides to transmit the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF to the user terminal 5. If n ⁇ nMAX is not satisfied, the transaction intermediary device 2 increments the variable n in step S314, and then compares the n-th comparison target amount with the estimated amount of the current offer information OF in step S311.
  • the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is sequentially compared with one or a plurality of comparison target amounts, and if the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is even inferior, it is determined not to be transmitted. If the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is superior or equivalent to all the comparison target amounts, the transmission is determined.
  • FIG. 16 is an example corresponding to the case where one or a plurality of comparison target amounts are set as in FIG. 15.
  • step S321 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 compares the n-th comparison target amount with the estimated amount of the current offer information OF. If the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is superior or equivalent to the user in this comparison, the process proceeds from step S322 to S323, and the winning number PW is incremented. If the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is an inferior amount for the user, the process proceeds from step S322 to S324, and the losing number PL is incremented.
  • step S325 transaction brokerage apparatus 2 determines whether variable n has reached constant nMAX. If n ⁇ nMAX is not satisfied, the transaction intermediary device 2 increments the variable n in step S326, and then returns to step S321 to compare the nth comparison target amount with the estimated amount of the current offer information OF.
  • step S325 When the variable n reaches the constant nMAX that is the comparison target number in step S325, the number when the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is superior or equivalent is held as the winning number PW and is inferior Is held as the losing number PL. Therefore, when n ⁇ nMAX in step S325, the process proceeds to step S327, and the transaction mediating apparatus 2 compares the winning number PW with the losing number PL. If the winning number PW ⁇ the losing number PL, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds to step S328 and decides to transmit the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF to the user terminal 5. If the winning number PW ⁇ the losing number PL is not satisfied, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 proceeds to step S329 and determines that the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF is not transmitted.
  • the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is sequentially compared with one or a plurality of comparison target amounts, and the number of wins (the number of superiority or equality) of the current offer information OF and the number of losses (inferior) Number).
  • the number of wins is more than the losing number, transmission is determined.
  • the winning rate (PW ⁇ nMAX) is 50% or more is determined to be transmission, but it is not necessary to be 50%.
  • a processing example of 70% or more and 30% or more is also conceivable.
  • FIGS. 17 and 18 are examples in which transmission may be determined even when the estimated amount included in the current offer information is an inferior amount for the transaction requester than the comparison target amount. That is, even if the estimated amount of the current offer information is inferior, if the amount difference is less than the first threshold thD1, it is determined to transmit the offer information content OFv of the offer information OF to the user terminal 5. Is an example corresponding to the case where one comparison target amount is set.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 compares the estimated amount of the current offer information OF with the comparison target amount in step S330. If the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is superior or the same for the user, the process proceeds from step S331 to S332, and the transaction mediating apparatus 2 determines to transmit the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF to the user terminal 5.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S331 to S333, and sets the difference threshold thD1.
  • the difference threshold thD1 is determined when transmission is permitted if the difference in amount is small even if the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is inferior. It is a value that sets the limit of the amount difference.
  • the difference threshold thD1 may be a fixed value, and in the case of a fixed value, the process of step S333 is not necessary.
  • transaction mediating apparatus 2 calculates the difference between the estimated amount of the current offer information OF and the comparison target amount in step S334.
  • step S335 If the difference amount does not exceed the difference threshold thD1 in step S335, the transaction intermediary device 2 determines to transmit the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF to the user terminal 5 in step S332. If the difference amount exceeds the difference threshold thD1, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds to step S336, and determines not to transmit the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF to the user terminal 5.
  • the current offer information OF is less than the comparison target amount even if it is inferior (the difference threshold thD1 is exceeded). If not, it will be determined to be transmitted to the user terminal 5.
  • FIG. 18 shows an example in which transmission determination is performed based on the same concept as FIG. 17, but the processing procedure is modified.
  • Transaction brokerage apparatus 2 sets difference threshold thD1 in step S340. However, when the difference threshold thD1 is set to a fixed value, the step S340 is not necessary.
  • transaction mediating apparatus 2 substitutes the comparison target amount into variable CPV.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 subtracts the difference threshold thD1 from the comparison target amount CPV, and sets the subtraction result as the corrected comparison target amount CPV ′.
  • step S343 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 compares the estimated amount of the current offer information OF with the correction comparison target amount CPV ′. If the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is superior to the corrected comparison target amount CPV ′ for the user, the process proceeds from step S344 to S345, and the transaction intermediary device 2 displays the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF as the user terminal 5. Decide to send to. If the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is inferior (or the same amount) to the user as compared with the corrected comparison target amount CPV ′, the process proceeds from step S344 to S346, and the transaction mediating apparatus 2 offers the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF. Is determined not to be transmitted to the user terminal 5. That is, in this example, the comparison target amount is corrected by the difference threshold thD1, and then compared with the estimated amount of the current offer information OF, and the same result as in FIG. 17 is obtained.
  • FIGS. 17 and 18 have been described with reference to an example in which the amount of comparison target is one. However, when a plurality of amounts of comparison target are set as shown in FIGS. Can be applied. For example, in steps S312 to S316 in FIG. 15, steps S333, S334, and S335 in FIG. 17 are executed. If the difference amount is less than the difference threshold thD1, the process proceeds to step S313, and if the difference amount is greater than or equal to the difference threshold thD1. The process may proceed to step S316. Also, for example, if steps S333, S334, and S335 in FIG. 17 are executed in the process of steps S322 to S324 in FIG.
  • the winning number PW is incremented in step S323, and the difference amount is the difference. If it is greater than or equal to the threshold thD1, the losing number PL may be incremented in step S324.
  • FIG. 19A is an example in which the difference threshold thD1 is set using the performance information of the vendor who is the offer source of the offer information that is the comparison target to be compared with the current offer information.
  • the actual result is the difference between the estimated amount of the vendor's past transactions and the contract amount (hereinafter referred to as “estimate-contract difference”).
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 acquires vendor performance information related to other offer information OF set as a comparison target for the current offer information OF in step S401. That is, it is about the vendor of offer information OF in which the estimated amount is set as the comparison amount.
  • the contract information DB 35 of FIG. 6 is searched from the vendor ID of the offer information OF that is the comparison target, and the contract information of the vendor is extracted. Then, the difference between the estimated amount and the contract amount in one or a plurality of contract information is read out. Then, an estimate-contract difference is calculated or acquired from the read difference information.
  • the value of the difference stored in the contract information is directly used as the estimate-contract difference.
  • an estimate-contract difference is obtained from the value of the difference stored in each contract information. For example, the following example can be considered.
  • estimate-contract difference 0.
  • a correction coefficient Kh1 is set from the estimate-contract difference in step S403.
  • the estimate-contract difference is positive or negative. For example, assuming that the contract price is lower than the estimated price, the difference when the vendor purchases at a price lower than the estimate is positive, and the difference when the vendor purchases at a price higher than the estimate is negative. And That is, the “difference” in the contract information DB 35 is (estimated amount) ⁇ (contract amount). Vendors with negative estimates-contract differences are desirable vendors for users. On the other hand, a vendor whose estimate-contract difference has a positive value is not necessarily a vendor that is not desirable for the user, but a vendor with a high estimate-contract difference value is less desirable for the user.
  • step S404 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 multiplies the initial value DFthD1 of the difference threshold thD1 by the correction coefficient Kh1, and sets the multiplication result as the difference threshold thD1.
  • the difference threshold thD1 increases as the creditworthiness of the estimated amount of the vendor of the offer information OF that is the comparison target decreases. That is, in the processing of FIG. 17 and FIG. That is, it is possible to prevent the current offer information OF from being determined too severely in consideration of the credit quality of the comparison target amount.
  • the difference threshold thD1 when a plurality of comparison targets are set, it is desirable to set the difference threshold thD1 for each comparison target. This is because the credit quality of the estimated amount differs for each comparison target.
  • one difference threshold thD1 used for comparison with each comparison target may be set.
  • the difference threshold thD1 set in accordance with the vendor with the largest estimate-contract difference value is also used for comparison with other comparison targets.
  • the difference threshold thD1 is set using the performance information of the vendor to be compared.
  • the difference threshold thD1 is set as the vendor that is the offer source of the current offer information.
  • An example of setting using the past record information is also conceivable.
  • step S401 is processing for acquiring vendor performance information related to the current offer information OF from the contract information DB 35.
  • step S402 a vendor estimate-contract difference of the current offer information OF is acquired, and in step S403, a correction coefficient Kh1 is set.
  • the coefficient Kh is made low (Kh is less than 1).
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 multiplies the initial value DFthD1 of the difference threshold thD1 by the correction coefficient Kh1, and sets the multiplication result as the difference threshold thD1.
  • the difference threshold thD1 becomes smaller as the vendor of the current offer information OF is a vendor whose estimated amount of credit is lower. That is, in the processing of FIG. 17 and FIG. 18, transmission determination becomes strict. Even in such an example, it becomes possible to determine whether or not transmission is possible in consideration of vendor performance information.
  • the estimate-contract difference is used as the vendor performance information, but in addition to or together with this, the past number of contracts of the vendor and the contracts of the most recent predetermined period.
  • the number, the estimate for the most recent predetermined period—the contract difference, evaluation information (see FIG. 4B), and the like may be used for setting the difference threshold thD1.
  • FIG. 19B and FIG. 20A are examples in which the difference threshold thD1 is set based on the transmission execution status regarding the offer information to the user terminal 5 that is the target of the current offer information OF.
  • the difference threshold thD1 is set based on the number of offers already sent to the user terminal 5 (the number of offer information contents OFv that have been sent).
  • transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires the number of offers that have been sent for the quote request ID corresponding to the current offer information OF.
  • the offer information DB 34 is searched, and the number of offer information OFs whose quote request ID is the same as the current offer information OF and whose status is “sent” is confirmed.
  • transaction mediating apparatus 2 sets a correction step and a correction direction according to the number of offers that have been transmitted.
  • the number of correction steps is, for example, a value indicating how many steps the correction unit of the difference threshold thD1 is changed.
  • the correction direction is a direction for decreasing or increasing the difference threshold thD1.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 increases or decreases the current difference threshold thD1 by the correction step in the correction direction.
  • the difference threshold thD1 is adjusted according to the number of offer information contents OFv that have already been transmitted with respect to the quotation request information RQ corresponding to the current offer information OF. That is, the difference threshold thD1 is relatively large when the number of transmitted offers is small, but is adjusted so that the difference threshold thD1 decreases as the number of transmitted offers increases.
  • the number of offers that have already been sent is the number of offer information OF whose status is “sent”. However, the number of offers that have been sent may be included.
  • the current difference threshold value thD1 is increased or decreased.
  • the initial value DFthD1 may be increased or decreased by the correction step in the correction direction. Further, as shown in FIG. 19A, multiplication of the correction coefficient Kh1 may be used.
  • a correction coefficient Kh1 is set according to the number of transmission offers, and is multiplied by the difference threshold thD1 or the initial value DFthD1.
  • the difference threshold thD1 it may be possible to set the difference threshold thD1 by setting the number of correction steps and the correction direction as shown in FIG. 19B according to the vendor performance information.
  • the difference threshold thD1 is set based on the elapsed time from the most recently transmitted offer to the user terminal 5.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires the latest offer among the sent offers for the quotation request ID corresponding to the current offer information OF. For example, the offer information DB 34 is searched, and among the offer information OF whose quotation request ID is the same as that of the current offer information OF and whose status is “sent”, the information with the transmission date and time closest to the present is extracted.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 calculates the elapsed time from the transmission date and time of the most recently extracted offer that has been extracted to the present.
  • transaction brokerage apparatus 2 sets correction coefficient Kh1 according to the calculated elapsed time.
  • step S423 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 multiplies the initial value DFthD1 of the difference threshold thD1 by the correction coefficient Kh1, and sets the multiplication result as the difference threshold thD1.
  • the difference threshold thD1 is relatively large, and the transmission determination judgment becomes severe, When the transmission is not so much, the difference threshold thD1 is decreased and the transmission decision judgment becomes loose.
  • the forward direction of the number of correction steps may be set as shown in FIG. 19B, and the current difference threshold thD1 or the initial value DFthD1 may be increased or decreased by the correction step in the correction direction.
  • FIG. 20B shows the number of offer information OF determined not to be transmitted to the user terminal 5 based on the comparison result with the other offer information set as the comparison target in the processing of FIGS. It is an example set based on.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires the number of offer information OF determined to be non-transmitted by the comparison process using the current comparison target. For example, the offer information DB 34 is searched, and the number of offer information OFs whose quotation request ID is the same as the current offer information OF and whose status is “non-transmission decision” is confirmed.
  • the offer information DB 34 stores the comparison target for each offer information DB, stores the time when the comparison target is changed, and the comparison processing date and time of each offer information OF. It is conceivable to keep it.
  • step S431 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 sets a correction step and a correction direction according to the number of offer information OF determined to be non-transmitted by the comparison process using the current comparison target. That is, the larger the number of non-transmitted offer information OF, the greater the number of correction steps in the direction of decreasing the difference threshold thD1, and the smaller the number of non-transmitted offer information OF, the greater the number of correction steps in the direction of increasing the difference threshold thD1. Will be a lot.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 increases or decreases the current difference threshold thD1 by the correction step in the correction direction.
  • the difference threshold thD1 is increased and the transmission decision judgment is loosened.
  • multiplication of the correction coefficient Kh1 may be used as shown in FIG. 19A.
  • the correction coefficient Kh1 is set according to the non-transmission decision number, and the difference threshold thD1 or the initial value DFthD1 is multiplied.
  • FIG. 20B can also be applied when the comparison target is set according to the market price information or the user setting as shown in FIGS.
  • step S300 in FIG. 14 is a modification of step S311 in FIG. 15, and step S321 in FIG.
  • steps S300, S311, and S321 are processes for comparing the estimated amount of the current offer information OF with the comparison target amount, but processing examples such as FIGS. 21A, 21B, and 22 are also conceivable.
  • processing examples that are used for the estimated amount for comparison, which is obtained by correcting the estimated amount of the current offer information OF according to the user setting conditions at the time of comparison.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 acquires user setting conditions included in the quotation request information RQ corresponding to the current offer information OF in step S501.
  • the user setting conditions are, for example, the vendor location and the vendor performance.
  • step S502 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 performs a condition determination on the user setting condition for the current offer information OF, and determines whether the condition is satisfied. For example, if the vendor location is required, ⁇ Determines whether the distance from the user address of the vendor location is within a predetermined value, whether the condition is satisfied, or whether the vendor location is included in the area range set by the user. Also, if vendor performance is a requirement, ⁇ Whether the difference between the vendor's estimated amount and the purchase amount (for example, the estimate minus the contract difference explained in FIG. 19A) is within a predetermined value. ⁇ At least one of the vendor's past estimated number or number of purchases. Judgment is made on whether or not it is greater than or equal to a predetermined value and whether or not the vendor's evaluation (evaluated by many users) is greater than or equal to a predetermined value.
  • the estimated amount is increased by x% and compared with the comparison target amount, so that the user terminal 5 It is easy to make a transmission decision to.
  • the estimated amount is discounted by y%, so that transmission determination becomes difficult.
  • the example of FIG. 21B and FIG. 22 is an example which calculates the comparison estimated amount based on the magnitude
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires user setting conditions in step S510.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 calculates the difference between the user setting condition and the current offer information OF.
  • the vendor address is a condition
  • the distance between the user address and the vendor address corresponds to the “difference” between the user setting conditions.
  • the difference between the number set and the number of vendors estimated or purchased corresponds to the “difference” between the user set conditions.
  • the difference between the set number and the actual evaluation value of the vendor corresponds to the “difference” between the user setting conditions.
  • step S512 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 sets the correction coefficient Kh2 according to the “difference”.
  • the correction coefficient Kh2 is increased as the difference is more desirable in view of the user setting conditions, and is decreased as the difference is not desired.
  • the correction coefficient Kh2 is increased as the distance is shorter.
  • the correction coefficient Kh2 is increased as the estimated number of vendors, the number of purchases, and the evaluation value are higher than the user setting and the difference between them is larger.
  • step S514 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 multiplies the estimated amount of the current offer information OF by the correction coefficient Kh2, and sets it as the comparative estimated amount.
  • step S514 the comparison estimated amount is compared with the comparison target amount. As a result of such processing, the estimated price for comparison becomes higher and the transmission is more likely to be determined as the offer information OF is more desirable by the user.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires user setting conditions in step S520.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 compares the user setting condition and the condition element of the current offer information OF to determine whether the condition is satisfied.
  • step S522 When the current offer information OF satisfies the user setting condition, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 proceeds to step S522, and calculates the difference between the user setting condition and the current offer information OF (similar to step S511 in FIG. 21B).
  • step S522 transaction mediating apparatus 2 sets correction coefficient Kh3 according to the “difference”.
  • the correction coefficient Kh3 is increased as the difference is more desirable in view of the user setting conditions, and is decreased as the difference is not desired.
  • step S524 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 obtains an estimated amount for comparison obtained by adding (x + Kh3)% to the estimated amount of the current offer information OF.
  • step S528 the comparison estimated amount is compared with the comparison amount.
  • “X” is, for example, the premium value described in FIG. 21A.
  • step S525 transaction mediating apparatus 2 sets correction coefficient Kh3 according to “difference”. In this case, contrary to step S523, the correction coefficient Kh3 is decreased as the difference is desirable in view of the user setting conditions, and is increased as it is not desired.
  • step S527 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 obtains a comparative estimated amount obtained by discounting (y + Kh3)% with respect to the estimated amount of the current offer information OF.
  • step S528 the comparison estimated amount is compared with the comparison amount. “Y” is, for example, the discount value described in FIG. 21A.
  • the estimated price for comparison is higher for the offer information OF that is more desirable by the user, the transmission is more easily determined, and the offer information OF that is less desired by the user is more comparative.
  • the estimated amount is low, making it difficult to determine transmission.
  • the processing example of FIG. 23A is an example in which notification to the vendor is not particularly performed when non-transmission is determined.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 updates the status of the current offer information OF to “non-transmission determination” in the offer information DB 34 in response to the current offer information OF being determined to be non-transmission in step S109 of FIG. .
  • FIG. 23B, FIG. 23C, FIG. 24A, and FIG. 23B perform the process of determining whether or not to execute the notification process to the transaction applicant who is the offer source of the offer information for the offer information that has been determined not to be transmitted. It is an example.
  • the processing example of FIG. 23B is an example in which notification to the vendor is always performed when non-transmission is determined.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 transmitmission availability determination processing unit 23
  • the transaction brokerage apparatus 2 performs notification processing. For example, e-mail data having contents as notification information is generated, and an e-mail as notification information IL is transmitted from the communication unit 20 to the corresponding vendor (see FIG. 7).
  • the status of the current offer information OF is updated to “non-transmission decision” in the offer information DB.
  • step S620 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires the amount difference in the comparison process, that is, the difference between the estimated amount of the current offer information OF and the amount to be compared.
  • step S621 transaction brokerage apparatus 2 determines whether or not the amount difference is within difference threshold thD2.
  • the comparison / transmission availability determination process is performed using the difference threshold thD1 as shown in FIGS. 15 and 16, the difference threshold thD2> the difference threshold thD1.
  • step S622 determines to notify the vendor of the current offer information OF, and generates notification information.
  • step S623 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 performs notification processing. That is, e-mail data having contents as notification information is generated and transmitted to the corresponding vendor.
  • step S624 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 updates the status of the current offer information OF to “non-transmission decision” in the offer information DB.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S621 to S624, and updates the status of the current offer information OF to “non-transmission decision” in the offer information DB. In this case, notification processing to the vendor is not performed.
  • the example of FIG. 24A is an example of determining whether to perform notification processing for offer information determined to be non-transmitted based on the status of other offer information by the vendor of the offer source.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 confirms the other offer information OF of the vendor for the current offer information OF. For example, offer information OF of the same vendor ID is extracted from the offer information DB 34.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 determines whether the vendor is a similar product and there is already-offered offer information OF. In other words, the offer information OF of the vendor is extracted with the status “sent”. Further, the estimated request ID is traced with respect to the extracted offer information OF, the estimated request information DB 33 is referred to, and it is confirmed whether the estimated object information is the same or similar.
  • step S634 the process proceeds to step S634 without performing the notification process, and the status of the current offer information OF is displayed in the offer information DB 34. Is updated to “non-transmission decision”. Instead of the product of the current offer information OF, since the offer for the similar product is transmitted to a certain user, it is determined that no re-offer is requested for the current offer information OF.
  • step S632 decides to notify the vendor of the current offer information OF and generate notification information.
  • step S633 notification processing is performed.
  • step S634 the status of the current offer information OF is updated to “non-transmission decision” in the offer information DB.
  • the offer information OF which is not transmitted is a process of not requesting a re-offer.
  • the offer information OF of the vendor that has been transmitted to the user terminal 5 for similar products whose presence is determined in steps S630 and S631 is preferably targeted for offer information within a predetermined time. This is because the old offer information cannot be related to the current offer information.
  • the target offer information OF is an offer for which the request for quotation continues. In other words, it is a condition that the contract has not been concluded and the estimate request itself has not been canceled by the user. This is because, even if no notification is given under this condition, a trade opportunity for the corresponding product of the vendor will not be taken away.
  • the example of FIG. 24B is also an example of determining whether to perform notification processing on the offer information determined to be non-transmitted based on the status of other offer information by the vendor of the offer source.
  • the notification process to the vendor is performed.
  • step S640 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 confirms the other offer information OF of the vendor for the current offer information OF. For example, offer information OF of the same vendor ID is extracted from the offer information DB 34.
  • step S641 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 confirms the number of offer information OF regarding the current offer information OF and similar products as offers to other users. That is, the number of pieces of offer information OF in which the target information in the corresponding request request information RQ is the same or similar is confirmed.
  • step S642 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 checks whether or not the number of corresponding offer information OF is equal to or less than the threshold thON. If the number of corresponding offer information OF exceeds the threshold thON, the process proceeds to step S645 without performing the notification process, and the status of the current offer information OF is updated to “non-transmission decision” in the offer information DB.
  • step S643 If the number of corresponding offer information OF is less than or equal to the threshold thON, the process proceeds to step S643, where it is determined to notify the vendor of the current offer information OF, and notification information is generated. In step S644, notification processing is performed. In step S645, the status of the current offer information OF is updated to “non-transmission decision” in the offer information DB.
  • the notification process is not performed even if the current offer information OF is determined not to be transmitted. This is because there are other alternative commodity trading opportunities.
  • the number of offer information OF of the vendor for similar products determined in steps S640 and S641 is the offer information within a predetermined time, the contract has not been reached, and is estimated by the user. It is desirable to target offer information OF in which the request itself is not canceled.
  • the non-transmission offer process is performed as in the above examples of FIGS. 23 and 24.
  • the contents of the notification process are as follows. ⁇
  • -Re-offering recommendation Notification for proceeding with re-offering (transmission of re-offering information OF ') by correcting the estimated amount.
  • -Offer destination change recommendation It is the content which advances the change about the said offer information OF about other estimate request information RQ. For example, it is not uncommon for multiple users to obtain a plurality of pieces of estimate request information RQ for a product that can be determined to be similar in the same vehicle type, color, mileage range, and the like at the same time. Therefore, the request information RQ of the same or similar product is introduced in the notification information, and the vendor is encouraged to change the other party of the offer information OF. This expands vendor opportunities.
  • notification information generation processing including re-offer recommendation and offer destination change recommendation as notification information generation processing performed in step S610 in FIG. 23, step S622 in FIG. 23C, step S632 in FIG. 24A, and step S643 in FIG. This is shown in FIG. 25B.
  • FIG. 25A shows a case where re-offer recommendation is performed.
  • transaction brokerage apparatus 2 obtains a comparison target amount compared with current offer information OF.
  • a comparison target amount is presented, and notification information including content for recommending a re-offer with an estimated amount equal to or greater than the comparison target amount is generated.
  • notification information including content for recommending a re-offer with an estimated amount equal to or greater than the comparison target amount is generated.
  • it is a content that recommends re-offering after including guidance information on how much the estimated amount of re-offering is likely to determine transmission execution. This makes it easier for vendors to decide whether to re-offer.
  • the difference threshold thD1 is used as shown in FIGS.
  • a value obtained by subtracting the amount of the difference threshold thD1 from the comparison target amount is notified as an amount that may be determined to be transmitted. You may make it show in information. Furthermore, when using the comparison estimated amount corrected in the comparison process as shown in FIGS. 21 and 22, the amount considering the correction may be presented.
  • FIG. 25B shows a case where offer destination change is recommended.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 extracts, from the estimate request information DB 33, other estimate request information RQ that has the same or similar estimate target information as the estimate request information RQ that the current offer information OF is the target of the transaction offer.
  • the extracted one or more pieces of estimate request information RQ are narrowed down by confirming the status in step S671. That is, the quotation request information RQ whose status is “before offer reception” or “offering offer” is extracted. This is because the quote request information RQ of “offer acceptance end” and “cancel” does not make sense even if the offer destination is changed.
  • step S673 When one or more pieces of estimate request information RQ having a status of “Before accepting offer” or “Receiving offer” are extracted, the process proceeds to step S673, and the transaction intermediary device 2 creates a list of offer change destination candidates. That is, it is a list of extracted quotation request information RQ.
  • transaction brokerage apparatus 2 generates notification information including an offer change destination candidate list. In other words, other estimation request information RQ having the same or similar estimation object information such as the vehicle type is listed and presented to the vendor, and notification information including the content for proposing the offer destination change is generated to the vendor.
  • step S672 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 proceeds from step S672 to step S675, and generates notification information that does not include the change destination candidate list.
  • the content is only the above-mentioned disappointment notice.
  • both offer change destination recommendation and re-offer recommendation may be included.
  • the processing described in FIG. 25A may be performed to generate notification information including re-offer recommendation.
  • an offer destination change recommendation is made if there is a change destination candidate, and a re-offer recommendation is made if there is no change destination candidate.
  • an example of generating notification information including both offer destination change recommendation and re-offer recommendation by performing the processing described in FIG. 25A in step S674 of FIG. 25B is also conceivable.
  • Second to sixth embodiments will be described sequentially. Hereinafter, only differences from the processing of FIG. 8 of the first embodiment will be described, and redundant description will be avoided. In the second to sixth embodiments, the processes described in FIGS. 9 to 25 can be applied.
  • FIG. 26A shows processing of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 as the second embodiment. This is shown as processing between steps S107 and S110 in FIG. That is, it is an example of processing related to execution of comparison target setting processing and comparison / transmission availability determination processing.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 after the transaction intermediary device 2 receives the offer information OF and performs the process of step S107 of FIG. 8, the transaction intermediary device 2 performs the current offer information OF in step S150 of FIG. 26A. Confirms the number of already received offer information OF (the number of already received offers NR) for the same estimate request information RQ as the corresponding estimate request information RQ. This may be done by referring to the offer information DB 34 and confirming the number of offer information OF having the same estimate request ID corresponding to the current offer information OF.
  • step S151 the transaction intermediary device 2 confirms whether or not the received offer number NR is equal to or less than the threshold thNR. If NR ⁇ thNR, it is determined unconditionally to execute transmission in step S152. If NR ⁇ thNR is not satisfied, the comparison target setting process in step S108 and the comparison / transmission availability determination process in step S109 described in the first embodiment are performed. Then, the process proceeds to step S110 in FIG.
  • the offer information OF that has been transmitted first for a certain quotation request information RQ is always transmitted to the user terminal 5. .
  • the offer information OF received after that is determined to be transmitted or not transmitted in the comparison / transmission availability determination process. According to such processing, at least the offer information OF corresponding to the number of the threshold thNR is ensured to be transmitted to the user terminal 5. Therefore, as long as one or more offer information OF is issued, the number of offer information OF presented to the user does not become zero.
  • filtering for transmission to the user terminal 5 is performed, and transmission of the offer information OF determined to be useless for the user is restricted.
  • FIG. 26B shows processing of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 as the third exemplary embodiment. This is also shown as processing between steps S107 and S110 in FIG.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 in step S160, the number of already sent offer information OF (the number of already sent offers) for the same quote request information RQ as the quote request information RQ corresponding to the current offer information OF. NT). This may be done by referring to the offer information DB 34 and confirming the number of offer information OF having the same quote request ID as the current offer information OF and the status “sent”. The number of offer information OF whose status is “transmission decision” may be included.
  • step S161 transaction mediating apparatus 2 checks whether or not the number of transmitted offers NR is greater than or equal to threshold thNT1. If NR ⁇ thNT1, it is determined unconditionally to execute transmission in step S162. If NR ⁇ thNT1, a comparison target setting process in step S108 and a comparison / transmission availability determination process in step S109 are performed. Then, the process proceeds to step S110 in FIG.
  • the transmitted offer number NT may be the number of already-offered offer information OF between the present time and a predetermined time before. In this way, when transmission is concentrated, transmission permission / inhibition is determined, and transmission can be performed unconditionally in a time zone where there is not much transmission.
  • the second and third embodiments described above provide a case where transmission is performed unconditionally without determining whether transmission is possible.
  • an example of performing unconditional transmission based on the reception date / time of the latest offer information OF or the elapsed time from the transmission date / time to the user terminal 5 is also conceivable. For example, if the predetermined time has not elapsed since the most recent reception date / time or transmission date / time, the transmission determination of steps S108 and S109 is performed for the current offer information OF, but if the predetermined time has elapsed, it is transmitted unconditionally. Is. Even in such a process, when transmission is concentrated, it is determined whether transmission is possible or not, and the number of transmissions is limited. It is possible to perform processing that avoids the concentration of
  • FIGS. 27A and 27B These select conditions for determining whether or not to perform transmission related to offer information OF to the user terminal 5 from the comparison result based on the offer information transmission status to the user terminal 5 to be transmitted. is there.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 is the step S170 in FIG. 27A and the existing request information RQ that is the same as the request information RQ to which the current offer information OF corresponds is the existing request information RQ.
  • the number of offer information OF to be transmitted (number of transmitted offers NT) is confirmed (similar to step S160 in FIG. 26B).
  • step S171 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 checks whether or not the transmitted offer number NR is equal to or greater than the threshold thNT2. If NR ⁇ thNT2, the first transmission permission / inhibition determination condition is set in step S172. If NR ⁇ thNT2, the second transmission permission determination condition is set in step S173. Then, a comparison target setting process in step S108 and a comparison / transmission availability determination process in step S109 are performed, and then the process proceeds to step S110 in FIG.
  • the first transmission permission / inhibition determination condition when the number of already transmitted offers is smaller than the threshold thNT2 is a setting that is relatively loose. For example, as shown in FIG. 17, even if the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is inferior to the user, if the difference is within the difference threshold thD1, the process for executing transmission is adopted.
  • the second transmission permission / inhibition determination condition is set to be a relatively strict condition. For example, as shown in FIG. 14, if the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is inferior to the user, it is a process that is immediately not transmitted.
  • the fourth embodiment when the number of offers that have already been transmitted to the user terminal 5 is large, the conditions for transmission are tightened, and when the number of offers that have been transmitted is small, the conditions for transmission are relaxed. It allows a large number of offers to be presented to the user.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 is the step S180 of FIG. 27B about the request information RQ that is the same as the request information RQ to which the current offer information OF corresponds.
  • the latest transmission date is acquired.
  • the offer information DB 34 is searched, and among the offer information OF whose quotation request ID is the same as that of the current offer information OF and whose status is “sent”, the information with the transmission date and time closest to the present is extracted.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 calculates the elapsed time from the transmission date and time of the most recently extracted previously sent offer to the present.
  • step S182 transaction brokerage apparatus 2 checks whether or not the elapsed time is equal to or greater than threshold value thTM. If the elapsed time is equal to or greater than the threshold value thTM, a relatively loose first transmission permission determination condition is set in step S183. For example, the process of FIG. 17 is selected. If the elapsed time is not equal to or greater than the threshold thTM, a relatively strict second transmission permission determination condition is set in step S184. For example, the process of FIG. 14 is selected. Then, a comparison target setting process in step S108 and a comparison / transmission availability determination process in step S109 are performed, and then the process proceeds to step S110 in FIG.
  • the sixth embodiment is a processing example that can be applied instead of the processing of FIG. 8 of the first embodiment.
  • the sixth embodiment is an example in which the transmission permission / inhibition determination for the offer information OF is collectively performed at a certain timing, not at the time of sequential reception.
  • FIG. 28 the same processes as those in FIG. 8 are denoted by the same step numbers, and description thereof is omitted.
  • FIG. 28A shows processing executed by the transaction mediating apparatus 2 in response to reception of the request for quotation information RQ, offer information OF, and contract information.
  • the processing from step S101 to step S104 registration request information registration
  • S105 introduction vendor information acquisition
  • S106 introduction information transmission
  • step S101 to step S104 registration request information registration
  • step S105 introduction vendor information acquisition
  • step S106 introduction information transmission
  • step S102 to step S107 offer information registration
  • step S103 to S114 registration is performed in the same manner as in FIG.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 executes the process of FIG. 28B at a certain timing in parallel with the process of FIG. 28A. That is, when the execution timing is detected in step S120, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires unprocessed offer information OF in step S121. This is a process of extracting from the offer information DB 34 offer information OF that has been received but has not yet been determined to be transmitted (for example, offer information OF whose status is “before comparison”). Then, for each extracted offer information OF, a comparison target setting process in step S108 and a comparison / transmission availability determination process in step S109 are performed.
  • step S122 transmission control to the user terminal 5 for each of the one or more offer information OFs determined to be executed in the comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination process (the same process as step S111 in FIG. 8) is performed.
  • step S123 non-transmission offer processing (similar to step S113 in FIG. 8) is performed for each of one or a plurality of offer information OF determined to be non-transmission in the comparison / transmission availability determination processing.
  • step S124 for each offer information OF, DB update corresponding to transmission / non-transmission, that is, status update of the offer information DB 34 is performed.
  • the execution timing may be set at regular intervals. Further, variable timing may be set according to the time zone. For example, the execution timing may be set at different intervals in a time zone in which the offer information OF is frequently received or a time zone in which the offer information OF is high. Alternatively, the execution timing may be a point in time when a predetermined number of offer information OF with a status of “before comparison” is accumulated. Moreover, it is good also considering the time when the elapsed time from the latest transmission addressed to the user terminal 5 becomes a predetermined time as the execution timing.
  • FIG. The seventh embodiment is an example in which the transaction mediating apparatus 2 generates the offer information OF of each vendor in response to the quotation request information RQ, instead of the vendor sequentially transmitting the offer information OF.
  • FIG. 29 shows the processing flow of the entire system.
  • the vendor notifies the offer condition information OFC from the vendor terminal 4 to the transaction mediating apparatus 2 in advance in step S30.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 receives the offer condition information OFC at step SS0, it registers this in the offer condition DB 36.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 receives the offer information in step S1, and then generates offer information OF in step S3A. That is, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 generates offer information OF for each vendor based on the offer condition information OFC received from each vendor terminal 4 without transmitting the introduction information IRQ to the vendor terminal 4.
  • steps S4 (comparison target setting process), S5 (comparison / transmission availability determination process), S6 (processing branch according to transmission availability determination), S7 (user of offer information contents OFv)
  • steps S4 (comparison target setting process), S5 (comparison / transmission availability determination process), S6 (processing branch according to transmission availability determination), S7 (user of offer information contents OFv)
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 acquires the re-offer information OF ′ in step S3A, and the re-offer information OF Also for ', the processing in steps S4 to S9 is performed.
  • a configuration example of the offer condition DB 36 is shown in FIG.
  • the vendor provides one or more offer condition information OFC in which the vehicle type, color, year, mileage, and estimated price in that case are set as a set to the transaction intermediary device 2 in advance.
  • Transaction mediating apparatus 2 registers such offer condition information OFC in offer condition DB 36. Thereby, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 can generate the offer information OF of each vendor with reference to the offer condition DB 36 when receiving the estimate request information RQ from the user terminal 5.
  • the offer condition information OFC provided by the vendor to the transaction mediating apparatus 2 may be an algorithm, a program, or the like for deriving an estimated amount from each condition such as a vehicle type, and these may be registered in the offer condition DB 36.
  • FIG. 31 is a processing example of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 in the seventh exemplary embodiment. This process corresponds to FIG. 8 of the first embodiment, and the same step number is assigned to the same process.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 monitors reception of the quotation request information RQ, offer information OF, and contract information in steps S101, S101, and S103 of FIG.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S101 to S104, and performs processing for taking in the received quotation request information RQ and registering it in the quotation request information DB 33 (FIG. 8).
  • step S130 the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires information about the introduction vendor.
  • offer condition information of each vendor is read out from the offer condition DB 36.
  • transaction brokerage apparatus 2 generates offer information OF for each vendor.
  • step S111A transmission control to the user terminal 5 is performed for each of the one or more offer information OFs determined to be transmitted in the comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination process (the same process as step S111 in FIG. 8).
  • step S113A non-transmission offer processing (similar to step S113 in FIG. 8) is performed for each of the one or more offer information OFs determined to be non-transmission in the comparison / transmission availability determination processing.
  • step S124A for each offer information OF, DB update corresponding to transmission / non-transmission, that is, status update of the offer information DB 34 is performed.
  • step S102 the offer information OF received from the vendor terminal 4 monitored in step S102 is the case where the re-offer information OF ′ is transmitted.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S102 to step S107, and performs a process of fetching the received re-offer information OF 'and registering it in the offer information DB 34.
  • step S108B comparison target setting process
  • S109B comparison / transmission availability determination process
  • steps S110, S111B, S112B, and S113B are performed in the same manner as steps S108 to S113 in FIG.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S103 to S114, and registers the contract information DB 35 as in FIG.
  • filtering related to transmission of the offer information OF to the user terminal 5 is performed as in the first to sixth embodiments. Further, in this case, the offer information OF is generated by the transaction intermediary device 2. Therefore, it is not necessary for the vendor staff to always wait for the estimate request information RQ. Therefore, the burden on the vendor is significantly reduced.
  • the offer information content OFv is not transmitted to the user terminal 5, but the content of the offer information OF is presented on the website without any particular limitation.
  • the transmission permission / inhibition decision is made in the same manner as in the previous embodiments, and for the offer information OF decided to be transmitted, a notice of posting on the website is transmitted to the user terminal 5. It is said.
  • FIG. 32 shows a processing flow of the entire system. The same parts as those in FIG. 7 are denoted by the same step numbers, and detailed description is avoided.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 receives the quotation request introduction information IRQ to the vendor terminal 4 in step S2 after receiving it in step S1.
  • Each vendor that received the introduction information IRQ in step S31 generates offer information OF in step S32 and transmits it to the transaction mediating apparatus 2.
  • FIG. 33 shows an example of a web page that posts offer information OF.
  • the contents of the estimate request information RQ estimate information such as vehicle type, color, year, mileage, etc.
  • the vendor name, location, and estimated amount are presented.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 performs steps S4 (comparison target setting process) and S5 (comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination process) for the acquired offer information OF. If it is determined that transmission is to be executed, the process proceeds from step S11 to step S12, and a notification mail MLv is sent to notify the user terminal 5 of the upload. This is a notification that new offer information OF has been added on the page as shown in FIG.
  • the user terminal 5 receives the notification mail MLv in step S22.
  • the user can open the e-mail to know that the offer has been added, and can access the website that the user can view and check the content of the offer information OF.
  • FIG. 34 shows a processing example of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 in the eighth exemplary embodiment.
  • step S141 is added between steps S107 and S108 in FIG. That is, when receiving the offer information OF, the transaction intermediary device 2 performs registration in the offer condition DB 36 in step S107, and in step S141, performs processing for posting the content of the offer information OF on the website. Thereafter, steps S108 (comparison target setting process) and S109 (comparison / transmission availability determination process) are performed to determine whether transmission is possible for the offer information OF. If transmission is determined, the process proceeds from step S110 to S142, and notification mail is sent.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 generates e-mail data indicating that the offer information OF has been newly added, and transmits it to the user terminal 5 from the communication unit 20.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 performs DB update according to the transmission of the notification mail MLv. For example, the status of the offer information OF in the offer condition DB 36 is updated to “sent”.
  • the notification information IL is not transmitted to the vendor terminal 4 as in the above-described embodiments. This is because the website can be posted even if it is determined not to be transmitted, and the user can view it.
  • the offer information OF is posted on the website, but only the offer information OF determined to be useful to the user is notified to the user about the posting.
  • the offer information OF that has transmitted the notification mail MLv and the non-sent offer information OF may be posted in a distinguishable manner.
  • FIG. 34 a processing example in which the comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination is performed at every predetermined execution timing as shown in FIG. 28 is also conceivable.
  • the business transaction information acquisition unit 21 that acquires offer information OF for a plurality of vendors, which is generated in a state in which it is impossible to know, and the comparison target setting unit that sets a comparison target for the offer information OF acquired by the business transaction information acquisition unit 21 22, based on the comparison result between the offer information OF acquired by the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21 and the comparison target set by the comparison target setting unit 22, whether transmission related to the offer information OF is executed to the user terminal 5.
  • a transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23 for determining whether or not the transmission information is transmitted to the user terminal 5 regarding the offer information OF based on the determination of the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23.
  • a transmission control unit 24 for controlling.
  • This transaction mediating apparatus 2 functions as a system that mediates between a user and a plurality of vendors.
  • a comparison process with a comparison target is performed, and transmission related to offer information to the user terminal 5 (for example, transmission of offer information content OFv and notification mail MLv) is performed.
  • transmission related to offer information to the user terminal 5 for example, transmission of offer information content OFv and notification mail MLv.
  • each offer information OF is provided with a filtering function related to presentation to the user. Accordingly, it is possible to eliminate or reduce the burden on the user due to too many offers.
  • the first to seventh embodiments it is possible to eliminate the fact that a large amount of offer contents from a large number of vendors are sent to the user one by one, and the user can select the offer selected by comparison. It is only necessary to check the information, and it is possible to appropriately eliminate unnecessary offer confirmation and examine useful offers.
  • the eighth embodiment when an offer is generated, it is not reported to the user one by one, so that in this case as well, the user can be solved or reduced from being bothered by too many notifications.
  • the vendor creates the offer information OF it is a system that cannot know the offer contents (estimated amount, etc.) of other vendors. This makes it suitable for managing transaction brokers with the intention of not promoting excessive competition among vendors.
  • the offer information presented to the user is an estimated amount for making a transaction offer and not a contractual condition. For this reason, the user side can consider a plurality of offer information OFs and consider a contract instead of accepting only one offer information OF. Of course, there is still an opportunity for negotiations after sending the offer information OF. Accordingly, the system according to the embodiment does not impose maintenance on the offer contents until the contract is concluded or obligates the contract to both the vendor and the user, and assumes introduction only.
  • this embodiment has a remarkable effect in a system in which a user can accept a plurality of offers.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 determines that the estimated amount included in the offer information OF is more advantageous for the user than the comparison target amount. Then, it is determined that transmission of the offer information OF to the user terminal 5 is executed. As shown in FIG. 16, it may be determined according to the number of cases where the amount is dominant. That the estimated amount of money is superior to the user is offer information that is favorable for the user and is worth considering for the contract. Therefore, it is appropriate to present such offer information OF to the user as a mediator of desirable transactions between the user and vendor.
  • the transaction intermediary device 2 when the estimated amount included in the offer information OF is an amount that is inferior to the user compared to the amount to be compared. If the amount difference is less than the first threshold value (difference threshold value thD1), it may be determined to execute transmission of the offer information to the user terminal 5. Even if the estimated amount of money is inferior to the user, the user may want to close the contract due to various circumstances such as location, due date, additional service, and the like. However, if the price is too inferior, it is usually difficult to become a contract candidate, so the value presented as an offer to the user is low.
  • the amount difference with the comparison target is less than the difference threshold thD1
  • the amount difference with the comparison target is less than the difference threshold thD1
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 uses the first threshold (difference threshold thD1) as the offer source of the offer information to be compared.
  • the difference threshold thD1 as the upper limit of the amount difference may be a fixed value, but may be varied according to the vendor performance. Thus, it is possible to determine whether or not transmission to the user is possible, reflecting the vendor's trust and the like.
  • the difference threshold thD1 is increased to determine whether the current offer information OF can be transmitted. By loosening, it is possible to increase the possibility of transaction mediation with high user satisfaction.
  • the vendor of the current offer information OF is a vendor that has a large difference between the estimated amount and the contracted amount and is unfavorable to the user, for example, the decision to send or not is strict, and the vendor that is advantageous to the user has a small difference between the estimated amount and the concluded amount
  • the possibility of transaction mediation with a high degree of user satisfaction can also be increased by loosening the transmission permission / inhibition decision.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 sets the first threshold (difference threshold thD1) to offer information to the user terminal 5 that is the target of the offer information OF. It may be set based on the transmission execution status. If the difference threshold thD1 is increased, the transmission permission / inhibition decision becomes loose, and the number of offer information to be transmitted to the user terminal 5 is likely to increase. If the difference threshold thD1 is decreased, the transmission permission / inhibition decision becomes strict. The number of offer information to be transmitted to setting 5 is reduced. Therefore, if the setting is made based on the transmission execution status to the user terminal 5, an appropriate number of offers can be presented to the user. That is, not only too much but also too few can be accommodated.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 sets the first threshold (difference threshold thD1) to the other offer information OF set as the comparison target, It may be set based on the number of offer information OFs determined not to be transmitted. If the other offer information OF that is the comparison target is too powerful, the other offer information OF may be determined to be almost non-transmitted. In that case, it may be difficult for the user to receive the offer information OF. Therefore, an appropriate number of offer information OF can be presented to the user by adjusting the difference threshold thD1.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 compares the estimated amount for comparison with the estimated amount included in the offer information corrected for comparison with the comparison target. It may be.
  • the conditions that the user wants to close are diverse, such as the estimated amount, convenience, and operator's credit. Therefore, in order to prevent the transmission to the transaction requester from being executed because only the estimated amount is inferior, or the transmission being executed because only the estimated amount is superior, correction is performed to increase or decrease the estimated amount used for comparison. Thereby, the estimation of various conditions can be presented to the user.
  • the condition that the user seeks to close can be determined.
  • An offer suitable for such conditions can be easily transmitted to the user terminal 5 by correcting the estimated amount at the time of comparison. Conversely, increase the possibility of not sending offers that do not meet the conditions. Therefore, it is possible to easily deliver a desired offer to the user.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 determines the offer information OF that is determined not to execute the transmission related to the offer information to the user terminal 5.
  • a process for determining whether or not to execute a process of notifying the vendor who is the offer source of the offer information OF may be performed. Offer information that is determined not to be transmitted to the transaction requester terminal becomes impossible or difficult for the contract applicant. Therefore, by notifying that fact, it is possible to encourage the vendor to appropriately report and to deal with the vendor.
  • the amount difference between the estimated amount included in the offer information OF and the comparison target amount is less than a predetermined threshold (difference threshold thD2). For example, it may be determined that the notification process to the transaction applicant who is the offer source of the offer information is executed. If the amount difference is less than the predetermined threshold value, it is determined that the transmission is not executed by comparison, but it means that the comparison process is not greatly lost. Therefore, notification processing is preferable in terms of prompting a re-offer.
  • the non-transmission offer process it is determined whether or not to execute the offer information OF determined to be non-transmission based on the status of other offer information by the vendor of the offer information OF. You may make it do. For example, it may not always be necessary to notify the non-execution of transmission due to the other offer information of the vendor, such as when there is an opportunity to close a transaction for the same product. Simplification and efficiency of vendor operations can also be achieved.
  • the notification information IL notified to the vendor in the non-transmission offer process includes content recommending the re-offer information transmission as shown in FIG. 25A. Encouraging vendors to close deals by sending re-offer information through notifications. Further, the notification information IL may include content recommending a change of the estimate request information RQ to be offered as shown in FIG. 25B. This is because changing the offer target may provide a new opportunity for the vendor to close.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 performs comparison. You may make it select the conditions for determining whether to perform transmission to the user terminal 5 regarding offer information OF from the result based on the offer information transmission condition to the user terminal 5. It is conceivable that the condition for determining whether or not to execute transmission varies depending on severe conditions or loose conditions. By performing such a condition selection based on the offer information transmission status to the user terminal 5, presentation of an appropriate number of offer information to the user terminal 5 can be realized.
  • the transaction mediating apparatus 2 receives other offer information that has been subjected to a predetermined operation on the user terminal 5 side. , It may be set as a comparison target.
  • the comparison target in the comparison process is preferably a reference for whether or not the contract is possible for the user. Offer information that has already been presented to the user and the user has shown interest is considered appropriate as such a criterion. Therefore, on the user terminal 5 side, offer information for which a predetermined operation such as clicking on a URL link in an email as offer information content OFv is performed is set as a comparison target. Thereby, the transmission permission / inhibition determination function for presenting an offer desirable for the user can be enhanced.
  • comparison target setting using the market price information as shown in FIG. 9A and using the user desired amount as shown in FIG. 9B can also enhance the transmission permission / inhibition decision function for presenting a desired offer for the user. Further, as in the examples of FIGS. 10, 11, and 12, by using other competing offer information OF as a comparison target, it is possible to select an offer superior to the user among a large number of vendors and present it to the user. .
  • the information processing apparatus of the present invention is not limited to the example of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 of the embodiment, and various modifications are assumed.
  • the present invention can be applied as an intermediary service for other various commercial transactions.
  • it can be an intermediary service for contracting auto insurance, life insurance, non-life insurance, fire insurance, earthquake insurance and other insurance products.
  • It is also suitable as a service for a user to search for a trader for vehicle inspection, moving, transportation and the like.
  • It can also be applied to used goods purchase services.
  • the above is merely an example, and various fields of application of the present invention are envisaged besides these.
  • the comparison process uses the estimated amount and the comparison target amount.
  • the comparison process may be performed using a value other than the amount.
  • the transaction quantity, transaction date and time, vendor evaluation value, etc. may be used in the comparison process together with the amount or instead of the amount.
  • the quote request information RQ is given as an example of the transaction request information, an example in which the estimated amount is not used as a comparison target is also conceivable, and examples other than the quote request information RQ can be considered as the transaction request information.
  • a request for requesting the presentation of a possible quantity as a transaction quantity, a transaction date and time, and a possible date and time is also considered as an example of the transaction request information.
  • the program of embodiment is the commercial transaction information acquisition part 21 in the transaction mediating apparatus 2, the comparison object setting part 22, and transmission permission / inhibition
  • This is a program that causes an information processing device (such as a CPU) to execute the processes of the determination processing unit 23 and the transmission control unit 24.
  • the program of the embodiment corresponds to the request information RQ transmitted from the user terminal 5 and provides the offer information OF for a plurality of vendors generated in a state where the plurality of vendors cannot know each other's offer contents.
  • the information processing apparatus is caused to execute a commercial transaction information acquisition procedure to be acquired. Further, the information processing apparatus is caused to execute a comparison target setting procedure for setting a comparison target for the offer information OF acquired in the commercial transaction information acquisition procedure. Further, based on the comparison result between the offer information OF acquired in the commercial transaction information acquisition procedure and the comparison target set in the comparison target setting procedure, it is determined whether or not transmission related to the offer information OF is executed to the user terminal 5.
  • the information processing apparatus executes the transmission permission / inhibition determination procedure to be performed.
  • this program has been described as the first to eighth embodiments in FIG. 8, FIG. 26A, FIG. 26B, FIG. 27A, FIG. 27B, FIG. 28, FIG. It is a program that executes processing.
  • Such a program can be stored in advance in an HDD as a storage medium built in a device such as a computer device, a ROM in a microcomputer having a CPU, or the like. Alternatively, it can be stored (stored) temporarily or permanently in a removable storage medium such as a semiconductor memory, memory card, optical disk, magneto-optical disk, or magnetic disk. Such a removable storage medium can be provided as so-called package software. Further, such a program can be installed from a removable storage medium to a personal computer or the like, or can be downloaded from a download site via a network such as a LAN or the Internet.

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to prevent too much offer information from many trade offerers from being transmitted to a user who is a trade requester. To this end, a comparison reference is set in order to compare offer information acquired from trade offerers. Then, whether or not transmission of offer information to the trade requester should be executed is determined on the basis of the comparison result. Processing for transmission of the offer information to the trade requester is controlled on the basis of the determination result. Consequently, only offer information selected from the comparison processing is transmitted to the trade requester.

Description

情報処理装置、情報処理方法、プログラムInformation processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
 本発明は情報処理装置、情報処理方法、プログラムに関し、特に取引要求者からの取引要求と、それに対するオファー情報を処理する技術分野に関する。 The present invention relates to an information processing apparatus, an information processing method, and a program, and more particularly to a technical field for processing a transaction request from a transaction requester and offer information corresponding thereto.
特開2002-15161号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-15161
 従来、インターネット等の通信網を介して一般ユーザが商取引を要求し、例えば事業者が取引のオファーを行うことを仲介するサービスが行われている。
 このようなサービスに関する技術として、上記特許文献1等が開示されている。例えばユーザが仲介業者のホームページにアクセスし、オートバイの購入又は売却条件を提示し、仲介業者がこれを事業者に送信する。事業者は見積もりをユーザに回答する。
2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a service has been provided that mediates that a general user requests a business transaction via a communication network such as the Internet, and that, for example, a business operator offers a transaction.
As a technique related to such a service, the above-mentioned Patent Document 1 is disclosed. For example, a user accesses a broker's home page, presents purchase or sale conditions for a motorcycle, and the broker transmits this to the operator. The business operator answers the estimate to the user.
 しかしながら従来の仲介システムでは、ユーザ(取引要求者)に対して提示される事業者からのオファーが多すぎることが発生している。例えばユーザが端末を用いて取引をリクエストした場合、例えばあまりに多数の事業者からの電子メール等により見積もりが送られてきて、逆にユーザにとって電子メール自体が負担となったり、見積もりの選択が困難となることが多々生じている。
 そこで本発明では、取引要求者に対してオファーが多すぎることによる負担を解消又は軽減することを目的とする。
However, in the conventional mediation system, it has occurred that there are too many offers from the business operator presented to the user (transaction requester). For example, when a user requests a transaction using a terminal, for example, an estimate is sent by e-mail from too many operators, and conversely, the e-mail itself becomes a burden for the user, or it is difficult to select an estimate Often occurs.
Therefore, an object of the present invention is to eliminate or reduce the burden caused by too many offers to the transaction requester.
 第1に、本発明に係る情報処理装置は、取引要求者端末から送信された取引要求情報に対応して、複数の取引申込者が互いのオファー内容を知り得ない状態で生成される、複数の取引申込者についてのオファー情報を取得する商取引情報取得部と、前記商取引情報取得部が取得した前記オファー情報についての比較対象を設定する比較対象設定部と、前記商取引情報取得部が取得した前記オファー情報と、前記比較対象設定部が設定した比較対象との比較結果に基づいて、当該オファー情報に関する送信を前記取引要求者端末に対して実行するか否かを決定する送信可否決定処理部と、前記送信可否決定処理部の決定に基づいて、オファー情報に関する前記取引要求者端末への送信処理を制御する送信制御部とを備えたものである。
 取引要求者端末とは、取引要求者、例えば商品の売却、購入、契約等の商取引を求めるユーザが用いる端末である。取引申込者とは、取引要求者との商取引を申し入れる事業者等である。すなわちこの情報処理装置は、取引要求者と複数の取引申込者を仲介するシステムとして機能する。この場合に、取引要求情報に対する複数の取引申込者からのそれぞれのオファー情報について、比較対象との比較処理を行って、取引要求者端末へのオファー情報に関する送信を行うか否かを決定する。すなわち各オファー情報についてフィルタリングして取引要求者への送信を実行する機能を備える。
1stly, the information processing apparatus which concerns on this invention is produced | generated in the state which a some transaction applicant cannot know each other's offer content corresponding to the transaction request information transmitted from the transaction requester terminal. A commercial transaction information acquisition unit that acquires offer information about the transaction applicant, a comparison target setting unit that sets a comparison target for the offer information acquired by the commercial transaction information acquisition unit, and the commercial transaction information acquisition unit acquired A transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit that determines whether or not to perform transmission regarding the offer information to the transaction requester terminal based on a comparison result between offer information and a comparison target set by the comparison target setting unit; And a transmission control unit that controls transmission processing of the offer information to the transaction requester terminal based on the determination of the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit.
The transaction requester terminal is a terminal used by a transaction requester, for example, a user who seeks a commercial transaction such as sale, purchase, contract, etc. of a product. A transaction applicant is a business operator who applies for a commercial transaction with a transaction requester. That is, this information processing apparatus functions as a system that mediates between the transaction requester and a plurality of transaction applicants. In this case, for each offer information from a plurality of transaction applicants for the transaction request information, a comparison process with a comparison target is performed to determine whether or not to transmit the offer information to the transaction requester terminal. In other words, each offer information is filtered and transmitted to the transaction requester.
 第2に、上記した本発明に係る情報処理装置においては、前記送信可否決定処理部は、オファー情報に含まれる見積金額が、比較対象に含まれる金額よりも取引要求者側にとって優位な金額である場合に、当該オファー情報に関する前記取引要求者端末への送信を実行すると決定することが望ましい。
 取引要求者にとって優位な見積金額であるということは、取引要求者にとって好ましい、つまり取引の成約に関して検討に値するオファー情報であるため、そのようなオファー情報をユーザに提示することが適切となる。
Secondly, in the information processing apparatus according to the present invention described above, the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit determines that the estimated amount included in the offer information is more advantageous for the transaction requester than the amount included in the comparison target. In some cases, it may be desirable to determine to transmit the offer information to the transaction requester terminal.
Since it is favorable for the transaction requester, that is, offer information worth considering for the conclusion of the transaction, it is appropriate to present such offer information to the user.
 第3に、上記した本発明に係る情報処理装置においては、前記送信可否決定処理部は、オファー情報に含まれる見積金額が、比較対象に含まれる金額よりも取引要求者側にとって劣位な金額である場合、金額差分が第1閾値未満であれば、当該オファー情報に関する前記取引要求者端末への送信を実行すると決定するようにしてもよい。
 取引要求者にとって劣位な見積金額であったとしても、各種事情により取引要求者が成約を望む場合もある。ただし、金額的にあまりに劣位であると、通常は成約の候補にはなりにくい。そこで金額的には劣位であるが、比較対象との金額差分が第1閾値未満であれば、成約の候補になり得るとして、そのオファー情報に関する取引要求者端末への送信を実行する。
Third, in the information processing apparatus according to the present invention described above, the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit determines that the estimated amount included in the offer information is an inferior amount for the transaction requester than the amount included in the comparison target. In some cases, if the amount difference is less than the first threshold, it may be determined to execute transmission of the offer information to the transaction requester terminal.
Even if the estimated amount is inferior to the transaction requester, the transaction requester may wish to close the contract due to various circumstances. However, if the amount is too inferior, it is usually difficult to make a contract. Therefore, although it is inferior in terms of amount, if the amount difference with the comparison target is less than the first threshold value, it is determined that it can be a candidate for closing, and transmission of the offer information to the transaction requester terminal is executed.
 第4に、上記した本発明に係る情報処理装置においては、前記第1閾値は、比較対象とされたオファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者の実績情報、又は比較対象と比較するオファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者の実績情報を用いて設定してもよい。
 金額差分の上限としての第1閾値は、固定値でもよいが、取引申込者の実績に応じて可変してもよい。これにより取引申込者の信用等を反映して、取引要求者への送信可否を判断できる。実績情報は、例えば取引申込者による過去の成約取引についての、オファー情報に示された見積金額と成約金額との差額情報などとする。
Fourth, in the information processing apparatus according to the present invention described above, the first threshold value is the result information of the transaction applicant who is the offer source of the offer information to be compared, or the offer information to be compared with the comparison target. You may set using the performance information of the transaction applicant who is an offer origin.
The first threshold value as the upper limit of the amount difference may be a fixed value, but may vary according to the transaction applicant's performance. Accordingly, it is possible to determine whether or not transmission to the transaction requester is possible, reflecting the credit of the transaction applicant. The performance information is, for example, information on the difference between the estimated amount shown in the offer information and the contracted amount regarding the past contracted transaction by the transaction applicant.
 第5に、上記した本発明に係る情報処理装置においては、前記第1閾値は、オファー情報の対象の取引要求者端末へのオファー情報に関する送信実行状況に基づいて設定されるようにしてもよい。
 第1閾値は、取引要求者への送信実行判定を厳しくするか緩くするかの機能を持つ。第1閾値を大きくすれば、取引要求者端末への送信が実行されるオファー情報の数が増えやすくなり、第1閾値を小さくすれば、取引要求者端末への送信が実行されるオファー情報の数が絞られる傾向となる。オファー情報に関する送信は、多すぎることは取引要求者の負担となるが、逆に少なすぎると、取引要求者が適度な数のオファーから成約したいオファーを選択するという機能が不十分となる。そこで第1閾値を取引要求者端末へのオファー情報に関する送信実行状況に基づいて設定する。これにより適度な数のオファーを取引要求者に提示できる。
Fifth, in the information processing apparatus according to the present invention described above, the first threshold value may be set based on a transmission execution state regarding offer information to a transaction requester terminal that is a target of offer information. .
The first threshold has a function of tightening or loosening the transmission execution determination to the transaction requester. If the first threshold value is increased, the number of offer information to be transmitted to the transaction requester terminal is likely to increase. If the first threshold value is decreased, the offer information to be transmitted to the transaction requester terminal is increased. The number tends to be reduced. Too much transmission of offer information is a burden on the transaction requester. On the other hand, if the transmission is too small, the function that the transaction requester selects an offer to be concluded from an appropriate number of offers becomes insufficient. Therefore, the first threshold value is set based on the transmission execution status regarding the offer information to the transaction requester terminal. This allows a moderate number of offers to be presented to the transaction requester.
 第6に、上記した本発明に係る情報処理装置においては、前記第1閾値は、前記比較対象設定部によって比較対象に設定されたオファー情報との比較結果により、前記取引要求者端末へ送信しないと決定されたオファー情報の数に基づいて設定されるようにしてもよい。
 これも適度な数のオファーを取引要求者に提示するための調整機能を実現するための処理となる。例えば比較対象とされた他のオファー情報が、取引要求者にとって甚だしく優位なものの場合、他のオファー情報のほとんどが送信されないものとなることが想定される。そこで、そのような状況に応じて第1閾値を可変し、適度な数の送信が行われるようにする。
Sixth, in the information processing apparatus according to the present invention described above, the first threshold value is not transmitted to the transaction requester terminal according to a comparison result with offer information set as a comparison target by the comparison target setting unit. May be set based on the number of offer information determined.
This is also a process for realizing an adjustment function for presenting an appropriate number of offers to the transaction requester. For example, when other offer information that is a comparison target is extremely advantageous for the transaction requester, it is assumed that most of the other offer information is not transmitted. Therefore, the first threshold value is varied according to such a situation so that an appropriate number of transmissions are performed.
 第7に、上記した本発明に係る情報処理装置においては、前記送信可否決定処理部は、オファー情報に含まれる見積金額を比較用に補正したうえで比較対象と比較するようにしてもよい。
 取引要求者が成約したいと考える条件は、見積金額、利便性、事業者の信用など多岐にわたる。そこで見積金額のみ劣位であるために取引要求者への送信が実行されない、あるいは見積金額のみ優位であるため送信が実行されるということをなくすため、比較に用いる見積金額を増減する補正を行うことを可能とする。これによりユーザに多様な条件の見積もりが提示されるようにする。
Seventh, in the information processing apparatus according to the present invention described above, the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit may correct the estimated amount included in the offer information for comparison and then compare it with the comparison target.
The conditions that a transaction requester wants to close range from an estimated amount, convenience, and operator's credit. Therefore, in order to prevent the transmission to the transaction requester from being executed because only the estimated amount is inferior, or the transmission being executed because only the estimated amount is superior, correction is performed to increase or decrease the estimated amount used for comparison. Is possible. As a result, estimates of various conditions are presented to the user.
 第8に、上記した本発明に係る情報処理装置においては、前記送信可否決定処理部は、オファー情報に関する条件要素と、取引要求情報に関連づけられた設定条件との差の大きさに基づいて、オファー情報に含まれる見積金額を比較用に補正するようにしてもよい。
 取引要求者が取引要求情報において設定条件を提示することで、取引要求者が成約に求める条件を判断できる。そのような条件に適したオファーは、比較時の見積金額の補正により、取引要求者端末への送信が行われやすくできる。
Eighth, in the information processing apparatus according to the present invention described above, the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit is based on the magnitude of the difference between the condition element relating to offer information and the setting condition associated with the transaction request information. The estimated amount included in the offer information may be corrected for comparison.
By presenting the setting conditions in the transaction request information, the transaction requester can determine the conditions requested by the transaction requester for the contract. Offers suitable for such conditions can be easily transmitted to the transaction requester terminal by correcting the estimated amount at the time of comparison.
 第9に、上記した本発明に係る情報処理装置においては、前記送信可否決定処理部は、前記取引要求者端末へのオファー情報に関する送信を実行しないと決定したオファー情報について、当該オファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者への通知処理を実行するか否かを決定する処理を行うようにしてもよい。
 取引要求者端末への送信を行わないとされたオファー情報は、取引申込者にとっては成約不可能又は成約困難なものとなる。そこでその旨を通知する。
Ninthly, in the information processing apparatus according to the present invention described above, the offer permission determination processing unit provides an offer of the offer information with respect to offer information that is determined not to execute transmission related to offer information to the transaction requester terminal. You may make it perform the process which determines whether the notification process to the original transaction applicant is performed.
Offer information that is determined not to be transmitted to the transaction requester terminal becomes impossible or difficult for the contract applicant. Therefore, the fact is notified.
 第10に、上記した本発明に係る情報処理装置においては、前記送信可否決定処理部は、前記取引要求者端末へのオファー情報に関する送信を実行しないと決定したオファー情報について、当該オファー情報に含まれる見積金額と比較対象に含まれる金額の金額差分が所定閾値未満であれば、当該オファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者への通知処理を実行すると決定するようにしてもよい。
 金額差分が所定閾値未満ということは、比較により送信不実行と決定されたが、比較処理においてさほど大きく負けたものではないという意味になる。そこで再オファーを促す意味などで、通知処理が好適となる。
Tenth, in the information processing apparatus according to the present invention described above, the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit includes, in the offer information, offer information that is determined not to execute transmission related to offer information to the transaction requester terminal. If the amount difference between the estimated amount and the amount included in the comparison target is less than a predetermined threshold, it may be determined to execute the notification process to the transaction applicant who is the offer source of the offer information.
If the amount difference is less than the predetermined threshold value, it is determined that the transmission is not executed by comparison, but it means that the comparison process is not greatly lost. Therefore, notification processing is preferable in terms of prompting a re-offer.
 第11に、上記した本発明に係る情報処理装置においては、前記送信可否決定処理部は、前記取引要求者端末へのオファー情報に関する送信を実行しないと決定したオファー情報についての取引申込者への通知処理は、当該オファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者による他のオファー情報の状況に基づいて、実行するか否かを決定するようにしてもよい。
 例えば当該取引申込者の他のオファー情報により、同様の商品の取引の成約機会が存在しているなどの状況により、送信不実行の通知が必ずしも必要ではない場合があるためである。
Eleventh, in the information processing apparatus according to the present invention described above, the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit sends to the transaction applicant about offer information that has been determined not to perform transmission related to offer information to the transaction requester terminal. The notification process may be determined based on the status of other offer information by the transaction applicant who is the offer source of the offer information.
This is because, for example, there is a case where notification of non-execution of transmission is not necessarily required due to a situation in which there is an opportunity to close a similar product due to other offer information of the transaction applicant.
 第12に、上記した本発明に係る情報処理装置においては、前記送信可否決定処理部は、前記取引要求者端末へのオファー情報に関する送信を実行しないと決定したオファー情報について、当該オファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者への通知処理を実行する場合、前記通知処理による通知情報には、再オファー情報の送信を推奨する内容を含むようにすることが望ましい。
 通知により再オファー情報の送信を推奨することで、取引申込者に成約のチャンスを提供できる。
12thly, in the information processing apparatus according to the present invention described above, the offer permission determination processing unit provides an offer of the offer information for offer information that has been decided not to execute transmission related to offer information to the transaction requester terminal. When the notification process to the original transaction applicant is executed, it is desirable that the notification information by the notification process includes a content that recommends re-offer information transmission.
By recommending the re-offer information to be sent by notification, it is possible to provide an opportunity for the contract applicant to close.
 第13に、上記した本発明に係る情報処理装置においては、前記送信可否決定処理部は、前記取引要求者端末へのオファー情報に関する送信を実行しないと決定したオファー情報について、当該オファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者への通知処理を実行する場合、前記通知処理による通知情報には、オファーの対象とする取引要求情報の変更を推奨する内容を含むようにすることが望ましい。
 オファーの対象を変更すれば、取引申込者に新たに成約のチャンスを提供できる場合があるためである。
13thly, in the information processing apparatus according to the present invention described above, the offer permission determination processing unit provides an offer of the offer information for offer information that has been decided not to execute transmission related to offer information to the transaction requester terminal. When the notification process to the original transaction applicant is executed, it is desirable that the notification information by the notification process includes a content that recommends changing the transaction request information to be offered.
This is because changing the target of the offer may provide a new contract opportunity to the transaction applicant.
 第14に、上記した本発明に係る情報処理装置においては、前記送信可否決定処理部は、比較結果からオファー情報に関する送信を前記取引要求者端末に対して実行するか否かを決定するための条件を、送信対象の取引要求者端末へのオファー情報送信状況に基づいて選択するようにしてもよい。
 送信を実行するか否かの決定条件は、厳しい条件や緩い条件で可変してもよい。このような条件選択を取引要求者端末へのオファー情報送信状況に基づいて行うことで、取引要求者端末へ適度な数のオファー情報の提示を実現できる。
14thly, in the information processing apparatus according to the present invention described above, the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit determines whether or not to execute transmission related to offer information to the transaction requester terminal from the comparison result. The condition may be selected based on the offer information transmission status to the transaction requester terminal to be transmitted.
The condition for determining whether or not to perform transmission may be varied under severe conditions or loose conditions. By making such a condition selection based on the offer information transmission status to the transaction requester terminal, it is possible to realize an appropriate number of offer information to the transaction requester terminal.
 第15に、上記した本発明に係る情報処理装置においては、前記比較対象設定部は、前記商取引情報取得部が取得したオファー情報と同じ取引要求情報に対応し、かつ前記取引要求者端末に送信された他のオファー情報であって、前記取引要求者端末側での所定操作が行われたオファー情報を、比較対象に設定するようにしてもよい。
 比較処理における比較対象には、取引要求者にとって成約可否の基準となるものが望ましい。既に取引要求者に提示し取引要求者が興味を示したオファー情報は、このような基準として適切と想定される。そこで取引要求者端末側で、クリック(閲覧)等の所定操作が行われたオファー情報を、比較対象に設定する。
15thly, in the information processing apparatus according to the present invention described above, the comparison target setting unit corresponds to the same transaction request information as the offer information acquired by the commercial transaction information acquisition unit, and is transmitted to the transaction requester terminal. Other offer information that has been executed and that has been subjected to a predetermined operation on the transaction requester terminal side may be set as a comparison target.
The comparison target in the comparison process is desirably a transaction requester that is a criterion for whether or not the contract is possible. Offer information that has already been presented to the transaction requester and the interest of the transaction requester is assumed to be appropriate as such a criterion. Therefore, offer information on which a predetermined operation such as clicking (browsing) is performed is set as a comparison target on the transaction requester terminal side.
 本発明に係る情報処理方法は、取引要求者端末から送信された取引要求情報に対応して、複数の取引申込者が互いのオファー内容を知り得ない状態で生成される、複数の取引申込者についてのオファー情報を取得する商取引情報取得ステップと、前記商取引情報取得ステップで取得した前記オファー情報についての比較対象を設定する比較対象設定ステップと、前記商取引情報取得ステップで取得した前記オファー情報と、前記比較対象設定ステップで設定した比較対象との比較結果に基づいて、当該オファー情報に関する送信を前記取引要求者端末に対して実行するか否かを決定する送信可否決定ステップと、前記送信可否決定ステップの決定に基づいて、オファー情報に関する前記取引要求者端末への送信処理を制御する送信制御ステップと、を有する。
 これにより多数のオファー情報についてフィルタリングして取引要求者への送信を実行する機能を実現する。
 また本発明に係るプログラムは、上記情報処理方法の各ステップを情報処理装置に実行させるプログラムである。このプログラムにより上記の情報処理装置を実現する。
In accordance with the transaction request information transmitted from the transaction requester terminal, the information processing method according to the present invention generates a plurality of transaction applicants in a state in which a plurality of transaction applicants cannot know each other's offer contents. A commercial transaction information acquisition step for acquiring offer information about, a comparison target setting step for setting a comparison target for the offer information acquired in the commercial transaction information acquisition step, the offer information acquired in the commercial transaction information acquisition step, Based on the comparison result with the comparison target set in the comparison target setting step, a transmission permission / inhibition determination step for determining whether or not to transmit the offer information to the transaction requester terminal, and the transmission permission / inhibition determination Based on the determination of the step, a transmission control step for controlling a transmission process for offer information to the transaction requester terminal. And, with a.
This implements a function of filtering a large number of offer information and executing transmission to the transaction requester.
A program according to the present invention is a program that causes an information processing apparatus to execute each step of the information processing method. The information processing apparatus is realized by this program.
 本発明によれば、取引要求者に対してオファーが多すぎることによる負担を解消又は軽減することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to eliminate or reduce the burden caused by too many offers to the transaction requester.
本発明の実施の形態の取引仲介装置を含むシステム構成のブロック図である。It is a block diagram of a system configuration including a transaction mediation apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. 実施の形態で用いられるコンピュータ装置のブロック図である。It is a block diagram of the computer apparatus used by embodiment. 実施の形態の取引仲介装置の機能構成のブロック図である。It is a block diagram of a functional structure of the transaction mediation apparatus of an embodiment. 実施の形態のユーザデータベース、ベンダーデータベースの説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the user database and vendor database of an embodiment. 実施の形態の見積要求情報データベース、オファー情報データベースの説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the estimate request information database of an embodiment, and an offer information database. 実施の形態の成約情報データベースの説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the contract information database of embodiment. 第1~第6の実施の形態における各端末間の処理の流れの説明図である。FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of a process flow between terminals in the first to sixth embodiments. 第1の実施の形態の取引仲介装置の処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the process of the transaction mediation apparatus of 1st Embodiment. 実施の形態の比較対象設定処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the comparison object setting process of an embodiment. 実施の形態の比較対象設定処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the comparison object setting process of an embodiment. 実施の形態の比較対象設定処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the comparison object setting process of an embodiment. 実施の形態の比較対象設定処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the comparison object setting process of an embodiment. 実施の形態の比較対象設定処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the comparison object setting process of an embodiment. 実施の形態の比較/送信可否決定処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination process of the embodiment. 実施の形態の比較/送信可否決定処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination process of the embodiment. 実施の形態の比較/送信可否決定処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination process of the embodiment. 実施の形態の比較/送信可否決定処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination process of the embodiment. 実施の形態の比較/送信可否決定処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination process of the embodiment. 実施の形態の差分閾値設定処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the difference threshold value setting process of an embodiment. 実施の形態の差分閾値設定処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the difference threshold value setting process of an embodiment. 実施の形態の比較処理の変形例のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the modification of the comparison process of embodiment. 実施の形態の比較処理の変形例のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the modification of the comparison process of embodiment. 実施の形態の非送信オファー処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of non-transmission offer processing of an embodiment. 実施の形態の非送信オファー処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of non-transmission offer processing of an embodiment. 実施の形態の通知情報生成処理のフローチャートである。It is a flow chart of notice information generation processing of an embodiment. 第2,第3の実施の形態の取引仲介装置の処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the process of the transaction mediation apparatus of 2nd, 3rd embodiment. 第4,第5の実施の形態の取引仲介装置の処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the process of the transaction mediation apparatus of 4th, 5th embodiment. 第6の実施の形態の取引仲介装置の処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of a process of the transaction mediation apparatus of 6th Embodiment. 第7の実施の形態における各端末間の処理の流れの説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the flow of the process between each terminal in 7th Embodiment. 第7の実施の形態のオファー条件データベースの説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the offer condition database of 7th Embodiment. 第7の実施の形態の取引仲介装置の処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of a process of the transaction mediation apparatus of 7th Embodiment. 第8の実施の形態における各端末間の処理の流れの説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the flow of the process between each terminal in 8th Embodiment. 第8の実施の形態のウェブ提示例の説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the web presentation example of 8th Embodiment. 第8の実施の形態の取引仲介装置の処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of a process of the transaction mediation apparatus of 8th Embodiment.
 以下、実施の形態を次の順序で説明する。
<1.ネットワークシステム構成>
<2.取引仲介装置およびデータベースの構成>
<3.第1の実施の形態>
 [3-1:システム全体の処理の流れ]
 [3-2:取引仲介装置の処理]
 [3-3:比較対象設定処理]
 [3-4:比較/送信可否決定処理]
 [3-5:差分閾値設定処理]
 [3-6:比較処理に関する変形例]
 [3-7:非送信オファー処理]
<4.第2~第6の実施の形態>
<5.第7の実施の形態>
<6.第8の実施の形態>
<7.まとめ及び変形例>
<8.プログラム及び記憶媒体>
Hereinafter, embodiments will be described in the following order.
<1. Network system configuration>
<2. Configuration of Transaction Mediation Device and Database>
<3. First Embodiment>
[3-1: Overall system processing flow]
[3-2: Transaction Mediation Device Processing]
[3-3: Comparison target setting process]
[3-4: Comparison / transmission availability determination process]
[3-5: Difference threshold setting processing]
[3-6: Modified example regarding comparison processing]
[3-7: Unsent offer processing]
<4. Second to sixth embodiments>
<5. Seventh Embodiment>
<6. Eighth Embodiment>
<7. Summary and Modification>
<8. Program and Storage Medium>
 なお実施の形態では、本発明請求項にいう情報処理装置の例として、例えば自動車の買取を仲介する取引仲介装置を挙げる。取引仲介装置は1又は複数の情報処理装置によって実現されるものであり、従って本発明請求項にいう情報処理装置は、1つの情報処理装置或いは複数の情報処理装置が連携して実現される。
 また実施の形態で用いる主な語句については、以下の意味となる。
・ユーザ:取引要求者を指す。例えば自動車の売却(ベンダーによる買取)を希望するユーザである。
・ユーザ端末:ユーザが使用するネットワーク通信可能な情報処理装置である。
・ベンダー:取引申込者を指す。例えば自動車買取業者である。
・ベンダー端末:ベンダーが使用するネットワーク通信可能な情報処理装置である。
・見積要求情報:ユーザが見積を求めるために取引仲介装置に送信する情報を包括的に示す用語としている。販売したい商品の情報や条件等の各種内容を含む。この「見積要求情報」が、本発明請求項にいう取引要求情報の一例である。
・オファー情報:見積要求情報に対してのベンダーによるオファー(取引の申し入れ)に関する情報を包括的に示す用語としている。見積金額その他の各種内容を含む。実施の形態で述べる「オファー情報」が、本発明請求項にいうオファー情報の一例である。
In the embodiment, as an example of the information processing apparatus described in the claims of the present invention, for example, a transaction mediating apparatus that mediates the purchase of a car is cited. The transaction intermediary device is realized by one or a plurality of information processing devices. Therefore, the information processing device described in the claims of the present invention is realized by one information processing device or a plurality of information processing devices in cooperation.
Further, main terms used in the embodiments have the following meanings.
User: Refers to the transaction requester. For example, a user who wants to sell a car (purchase by a vendor).
User terminal: An information processing apparatus capable of network communication used by a user.
・ Vendor: Refers to a transaction applicant. For example, a car buyer.
Vendor terminal: An information processing apparatus that can be used by a vendor and that can perform network communication.
Quotation request information: A term that comprehensively indicates information that a user transmits to a transaction mediation apparatus in order to obtain a quote. Includes various contents such as information and conditions of products to be sold. This “estimation request information” is an example of the transaction request information referred to in the claims of the present invention.
-Offer information: A term that comprehensively indicates information related to an offer (transaction offer) by a vendor with respect to an estimate request information. Includes estimated amount and other various contents. “Offer information” described in the embodiment is an example of offer information referred to in the claims of the present invention.
<1.ネットワークシステム構成>
 図1に実施の形態の取引仲介装置2を含むネットワークシステムの構成例を示す。
 本実施の形態に係るネットワークシステムは、取引仲介装置2、複数のベンダー端末4(4a,4b,4c・・・)、複数のユーザ端末5(5a,5b,5c・・・)がネットワーク1により相互に通信可能に接続されている。
 また取引仲介装置2はデータベース群3として示す各種データベースにアクセス可能とされている。なお、以下「データベース」については「DB」と表記する。
<1. Network system configuration>
FIG. 1 shows a configuration example of a network system including a transaction mediating apparatus 2 according to the embodiment.
In the network system according to the present embodiment, the transaction intermediary device 2, the plurality of vendor terminals 4 (4a, 4b, 4c...), And the plurality of user terminals 5 (5a, 5b, 5c. They are connected so that they can communicate with each other.
Further, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 can access various databases shown as the database group 3. Hereinafter, “database” is referred to as “DB”.
 ネットワーク1の構成は多様な例が想定される。例えば、インターネット、イントラネット、エキストラネット、LAN(Local Area Network)、CATV(Community Antenna TeleVision)通信網、仮想専用網(Virtual Private Network)、電話回線網、移動体通信網、衛星通信網等が想定される。
 またネットワーク1の全部又は一部を構成する伝送媒体についても多様な例が想定される。例えばIEEE(Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers)1394、USB(Universal Serial Bus)、電力線搬送、電話線等の有線でも、IrDA(Infrared Data Association)のような赤外線、ブルートゥース(登録商標)、802.11無線、携帯電話網、衛星回線、地上波デジタル網等の無線でも利用可能である。
Various examples of the configuration of the network 1 are assumed. For example, the Internet, intranet, extranet, LAN (Local Area Network), CATV (Community Antenna TeleVision) communication network, virtual private network, telephone line network, mobile communication network, satellite communication network, etc. are assumed. The
Various examples of transmission media constituting all or part of the network 1 are also envisaged. For example, IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) 1394, USB (Universal Serial Bus), power line carrier, telephone line, etc. can be wired with infrared, IrDA (Infrared Data Association), Bluetooth (registered trademark), 802.11 wireless It can also be used by radio such as a mobile phone network, satellite line, and digital terrestrial network.
 取引仲介装置2は、ネットワーク通信を介して、ユーザとベンダーの間での商取引を仲介するサービスを行う情報処理装置である。大まかには次のようなサービスとなる。
 ユーザは、ユーザ端末5から取引仲介装置2にアクセスすることで、取引仲介装置2が用意する買取仲介サービスのウェブページを閲覧できる。
 例えば自己が所有する自動車を売却したいと考えるユーザは、当該ウェブページにおいて見積要求を行うことができる。例えばユーザは、買取仲介サービスにログインし、ウェブページとして用意された申込画面において、車種、年式、色、走行距離などの売却商品の情報を入力する。この入力された情報は、見積要求情報として、ログインしたユーザの情報とともに取引仲介装置2に取得される。
The transaction mediating apparatus 2 is an information processing apparatus that provides a service that mediates a commercial transaction between a user and a vendor via network communication. Roughly, the following services will be provided.
The user can browse the web page of the purchase mediation service prepared by the transaction mediation device 2 by accessing the transaction mediation device 2 from the user terminal 5.
For example, a user who wants to sell a car he owns can make an estimate request on the web page. For example, the user logs in to the purchase brokerage service, and inputs information on the sold product such as the vehicle type, model year, color, and travel distance on the application screen prepared as a web page. This input information is acquired by the transaction mediating apparatus 2 together with information of the logged-in user as estimate request information.
 取引仲介装置2は、見積要求情報の内容の一部又は全部を、登録された複数のベンダー端末4に送信する。これにより複数のベンダーが、ユーザによる見積要求の内容を知ることができる。各ベンダーは任意に、内容、即ち車種、年式、色、走行距離などの情報に応じた見積を作成し、見積金額を含むオファー情報を取引仲介装置2に送信する。このベンダー端末4からのオファー情報は、見積要求を行ったユーザに直接送信されるものではなく、一旦、取引仲介装置2に取得されるようにする。なお、このため本実施の形態では、取引仲介装置2は、ユーザの連絡先の情報、例えばユーザの電子メールアドレス等をベンダーに通知する必要はない。 The transaction intermediary device 2 transmits part or all of the content of the quotation request information to a plurality of registered vendor terminals 4. Thereby, a plurality of vendors can know the contents of the request for quotation by the user. Each vendor arbitrarily creates an estimate according to the contents, that is, information such as vehicle type, model year, color, mileage, etc., and transmits offer information including the estimated amount to the transaction mediating apparatus 2. The offer information from the vendor terminal 4 is not directly transmitted to the user who has made a request for quotation, but is once acquired by the transaction mediating apparatus 2. For this reason, in the present embodiment, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 does not need to notify the vendor of contact information of the user, for example, the user's e-mail address.
 また本実施の形態の場合、取引仲介装置2は、ユーザからの取引要求情報に対応してのオファー情報として、複数の取引申込者のオファー情報を取得することになるが、各オファー情報は、互いのオファー内容を知り得ない状態で生成される。即ち各ベンダーは、商取引の競合者である他のベンダーのオファー内容を知り得ない。つまり取引仲介装置2は、各ベンダー端末4a,4b・・・に、それぞれ見積要求情報の内容を送信するが、他のベンダーのオファー内容については送信しないようにする。
 各ベンダーは、それぞれのベンダー端末4a,4b・・・により、他のベンダーのオファー内容(例えば買取の見積金額)を認識せずに、自己のオファー情報を生成し、取引仲介装置2に送信することになる。或いは第7の実施の形態で述べるように、取引仲介装置2が、ベンダー間で互いにオファー内容を知り得ない状態を維持しながら、各ベンダーのオファー情報を生成する場合もある。
In the case of the present embodiment, the transaction intermediary device 2 acquires offer information of a plurality of transaction applicants as offer information corresponding to transaction request information from the user. Generated without knowing each other's offer. In other words, each vendor cannot know the offer contents of other vendors who are competitors in commerce. That is, the transaction intermediary device 2 transmits the contents of the quotation request information to each of the vendor terminals 4a, 4b,... But does not transmit the offer contents of other vendors.
Each vendor generates its own offer information and transmits it to the transaction intermediary device 2 without recognizing the offer contents (for example, the estimated purchase price) of the other vendors by using the respective vendor terminals 4a, 4b. It will be. Alternatively, as described in the seventh embodiment, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 may generate offer information for each vendor while maintaining a state in which the vendors cannot know the offer contents.
 取引仲介装置2は、受信したオファー情報については、そのままユーザ端末に転送するのではなく、詳しくは後述する比較/送信可否決定処理を行い、送信可と判定したオファー情報に関して、ユーザ端末5への送信を実行する。
 このように取引仲介装置2は、多数のベンダー端末4から取得した多数のオファー情報に関して、ユーザ端末5に送信するためのフィルタリングを行うことになる。
 なお取引仲介装置2は、第1~第7の実施の形態では、ユーザ端末5へオファー情報の内容を送信する。第8の実施の形態ではオファー情報発生の通知を送信する。ここではユーザ端末5へはオファー情報の内容を送信するものとして説明を続ける。
The transaction intermediary device 2 does not transfer the received offer information as it is to the user terminal, but performs a comparison / transmission availability determination process described later in detail, and relates the offer information determined to be transmitted to the user terminal 5 Perform transmission.
In this way, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 performs filtering for transmitting to the user terminal 5 with respect to a large number of offer information acquired from a large number of vendor terminals 4.
In the first to seventh embodiments, the transaction intermediary device 2 transmits the contents of offer information to the user terminal 5. In the eighth embodiment, a notification of occurrence of offer information is transmitted. Here, the description will be continued assuming that the content of the offer information is transmitted to the user terminal 5.
 その後、ユーザは、送信されてきたオファー情報を検討して、取引相手を決めることができる。ユーザは取引を希望するベンダーと連絡を取り、実際の商談を行うことができる。
 本実施の形態では、オファー情報は、見積要求に対する見積金額等を内容として含んでいる。あくまでも「見積」であって、その見積金額等の条件による成約を強制するものではない。従って、ユーザは、複数のベンダーからのオファー情報を検討したうえで、金額、ベンダーの信用、所在地、サービスその他の各種の条件を検討したうえで、任意に商談を行うことができる。
 つまり取引仲介装置2がフィルタリングによって選択して、その内容又は通知がユーザ端末5に送信されたオファー情報によって、ベンダーの取引が強制されるものではない。換言すれば、取引仲介装置2が行うフィルタリングとは、成約させるオファーを選択するためのものではない。
Thereafter, the user can determine the trading partner by examining the offered offer information. The user can contact the vendor who wishes to do business and conduct an actual business negotiation.
In the present embodiment, the offer information includes the estimated amount for the request for quotation as the content. It is only an “estimate”, and does not force a contract based on conditions such as the estimated amount. Therefore, the user can make a business negotiation arbitrarily after considering offer information from a plurality of vendors and considering various conditions such as the amount of money, vendor credit, location, service, and the like.
That is, the transaction of the vendor is not compulsory by the offer information selected by the transaction intermediary device 2 by filtering and the content or notification transmitted to the user terminal 5. In other words, the filtering performed by the transaction mediating apparatus 2 is not for selecting an offer to be concluded.
 以上のように取引仲介装置2は、主に、ユーザ端末5からの見積要求情報に応じたベンダーのオファー情報の取得、オファー情報のフィルタリング、フィルタリング結果に基づくユーザ端末5へのオファー情報に関する送信制御を行う。
 DB群3としては、このような取引仲介装置2の処理で必要な情報の格納が行われる1又は複数のDBを模式的に示している。詳細は後述する。
As described above, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 mainly obtains vendor offer information according to the request for quotation information from the user terminal 5, filters offer information, and transmits control related to offer information to the user terminal 5 based on the filtering result. I do.
As the DB group 3, one or a plurality of DBs in which information necessary for the processing of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 is stored are schematically shown. Details will be described later.
 ベンダー端末4は、ベンダーが使用する情報処理装置であり、ネットワーク1を介した取引仲介装置2との通信や登録に用いられる。登録とは、取引仲介装置2によるサービスの対象としてのベンダーとなるための登録である。
 ユーザ端末5は、ユーザによって操作される情報処理装置として示している。
 ユーザ端末5やベンダー端末4は、例えばパーソナルコンピュータ、携帯電話機、又は携帯情報端末等の情報処理装置により実現される。
The vendor terminal 4 is an information processing apparatus used by the vendor, and is used for communication and registration with the transaction mediating apparatus 2 via the network 1. The registration is registration for becoming a vendor as a service target by the transaction mediating apparatus 2.
The user terminal 5 is shown as an information processing apparatus operated by a user.
The user terminal 5 and the vendor terminal 4 are realized by an information processing apparatus such as a personal computer, a mobile phone, or a portable information terminal, for example.
 本実施形態の場合、例えば取引仲介装置2ではHTTP(Hypertext Transfer Protocol)デーモンが起動される。またベンダー端末4又はユーザ端末5ではブラウザが起動され、ベンダー端末4又はユーザ端末5からは、ブラウザを介して処理要求(HTTPリクエスト)が取引仲介装置2に送信される。取引仲介装置2からは、上記の処理要求に対応する処理結果(HTTPレスポンス)がベンダー端末4又はユーザ端末5に送信される。例えばウェブページ記述言語で記述されたページデータがベンダー端末4又はユーザ端末5に送信される。そして、このページデータに基づいて、処理結果に基づくウェブページ(画面)がベンダー端末4又はユーザ端末5の表示部に表示される。またベンダー端末4又はユーザ端末5ではブラウザ画面上で入力を行い、情報を取引仲介装置2に送信することができる。
 取引仲介装置2はこのような動作によりユーザ端末5に対して自動車買取のためのサービスページを提供し、またユーザ端末5からの見積要求情報の受付を行うことができる。また取引仲介装置2は、ベンダー端末4に対してオファー(取引の申し入れ)のためのサービスページを提供し、ベンダー端末4からのオファー情報の受付を行うことができる。
In the case of the present embodiment, for example, the transaction intermediary device 2 starts an HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) daemon. The vendor terminal 4 or the user terminal 5 starts a browser, and the vendor terminal 4 or the user terminal 5 transmits a processing request (HTTP request) to the transaction mediating apparatus 2 via the browser. From the transaction intermediary device 2, a processing result (HTTP response) corresponding to the processing request is transmitted to the vendor terminal 4 or the user terminal 5. For example, page data described in a web page description language is transmitted to the vendor terminal 4 or the user terminal 5. Based on the page data, a web page (screen) based on the processing result is displayed on the display unit of the vendor terminal 4 or the user terminal 5. The vendor terminal 4 or the user terminal 5 can input information on the browser screen and transmit information to the transaction mediating apparatus 2.
The transaction intermediary device 2 can provide a service page for purchasing a car to the user terminal 5 by such an operation, and can accept estimate request information from the user terminal 5. Further, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 can provide a service page for an offer (a transaction offer) to the vendor terminal 4 and can accept offer information from the vendor terminal 4.
 また取引仲介装置2は、ベンダー端末4、ユーザ端末5に対して電子メール等による通信を行うことができる。例えば取引仲介装置2は電子メールデータを生成し、図示していない電子メールサーバ(プロバイダー)を介してベンダー端末4やユーザ端末5に各種の通知を送信する。例えば取引仲介装置2はベンダー端末4に対しては、ユーザからの見積要求情報の内容を通知したり、オファー情報についてのユーザ端末5への送信状況などの通知を電子メール等により行う。
 また取引仲介装置2はユーザ端末5に対しては、オファー情報の送信や、オファー情報の発生の通知などを電子メール等により送信する。
Further, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 can communicate with the vendor terminal 4 and the user terminal 5 by e-mail or the like. For example, the transaction intermediary device 2 generates e-mail data and transmits various notifications to the vendor terminal 4 and the user terminal 5 via an e-mail server (provider) not shown. For example, the transaction intermediary device 2 notifies the vendor terminal 4 of the contents of the estimate request information from the user or notifies the vendor terminal 4 of the transmission status of the offer information to the user terminal 5 by e-mail or the like.
Further, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 transmits, to the user terminal 5, offer information, notification of offer information generation, etc. by e-mail or the like.
 続いて図1に示した取引仲介装置2、ベンダー端末4、ユーザ端末5を構成する情報処理装置のハードウエア構成を図2に示す。取引仲介装置2、ベンダー端末4、ユーザ端末5として示した各装置は、情報処理および情報通信が可能な図2に示すようなコンピュータ装置として実現できる。 Next, FIG. 2 shows a hardware configuration of the information processing apparatus that constitutes the transaction mediating apparatus 2, the vendor terminal 4, and the user terminal 5 shown in FIG. Each device shown as transaction brokerage device 2, vendor terminal 4, and user terminal 5 can be realized as a computer device as shown in FIG. 2 capable of information processing and information communication.
 図2において、コンピュータ装置のCPU(Central Processing Unit)101は、ROM( Read Only Memory)102に記憶されているプログラム、または記憶部108からRAM( Random Access Memory )103にロードされたプログラムに従って各種の処理を実行する。RAM103にはまた、CPU101が各種の処理を実行する上において必要なデータなども適宜記憶される。
 CPU101、ROM102、およびRAM103は、バス104を介して相互に接続されている。このバス104には、入出力インターフェース105も接続されている。
 入出力インターフェース105には、キーボード、マウス、タッチパネルなどよりなる入力装置106、LCD(Liquid Crystal Display)、CRT(Cathode Ray Tube)、有機EL(Electroluminescence)パネルなどよりなるディスプレイ、並びにスピーカなどよりなる出力装置107、HDD(Hard Disk Drive)やフラッシュメモリ装置などより構成される記憶部108、ネットワーク1を介しての通信処理や機器間通信を行う通信部109が接続されている。
 入出力インターフェース105にはまた、必要に応じてメディアドライブ110が接続され、磁気ディスク、光ディスク、光磁気ディスク、或いは半導体メモリなどのリムーバブルメディア111が適宜装着され、リムーバブルメディア111に対する情報の書込や読出が行われる。
In FIG. 2, a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 101 of a computer apparatus performs various processes according to a program stored in a ROM (Read Only Memory) 102 or a program loaded from a storage unit 108 to a RAM (Random Access Memory) 103. Execute the process. The RAM 103 also appropriately stores data necessary for the CPU 101 to execute various processes.
The CPU 101, ROM 102, and RAM 103 are connected to each other via a bus 104. An input / output interface 105 is also connected to the bus 104.
The input / output interface 105 includes an input device 106 such as a keyboard, a mouse, and a touch panel, an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display), a CRT (Cathode Ray Tube), a display such as an organic EL (Electroluminescence) panel, and an output including a speaker. A device 107, a storage unit 108 including an HDD (Hard Disk Drive), a flash memory device, and the like, and a communication unit 109 that performs communication processing and inter-device communication via the network 1 are connected.
A media drive 110 is also connected to the input / output interface 105 as necessary, and a removable medium 111 such as a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a magneto-optical disk, or a semiconductor memory is appropriately mounted, and information can be written to the removable medium 111. Reading is performed.
 このようなコンピュータ装置では、通信部109による通信によりデータやプログラムのアップロード、ダウンロードが行われたり、リムーバブルメディア111を介したデータやプログラムの受け渡しが可能である。
 CPU101が各種のプログラムに基づいて処理動作を行うことで、取引仲介装置2、ベンダー端末4、ユーザ端末5としての必要な情報処理や通信が実行される。
 なお、取引仲介装置2、ベンダー端末4、ユーザ端末5を構成する情報処理装置は、図2のようなコンピュータ装置が単一で構成されることに限らず、複数のコンピュータ装置がシステム化されて構成されてもよい。複数のコンピュータ装置は、LAN等によりシステム化されていてもよいし、インターネット等を利用したVPN等により遠隔地に配置されたものでもよい。
In such a computer apparatus, data and programs can be uploaded and downloaded through communication by the communication unit 109, and data and programs can be transferred via the removable medium 111.
When the CPU 101 performs processing operations based on various programs, necessary information processing and communication as the transaction mediating apparatus 2, the vendor terminal 4, and the user terminal 5 are executed.
In addition, the information processing apparatus which comprises the transaction mediation apparatus 2, the vendor terminal 4, and the user terminal 5 is not limited to a single computer apparatus as shown in FIG. 2, and a plurality of computer apparatuses are systemized. It may be configured. The plurality of computer devices may be systemized by a LAN or the like, or may be arranged at a remote place by a VPN using the Internet or the like.
<2.取引仲介装置およびデータベースの構成>
 図3に1又は複数の情報処理装置で構成される取引仲介装置2としての機能構成およびDB群3として示した各種のDBを示す。
 取引仲介装置2としての各機能は、情報処理装置においてCPU101でプログラムに応じて実行される処理により実現される機能である。但し以下説明する全部又は一部の各構成の処理をハードウエアにより実現してもよい。
 また各機能をソフトウエアで実現する場合に、各機能がそれぞれ独立したプログラムで実現される必要はない。1つのプログラムにより複数の機能の処理が実行されてもよいし、1つの機能が複数のプログラムモジュールの連携で実現されてもよい。
<2. Configuration of Transaction Mediation Device and Database>
FIG. 3 shows a functional configuration as a transaction intermediary device 2 constituted by one or a plurality of information processing devices and various DBs shown as the DB group 3.
Each function as transaction mediating apparatus 2 is a function realized by processing executed by CPU 101 in accordance with a program in information processing apparatus. However, all or a part of the processing described below may be realized by hardware.
Further, when each function is realized by software, each function need not be realized by an independent program. Processing of a plurality of functions may be executed by one program, or one function may be realized by cooperation of a plurality of program modules.
 取引仲介装置2は、通信部20、商取引情報取得部21、比較対象設定部22、送信可否決定処理部23、送信制御部24、WEBサーバ25を有する。 The transaction mediating apparatus 2 includes a communication unit 20, a commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21, a comparison target setting unit 22, a transmission availability determination processing unit 23, a transmission control unit 24, and a WEB server 25.
 通信部20は、ネットワーク1を介してのユーザ端末5やベンダー端末4、或いは他の情報処理装置との各種通信を行う。例えばユーザ端末5やベンダー端末4においてブラウザ上で提示されるWEBページを構成するHTMLデータの送信や、WEB画面で提供した入力フォームに対するユーザやベンダーによる入力情報(例えば見積要求情報やオファー情報)の送信を受け付ける。また電子メールの送受信を行う。 The communication unit 20 performs various communications with the user terminal 5, the vendor terminal 4, or other information processing apparatuses via the network 1. For example, transmission of HTML data constituting a WEB page presented on the browser in the user terminal 5 or the vendor terminal 4 or input information (for example, request for quotation information or offer information) by a user or a vendor for an input form provided on the WEB screen Accept transmission. It also sends and receives e-mails.
 商取引情報取得部21は、通信部20により受信された商取引情報を取得する。或いは商取引情報取得部21は、通信部20により受信された情報に基づいて商取引情報を生成して取得する場合もある。
 実施の形態でいう商取引情報とは、例えばユーザ端末5から送信される見積要求情報や、ベンダー端末4から送信されるオファー情報、成約時にユーザ端末5又はベンダー端末4から送信される成約情報等である。
 商取引情報取得部21は、各種の商取引情報に関する後述する各DBの登録、更新等の処理を行い、またオファー情報について上述のフィルタリング機能を実現する比較処理の実行指示、準備処理の指示等や、そのための必要な情報のDB読出等を行う。
 また商取引情報取得部21は、見積要求情報の取得に応じて、各ベンダー端末4への紹介情報の送信も行う。
 なお、オファー情報に関しては、商取引情報取得部21は、ユーザ端末5から送信された取引要求情報に対応して、複数の取引申込者が互いのオファー内容を知り得ない状態で生成される、複数の取引申込者についてのオファー情報を取得することになる。
The commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21 acquires the commercial transaction information received by the communication unit 20. Alternatively, the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21 may generate and acquire commercial transaction information based on the information received by the communication unit 20.
The commercial transaction information referred to in the embodiment is, for example, estimate request information transmitted from the user terminal 5, offer information transmitted from the vendor terminal 4, contract information transmitted from the user terminal 5 or the vendor terminal 4 at the time of contract, and the like. is there.
The commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21 performs processing such as registration and update of each DB, which will be described later, on various types of commercial transaction information, and also performs an execution instruction for comparison processing, an instruction for preparation processing, etc. that realize the above filtering function for offer information, For example, DB reading of necessary information is performed.
Further, the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21 also transmits introduction information to each vendor terminal 4 in response to the acquisition of the quotation request information.
In addition, regarding offer information, the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21 is generated in a state in which a plurality of transaction applicants cannot know each other's offer contents corresponding to the transaction request information transmitted from the user terminal 5. You will get offer information about your transaction applicants.
 比較対象設定部22は、オファー情報に関しての比較処理のために、比較相手となる比較対象を設定する処理を行う。
 本実施の形態では、上述のようにオファー情報に関して、ユーザへの送信の実行を行うか否かを決定するという、オファー情報のフィルタリングを行う。つまり、ユーザにとって必要と判定されるオファー情報をユーザに提示し、逆に不要と判定されるオファー情報に関しての送信は実行しないようにする。比較対象とは、このような判定のための基準となるものである。各種例を後述するが、比較対象は固定値、可変値各種考えられる。あるオファー情報についての判定のための比較対象として他のオファー情報を用いることもある。
The comparison target setting unit 22 performs a process of setting a comparison target as a comparison partner for the comparison process regarding offer information.
In the present embodiment, as described above, the offer information is filtered for determining whether to execute transmission to the user regarding the offer information. In other words, offer information determined to be necessary for the user is presented to the user, and conversely, transmission regarding offer information determined to be unnecessary is not executed. The comparison target is a reference for such determination. Although various examples will be described later, a fixed value and a variable value can be considered as comparison targets. Other offer information may be used as a comparison target for determination of certain offer information.
 送信可否決定処理部23は、商取引情報取得部21が取得したオファー情報と、比較対象設定部22が設定した比較対象との比較結果に基づいて、当該オファー情報に関する送信をユーザ端末5に対して実行するか否かを決定する処理を行う。
 最もシンプルな例としては、或るオファー情報が、比較対象よりもユーザサイドから見て優位な条件である場合(例えば買取の見積金額が高い等)に、当該オファー情報に関する送信をユーザ端末5に対して実行すると決定し、逆にユーザサイドから見て劣位な条件である場合に、当該オファー情報に関する送信をユーザ端末5に対して実行しないと決定する。送信決定のための具体的処理は多様に考えられるため各種の例を後述する。
 また送信可否決定処理部23は、ユーザ端末5に対する送信を実行しないと決定したオファー情報について、そのオファー元のベンダーへの通知に関する処理も行う。
Based on the comparison result between the offer information acquired by the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21 and the comparison target set by the comparison target setting unit 22, the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23 transmits transmission regarding the offer information to the user terminal 5. A process for determining whether or not to execute is performed.
As the simplest example, when certain offer information is a condition that is superior to the comparison side from the user side (for example, the estimated amount of purchase is high), transmission related to the offer information is sent to the user terminal 5. On the other hand, when the condition is inferior when viewed from the user side, it is determined that transmission regarding the offer information is not performed to the user terminal 5. Since various specific processes for determining transmission are considered, various examples will be described later.
Further, the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23 also performs processing related to notification to the vendor of the offer source for the offer information determined not to be transmitted to the user terminal 5.
 送信制御部24は、送信可否決定処理部23の決定に基づいて、オファー情報に関するユーザ端末5への送信処理を制御する。即ち送信実行と決定されたオファー情報について、その内容を反映したユーザ宛ての電子メールデータの生成や、通信部20への電子メールデータの送信要求を行う。
 また送信制御部24は、送信可否決定処理部23により送信を実行しないと決定されたオファー情報について、そのオファー元のベンダーへの通知のための電子メールデータの生成や、通信部20への電子メールデータの送信要求を行う。
 これらの電子メールデータは通信部20の処理によりユーザ端末5やベンダー端末4に送信される。
The transmission control unit 24 controls transmission processing to the user terminal 5 related to offer information based on the determination of the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23. That is, with respect to offer information determined to be transmitted, generation of e-mail data addressed to the user reflecting the content, and transmission request of e-mail data to the communication unit 20 are performed.
Further, the transmission control unit 24 generates e-mail data for notifying the offer source vendor of offer information determined not to be transmitted by the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23, and sends electronic data to the communication unit 20. Request to send mail data.
These e-mail data are transmitted to the user terminal 5 and the vendor terminal 4 by processing of the communication unit 20.
 WEBサーバ25は、自動車買取サービスのためのWEBページを提供するサーバである。自動車売却を希望するユーザは、WEBサーバ25が提供するWEBページにアクセスしログインする。そしてWEBサーバ25が提供する見積要求のページに進み、見積要求情報としての各種内容を入力することができる。
 買取業者としてのベンダーは、ベンダー端末4からWEBサーバ25が提供するWEBページにアクセスし、登録ページからユーザ(売却希望者)の紹介をうける業者として登録を受けることができる。登録されたベンダーには、取引仲介装置2が見積要求情報を供給する。また登録されたベンダーは、ベンダー端末4からログインし、WEBサーバ25が提供するオファー入力ページに進み、オファー情報としての各種内容を入力することができる。
 なお後述する第8の実施の形態の場合、WEBサーバ25は、ユーザに対してオファー情報提示用のページの生成/更新/ユーザ端末による閲覧可能可の処理も行う。
The WEB server 25 is a server that provides a WEB page for a car purchase service. A user who wishes to sell a car accesses the WEB page provided by the WEB server 25 and logs in. Then, the process proceeds to an estimate request page provided by the WEB server 25, and various contents as estimate request information can be input.
The vendor as the purchaser can access the WEB page provided by the WEB server 25 from the vendor terminal 4 and can receive registration as a supplier who receives the introduction of the user (the person who wants to sell) from the registration page. The transaction intermediary device 2 supplies the request information for quotation to the registered vendor. The registered vendor can log in from the vendor terminal 4, proceed to the offer input page provided by the WEB server 25, and input various contents as offer information.
In the case of an eighth embodiment to be described later, the WEB server 25 also performs a process for generating / updating a page for offer information presentation / viewing by a user terminal.
 続いて各種DBについて説明する。取引仲介装置2がアクセスするDBとして、図示のようにユーザDB31、ベンダーDB32、見積要求情報DB33、オファー情報DB34、成約情報DB35、オファー条件DB36がある。
 これらの各DB(31~36)は、取引仲介装置2がアクセス可能とされていればどのような形態で実現されていてもよい。例えば取引仲介装置2と同一システム内の記憶部に各DB(31~36)のすべてが形成されていてもよいし、各DB(31~36)の一部又は全部が別体、遠隔地等のコンピュータシステムに設けられていてもよい。もちろん各DB(31~36)が一つの装置(例えば一つのHDD等)内に形成されている必要はない。また各DB(31~36)のそれぞれが、それぞれ1つのDBとして構成される必要もない。例えばユーザDB31として記憶される情報が、複数のユーザDB(例えばログイン用のユーザDBと取引用のユーザDBなど)により記憶管理されてもよい。以下説明する各DB(31~36)は、実施の形態の処理に関連する情報を、それぞれ1つのDBの形態で例示したものに過ぎない。
Next, various DBs will be described. DBs accessed by the transaction intermediary device 2 include a user DB 31, a vendor DB 32, an estimate request information DB 33, an offer information DB 34, a contract information DB 35, and an offer condition DB 36 as shown in the figure.
Each of these DBs (31 to 36) may be realized in any form as long as the transaction mediating apparatus 2 is accessible. For example, all of the DBs (31 to 36) may be formed in the storage unit in the same system as the transaction intermediary device 2, or a part or all of each DB (31 to 36) is a separate body, a remote place, etc. The computer system may be provided. Of course, each DB (31 to 36) does not need to be formed in one device (for example, one HDD). Each DB (31 to 36) does not need to be configured as one DB. For example, information stored as the user DB 31 may be stored and managed by a plurality of user DBs (for example, a login user DB and a transaction user DB). Each DB (31 to 36) described below is merely an example of information related to the processing of the embodiment in the form of one DB.
 ユーザDB31は、取引仲介装置2によるサービスを受けるユーザの情報が記憶される。図4AにユーザDB31の一例を示す。ユーザDB31には、ユーザID(identification)に対応してユーザの氏名、住所、ログイン用のパスワード、電子メールアドレス、見積要求履歴等が記憶される。
 ユーザIDはユーザ個々の識別情報である。各ユーザIDをU1,U2・・・として示している。ユーザIDとパスワードは、例えばユーザがユーザ端末5から自動車買取サービスのためのWEBページにログインする際に用いられる。
 取引仲介装置2はユーザがログインした場合、ユーザIDに基づいてユーザDB31を参照することで、そのユーザの氏名、住所、電子メールアドレス、見積要求履歴を確認できる。見積要求履歴としては、例えば過去の見積要求情報を示す情報(例えば後述の見積要求ID)が記憶される。
 なおユーザDB31には、図示以外にも、性別や年齢等の属性情報、決済情報、他のサービスに関する情報などが登録されてもよい。
The user DB 31 stores information on users who receive services from the transaction mediating apparatus 2. An example of the user DB 31 is shown in FIG. 4A. The user DB 31 stores the user name, address, login password, e-mail address, estimate request history, and the like corresponding to the user ID (identification).
The user ID is identification information for each user. Each user ID is shown as U1, U2,. The user ID and password are used, for example, when the user logs in to the WEB page for the automobile purchase service from the user terminal 5.
When the user logs in, the transaction intermediary device 2 can check the user's name, address, e-mail address, and estimate request history by referring to the user DB 31 based on the user ID. As the estimate request history, for example, information indicating past estimate request information (for example, an estimate request ID described later) is stored.
In addition to the illustration, attribute information such as sex and age, payment information, information on other services, and the like may be registered in the user DB 31.
 ベンダーDB32は、取引仲介装置2に登録したベンダーの情報が記憶される。図4BにベンダーDB32の一例を示す。ベンダーDB32には、ベンダーIDに対応してベンダーの名称、住所、ログイン用のパスワード、電子メールアドレス、対応車種、評価等が記憶される。
 ベンダーIDは登録されたベンダー個々に発行される識別情報である。各ベンダーIDをV1,V2・・・として示している。ベンダーIDとパスワードは、例えばベンダーがベンダー端末4から自動車買取サービスのためのWEBページにログインする際に用いられる。
 取引仲介装置2はベンダーがログインした場合、ベンダーIDに基づいてベンダーDB32を参照することで、そのベンダーの名称、住所、電子メールアドレス、対応車種、評価を確認できる。
 対応車種とは、ベンダーが買取に応じることができる自動車の車種、色、年式等の情報である。ベンダーは登録変更により、任意に対応車種の情報を更新できる。
 評価とは、例えば取引仲介装置2が、そのベンダーの過去の取引実績等から算出したベンダーの評価情報である。
 なおベンダーDB32には、図示以外にも、各種のベンダーの属性情報、対応可能な決済種別情報などが登録されてもよい。
The vendor DB 32 stores information on vendors registered in the transaction mediating apparatus 2. FIG. 4B shows an example of the vendor DB 32. The vendor DB 32 stores a vendor name, address, login password, e-mail address, corresponding vehicle type, evaluation, and the like corresponding to the vendor ID.
The vendor ID is identification information issued to each registered vendor. Each vendor ID is shown as V1, V2,. The vendor ID and password are used, for example, when the vendor logs into the WEB page for the automobile purchase service from the vendor terminal 4.
When the vendor logs in, the transaction intermediary device 2 can check the vendor name, address, e-mail address, corresponding vehicle type, and evaluation by referring to the vendor DB 32 based on the vendor ID.
The corresponding vehicle type is information such as the vehicle type, color, and year of the car that the vendor can respond to purchase. Vendors can optionally update the information on compatible models by changing the registration.
The evaluation is, for example, vendor evaluation information calculated by the transaction mediating apparatus 2 from the past transaction performance of the vendor.
In addition to the illustration, the vendor DB 32 may register various vendor attribute information, compatible payment type information, and the like.
 見積要求情報DB33の例を図5Aに示す。見積要求情報DB33には、個々の見積要求情報に対応して各種の情報が記憶される。
 見積要求IDは、ユーザ端末5から送信されてきた個々の見積要求情報の識別情報である。各見積要求IDをRQ1,RQ2・・・として示している。
 この見積要求IDに対応して、取得日時、ユーザID、見積対象情報、ステータス、ユーザ設定条件等が記憶される。
 取得日時は、取引仲介装置2がユーザ端末5からの見積要求情報を取得した日時である。
 ユーザIDとしては、見積要求情報を送信したユーザのユーザIDが記憶される。
 見積対象情報とは、見積要求にかかる対象商品(売却希望の自動車)の情報であって、例えば車種、色、走行距離、オプション、事故歴などの情報を含む。この見積対象情報はユーザから送信された見積要求情報に含まれている情報である。
 ステータスは、その見積要求についての進行状況を示す情報である。例えばオファー受付前、オファー受付中、オファー受付終了、キャンセルなどの情報が記憶される。
 ユーザ設定条件は、見積に対してユーザが要求する条件の情報であり、ユーザが任意に設定できる。例えば希望最低価格等の取引希望金額に関する条件や、成約期限などの時間的な条件、ベンダーの所在地などの位置的条件などがユーザの設定に応じて記憶される。
An example of the estimate request information DB 33 is shown in FIG. 5A. The estimate request information DB 33 stores various types of information corresponding to individual estimate request information.
The quotation request ID is identification information of individual quotation request information transmitted from the user terminal 5. Each estimation request ID is shown as RQ1, RQ2,.
Corresponding to this estimate request ID, acquisition date and time, user ID, estimate target information, status, user setting conditions, etc. are stored.
The acquisition date and time is the date and time when the transaction intermediary device 2 acquires the request for quotation information from the user terminal 5.
As the user ID, the user ID of the user who transmitted the estimate request information is stored.
The estimation target information is information on a target product (a vehicle desired to be sold) according to a request for estimation, and includes information such as a vehicle type, a color, a travel distance, an option, and an accident history, for example. This estimate target information is information included in the estimate request information transmitted from the user.
The status is information indicating the progress status of the request for quotation. For example, information such as before offer acceptance, during offer acceptance, offer acceptance end, and cancellation is stored.
The user setting condition is information on a condition requested by the user for the estimate, and can be arbitrarily set by the user. For example, a condition related to a desired transaction amount such as a desired minimum price, a time condition such as a contract expiration date, a positional condition such as a vendor location, and the like are stored according to a user setting.
 オファー情報DB34の例を図5Bに示す。オファー情報DB34には、個々のオファー情報に対応して各種の情報が記憶される。
 オファーIDは、個々のオファー情報の識別情報である。各オファーIDをOF1,OF2・・・として示している。このオファーIDに対応して、取得日時、ベンダーID、ユーザID、見積要求ID、見積金額、オファー発行日、オファー有効期限、ステータス、送信日時等が記憶される。
 取得日時は、取引仲介装置2がオファー情報を取得した日時である。具体的にはベンダー端末4からオファー情報を受信して取得した日時や、ベンダーからの指定等に基づいて取引仲介装置2がオファー情報を生成して取得した日時である。
 ベンダーIDとしては、オファー情報を発行したオファー元のベンダーのベンダーIDが記憶される。
 ユーザIDとしては、オファー情報が対応する見積要求情報を送信したユーザのユーザIDが記憶される。
 見積要求IDとしては、オファー情報が対応する見積要求情報についての見積要求IDが記憶される。
 見積金額は、見積要求情報に示された自動車についての買取価格の見積金額である。
 オファー発効日は、そのオファー情報の効力開始日である。
 オファー有効期限は、そのオファー情報の有効期限日である。
 ステータスは、そのオファー情報についての進行状況を示す情報である。例えばフィルタリングのための比較前、送信決定、非送信(送信不可)決定、ユーザ宛の送信済み、採用、不採用、キャンセルなどの情報が記憶される。
 送信日時としては、ユーザ端末5に宛てての送信の実行日時や、非送信決定されてベンダー端末4に通知を行った場合の送信日時が記憶される。
An example of the offer information DB 34 is shown in FIG. 5B. In the offer information DB 34, various types of information are stored corresponding to individual offer information.
The offer ID is identification information of individual offer information. Each offer ID is shown as OF1, OF2,. Corresponding to this offer ID, acquisition date / time, vendor ID, user ID, estimate request ID, estimated amount, offer issue date, offer expiration date, status, transmission date / time, etc. are stored.
The acquisition date / time is the date / time when the transaction intermediary device 2 acquired the offer information. Specifically, it is the date and time when the offer information is received and acquired from the vendor terminal 4 or the date and time when the transaction mediating apparatus 2 generates and acquires the offer information based on the designation from the vendor or the like.
As the vendor ID, the vendor ID of the vendor that has issued the offer information is stored.
As the user ID, the user ID of the user who transmitted the quotation request information corresponding to the offer information is stored.
As the estimate request ID, an estimate request ID for the estimate request information corresponding to the offer information is stored.
The estimated amount is an estimated amount of the purchase price for the automobile indicated in the estimation request information.
The offer effective date is the effective date of the offer information.
The offer expiration date is the expiration date of the offer information.
The status is information indicating the progress of the offer information. For example, information such as transmission determination, non-transmission (non-transmission) determination, transmission to the user, adoption, non-adoption, cancellation, etc. is stored before comparison for filtering.
As the transmission date / time, the execution date / time of transmission addressed to the user terminal 5 and the transmission date / time when the non-transmission decision is made and the vendor terminal 4 is notified are stored.
 成約情報DB35の例を図6に示す。成約情報DB35には、成約したオファー情報と見積要求情報の組についての各種の情報が記憶される。
 オファーIDと見積要求IDにより、成約したオファー情報と見積要求情報の組が示される。また当該見積要求IDに係るユーザID、オファーIDに係るベンダーIDが示される。そして成約した組について、見積金額、成約金額、差額、成約日が記憶される。
 見積金額は、成約したオファー情報に示された見積金額である。
 成約金額は、成約時の実際の買取金額である。
 差額は、見積金額と成約金額の差額である。
 成約日は、成約の日時である。
An example of the contract information DB 35 is shown in FIG. The contract information DB 35 stores various types of information about the set of contracted offer information and estimate request information.
The offer ID and the estimate request ID indicate a set of the contracted offer information and the estimate request information. In addition, a user ID related to the quotation request ID and a vendor ID related to the offer ID are shown. Then, the estimated price, the contract price, the difference, and the contract date are stored for the group that has contracted.
The estimated amount is the estimated amount indicated in the closed offer information.
The contract price is the actual purchase price at the time of contract.
The difference is the difference between the estimated amount and the contract amount.
The date of contract is the date of contract.
 ユーザDB31、ベンダーDB32、見積要求情報DB33、オファー情報DB34、成約情報DB35は、例えば以上のように情報が記憶される。もちろん図示していない情報がさらに含まれていてもよいし、図示した情報が全て含まれている必要もない。
 なお図3に示したオファー条件DB36については第7の実施の形態で用いる情報であるため図30で後述する。
The user DB 31, the vendor DB 32, the estimate request information DB 33, the offer information DB 34, and the contract information DB 35 store information as described above, for example. Of course, information not shown in the figure may be further included, and it is not necessary that all the information shown in the figure is included.
The offer condition DB 36 shown in FIG. 3 is information used in the seventh embodiment, and will be described later with reference to FIG.
 取引仲介装置2は、これらのDBに対して逐次アクセスを行い、新規記憶、更新、読出を行うことになる。例えば取引仲介装置2は、ユーザが自動車買取サービスの利用登録することに応じて、そのユーザについての情報をユーザDB31に新規登録する。またベンダーが登録することに応じて、そのベンダーについての情報をベンダーDB32に新規登録する。
 また取引仲介装置2は、ユーザ端末5から見積要求情報を取得することに応じて、その見積要求情報に係る情報を見積要求情報DB33に新規登録する。
 また取引仲介装置2は、オファー情報を取得することに応じて、そのオファー情報に係る情報をオファー情報DB34に新規登録する。
 さらに取引仲介装置2は、処理過程で逐次、見積要求情報DB33やオファー情報DB34におけるステータスを更新する。
 また取引仲介装置2は、ユーザ端末5又はベンダー端末4から成約情報が通知されることに応じて、その成約の内容に応じて成約情報DBへの情報記憶を行う。
The transaction intermediary device 2 sequentially accesses these DBs to perform new storage, update, and reading. For example, the transaction intermediary device 2 newly registers information about the user in the user DB 31 in response to the user registering use of the automobile purchase service. Further, in response to registration by the vendor, information about the vendor is newly registered in the vendor DB 32.
Further, in response to obtaining the quotation request information from the user terminal 5, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 newly registers information related to the quotation request information in the quotation request information DB 33.
Further, in response to acquiring offer information, transaction mediating apparatus 2 newly registers information related to the offer information in offer information DB 34.
Further, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 sequentially updates the status in the estimate request information DB 33 and the offer information DB 34 in the process.
Further, in response to the notification of the contract information from the user terminal 5 or the vendor terminal 4, the transaction intermediary device 2 stores information in the contract information DB according to the contents of the contract.
<3.第1の実施の形態>
 [3-1:システム全体の処理の流れ]
 以下、第1の実施の形態としての取引仲介装置2の処理について説明する。
 図7は第1(および後述の第2~第6)の実施の形態における、ユーザ端末5、取引仲介装置2、ベンダー端末4の各情報処理装置間の処理の流れの概要を示している。具体的には、ユーザ端末5による見積要求情報の送信から、ユーザ端末5へのオファー情報の送信までの処理の流れである。
<3. First Embodiment>
[3-1: Overall system processing flow]
Hereinafter, processing of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 as the first embodiment will be described.
FIG. 7 shows an outline of the flow of processing among the information processing apparatuses of the user terminal 5, the transaction mediating apparatus 2, and the vendor terminal 4 in the first (and second to sixth to be described later) embodiments. Specifically, this is a flow of processing from transmission of the estimate request information by the user terminal 5 to transmission of offer information to the user terminal 5.
 まずステップS21として、自動車の売却を希望するユーザは、ユーザ端末5を用いて見積要求情報RQを取引仲介装置2に送信する。
 具体的には、ユーザはユーザID、パスワードを用いて自動車買取サービスにログインし、所定の見積要求WEBページに入力項目を入力して送信する。例えばユーザ名、見積対象情報、ユーザ設定条件などを入力する。そして送信操作を行う。すると、これらの情報を含む見積要求情報RQが、取引仲介装置2に送信されることになる。
First, in step S <b> 21, a user who desires to sell a car transmits the estimate request information RQ to the transaction mediating apparatus 2 using the user terminal 5.
Specifically, the user logs in to the automobile purchase service using the user ID and password, inputs the input items to a predetermined quotation request WEB page, and transmits the input items. For example, a user name, estimation target information, user setting conditions, and the like are input. Then, a transmission operation is performed. Then, the estimate request information RQ including these pieces of information is transmitted to the transaction mediating apparatus 2.
 取引仲介装置2はステップS1で見積要求情報RQを受信・取得したら、続いてステップS2で、見積要求の紹介情報IRQをベンダー端末4に送信する。紹介情報IRQは、見積要求情報RQの内容として、例えば少なくとも見積要求IDと見積対象情報(車種、色、走行距離、オプション、事故歴など)を含むものとする。
 図7では図示の都合上、1つのベンダー端末4のみ示しているが、実際にはこの場合、取引仲介装置2は、登録されている複数のベンダーのベンダー端末4a,4b・・・に対して、それぞれ紹介情報IRQを送信することになる。但し、見積対象情報が対応車種(図4B参照)に該当しないベンダーには紹介情報IRQを送信しないようにしてもよい。
When the transaction mediating apparatus 2 receives and acquires the quotation request information RQ in step S1, the transaction brokerage apparatus 2 transmits the quotation request introduction information IRQ to the vendor terminal 4 in step S2. The introduction information IRQ includes at least an estimate request ID and estimate target information (vehicle type, color, mileage, options, accident history, etc.) as the contents of the estimate request information RQ.
In FIG. 7, only one vendor terminal 4 is shown for the sake of illustration. The introduction information IRQ is transmitted respectively. However, the introduction information IRQ may not be transmitted to a vendor whose estimation target information does not correspond to the corresponding vehicle type (see FIG. 4B).
 ステップS31で紹介情報IRQを受信した各ベンダーは、ステップS32でそれぞれオファー情報OFを生成し、取引仲介装置2に送信する。
 取引仲介装置2には、1つの見積要求情報RQに対応して、複数のオファー情報OFが、逐次送信されてくることになる。もちろんすべてのベンダーが紹介情報IRQに興味を示さず、オファー情報OFが1つも送信されてこないことや、1つ等少数のオファー情報OFしか送信されてこないということもあり得るが、多くの場合、1つの紹介情報IRQに対応して多数のオファー情報OFが逐次送信されてくる。
 なおオファー情報OFは、対応する見積要求IDや、見積金額、オファー発効日、オファー有効期限等を含むものとする。
Each vendor that received the introduction information IRQ in step S31 generates offer information OF in step S32 and transmits it to the transaction mediating apparatus 2.
A plurality of offer information OF is sequentially transmitted to the transaction intermediary device 2 corresponding to one estimate request information RQ. Of course, it is possible that not all vendors are interested in the introduction information IRQ, and no offer information OF is sent, or only a small number of offer information OF is sent. A lot of offer information OF is sequentially transmitted corresponding to one introduction information IRQ.
The offer information OF includes a corresponding estimate request ID, an estimated amount, an offer effective date, an offer expiration date, and the like.
 取引仲介装置2は、ステップS3で受信・取得したオファー情報OFのそれぞれについて、ステップS4以降の処理を行う。
 まずステップS4でオファー情報OFに対する比較対象(比較相手)を設定する。そしてステップS5で比較/送信可否決定処理を行う。これはオファー情報OFを比較対象と比較する処理を行い、その比較結果に応じて、当該オファー情報OFをユーザ端末5に送信するか否かを決定する処理である。
 取引仲介装置2は、ステップS6では送信可否の決定結果により処理を分岐する。オファー情報OFについて送信可と決定された場合は、ステップS7において、当該オファー情報OFの内容(オファー情報内容OFv)を例えば電子メールの形態でユーザ端末5に送信する。なお送信するオファー情報内容OFvは、オファー情報OFのすべての内容を含んでもよいし、一部の内容のみとしてもよい。
 ユーザ端末5では、ステップS22で電子メールによるオファー情報内容OFvを受信したら、ユーザはその電子メールを開封して、オファーの内容を確認できる。例えばベンダー名称、ベンダーの連絡先、ベンダーのホームページのURL(Uniform Resource Locator)、見積価格、オファー有効期限などを確認することができる。以降、ユーザは任意にベンダーとコンタクトをとり、商談を進めることができる。
The transaction intermediary device 2 performs the processing from step S4 onward for each offer information OF received / acquired in step S3.
First, in step S4, a comparison target (comparison partner) for the offer information OF is set. In step S5, a comparison / transmission availability determination process is performed. This is a process of performing a process of comparing the offer information OF with the comparison target and determining whether or not to send the offer information OF to the user terminal 5 according to the comparison result.
In step S6, transaction brokerage apparatus 2 branches the process depending on the result of determining whether transmission is possible. If it is determined that the offer information OF can be transmitted, in step S7, the content of the offer information OF (offer information content OFv) is transmitted to the user terminal 5 in the form of e-mail, for example. The offer information content OFv to be transmitted may include the entire content of the offer information OF or only a part of the content.
When the user terminal 5 receives the offer information content OFv by e-mail in step S22, the user can open the e-mail and confirm the offer content. For example, the vendor name, vendor contact information, vendor homepage URL (Uniform Resource Locator), estimated price, offer expiration date, etc. can be confirmed. Thereafter, the user can arbitrarily contact the vendor and proceed with the negotiation.
 一方、取引仲介装置2は、ステップS5の比較/送信可否決定処理により、或るオファー情報OFについて非送信と決定した場合は、ステップS6からS8に進み、ベンダーに対して通知を行うか否かを判断する。
 通知を行わない場合は、そのまま当該オファー情報OFに関しては、ユーザ端末5にもベンダー端末4にも通知を行わないことになる。
 通知を行う場合は、取引仲介装置2はステップS9で当該オファー情報OFのオファー元であるベンダー端末4に対して、通知情報ILを送信する。例えば電子メールの形態で通知情報ILをベンダー端末4に送信する。通知情報ILとは、比較処理で劣位となったためユーザ端末5への送信を行わない旨や、再オファーの推奨、オファー対象の変更の推奨などを含む内容とすることが考えられる。
On the other hand, when the transaction intermediary device 2 determines that the certain offer information OF is not transmitted by the comparison / transmission availability determination processing in step S5, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S6 to S8, and determines whether or not to notify the vendor. Judging.
When not notified, the user terminal 5 and the vendor terminal 4 are not notified of the offer information OF as it is.
When making a notification, the transaction intermediary device 2 transmits the notification information IL to the vendor terminal 4 that is the offer source of the offer information OF in step S9. For example, the notification information IL is transmitted to the vendor terminal 4 in the form of an e-mail. The notification information IL may be content including information indicating that transmission to the user terminal 5 is not performed due to inferiority in the comparison process, re-offering recommendation, and offer target change recommendation.
 通知情報ILの送信が行われた場合、ベンダー端末4では、ステップS33で通知情報ILを受信する。ベンダーの担当者は、その電子メールを開封して、内容を確認できる。例えばオファーが成約に至らないことの残念通知、再オファーの推奨等を確認できる。
 もしベンダーの担当者が、その通知情報ILを確認して、見積金額を高くするなどして再オファーを発行したい場合は、再オファー情報OF’を送信できる(ステップS34)。この再オファー情報OF’も通常のオファー情報OFと同様に取引仲介装置2によって取得される。取引仲介装置2は、再オファー情報OF’についても同様にステップS4以降の処理を行う。
When the notification information IL is transmitted, the vendor terminal 4 receives the notification information IL in step S33. Vendor representatives can open the email and check the contents. For example, you can see a pity notification that the offer is not closed, a recommendation for re-offering, and so on.
If the person in charge of the vendor confirms the notification information IL and wants to issue a re-offer by increasing the estimated amount, the re-offer information OF ′ can be transmitted (step S34). This re-offer information OF ′ is also acquired by the transaction mediating apparatus 2 in the same manner as the normal offer information OF. The transaction intermediary device 2 similarly performs the processes after step S4 for the re-offer information OF ′.
 以上の全体の流れから理解されるように、本実施の形態では、或る見積要求情報RQに対して、多数のオファー情報OFが発行されても、それがすべてユーザに届くとは限らない。即ち取引仲介装置2において、各オファー情報OFがユーザにとって好ましいもの(例えば検討に値するもの)であるか否かを判断し、好ましいもののみを送信するというフィルタリングが行われる。
 以下では、このような取引仲介装置2の詳細な処理例を説明していく。
As can be understood from the overall flow described above, in the present embodiment, even if a large number of offer information OF is issued for a certain quotation request information RQ, it does not always reach the user. In other words, in the transaction mediating apparatus 2, it is determined whether or not each offer information OF is preferable (for example, worthy of consideration) for the user, and filtering is performed to transmit only the preferable information.
Below, the detailed process example of such a transaction mediation apparatus 2 is demonstrated.
 [3-2:取引仲介装置の処理]
 図7のシステム処理を実現する取引仲介装置2の処理例(第1の実施の形態)を図8で説明する。なお、以降、各実施の形態として説明する取引仲介装置2の処理とは、図3で示した機能構成を有する情報処理装置のCPU101によって実行される処理である。具体的には、商取引情報取得部21、比較対象設定部22、送信可否決定処理部23、送信制御部24としての各機能による処理である。
[3-2: Transaction Mediation Device Processing]
A processing example (first embodiment) of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 that realizes the system processing of FIG. 7 will be described with reference to FIG. Hereinafter, the process of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 described as each embodiment is a process executed by the CPU 101 of the information processing apparatus having the functional configuration shown in FIG. Specifically, it is processing by each function as the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21, the comparison target setting unit 22, the transmission availability determination processing unit 23, and the transmission control unit 24.
 図8の第1の実施の形態の取引仲介装置2の処理例としては、取引仲介装置2が見積要求情報RQ、オファー情報OF、又は成約情報を取得することに応じて実行される処理を示している。
 取引仲介装置2(商取引情報取得部21)は、図8のステップS101、S102,S103でそれぞれ見積要求情報RQ、オファー情報OF、成約情報の受信を監視している。
As a processing example of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 of the first exemplary embodiment in FIG. 8, a process executed in response to the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquiring the quotation request information RQ, offer information OF, or contract information is shown. ing.
The transaction intermediary device 2 (the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21) monitors the reception of the estimate request information RQ, the offer information OF, and the contract information in steps S101, S102, and S103 of FIG.
 ユーザ端末5からの見積要求情報RQが受信された場合は、取引仲介装置2(商取引情報取得部21)はステップS101からS104に進み、当該受信した見積要求情報RQを取り込み、見積要求情報DB33へ登録する処理を行う。
 即ち受信して取得した見積要求情報RQについて、見積要求IDを設定し、図5Aの見積要求情報DB33に、見積要求IDに紐づけて取得日時、ユーザID、見積対象情報、ステータス、ユーザ設定条件を記憶する。ユーザIDはログイン情報、或いは見積要求情報RQに含まれることで判別される。見積対象情報、ユーザ設定条件は見積要求情報RQに含まれている。ステータスは、この時点では例えば「オファー受付前」などとする。
When the quotation request information RQ from the user terminal 5 is received, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21) proceeds from step S101 to S104, captures the received quotation request information RQ, and sends it to the quotation request information DB 33. Perform the registration process.
In other words, an estimate request ID is set for the estimate request information RQ received and acquired, and the acquisition date and time, user ID, estimate target information, status, and user setting conditions associated with the estimate request ID in the estimate request information DB 33 in FIG. 5A. Remember. The user ID is determined by being included in the login information or the estimate request information RQ. The estimation target information and the user setting conditions are included in the estimation request information RQ. The status is, for example, “before offer reception” at this point.
 続いてステップS105で取引仲介装置2(商取引情報取得部21)は、紹介先ベンダーの情報を取得する。例えば図4BのベンダーDB32を参照し、各ベンダーの電子メールアドレスを取得する。
 なお、紹介先としてベンダーDB32に登録されたすべてのベンダーを対象としてもよいが、一部でもよい。例えば見積要求情報RQにおける見積対象情報(車種等)と合致する対応車種が記憶されているベンダーのみを抽出したり、あるいは、ユーザDB31から判定できるユーザの住所から、所在地があまり離れていないベンダーを抽出するなどが考えられる。さらにユーザ設定条件により該当するベンダーを選択してもよい。またベンダーの評価の情報を用いて選択してもよい。
Subsequently, in step S105, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21) acquires information on the introduction destination vendor. For example, referring to the vendor DB 32 in FIG. 4B, the electronic mail address of each vendor is acquired.
It should be noted that all vendors registered in the vendor DB 32 as introduction destinations may be targeted, but some may be used. For example, only vendors that store corresponding vehicle types that match the information to be estimated (such as vehicle type) in the request information RQ are extracted, or vendors that are not far away from the user's address that can be determined from the user DB 31 It can be extracted. Further, a corresponding vendor may be selected according to user setting conditions. It may also be selected using vendor evaluation information.
 ステップS106で取引仲介装置2(商取引情報取得部21)は、紹介先として選定した1又は複数のベンダー端末4に対して、紹介情報IRQを送信する。例えば紹介情報IRQとしては、見積要求IDと、見積要求情報RQに記された見積対象情報(車種等)を少なくとも含む電子メールデータを生成し、これをステップS105で選定した紹介先ベンダーの電子メールアドレス宛に送信する。なお紹介情報IRQには、見積対象情報の他、ユーザの住所、ユーザ設定条件等を含むようにしてもよい。
 また取引仲介装置2は、紹介情報IRQの送信に応じて、見積要求情報DB33における当該見積要求情報RQについてのステータスを「オファー受付中」に更新する。
In step S106, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21) transmits the introduction information IRQ to one or a plurality of vendor terminals 4 selected as the introduction destination. For example, as the introduction information IRQ, e-mail data including at least the estimate request ID and the estimation target information (vehicle type, etc.) described in the estimate request information RQ is generated, and the e-mail of the introduction vendor selected in step S105 Send to address. The introduction information IRQ may include the user's address, user setting conditions, etc. in addition to the estimation target information.
Further, in response to the transmission of the introduction information IRQ, the transaction intermediary device 2 updates the status of the estimate request information RQ in the estimate request information DB 33 to “in accepting offer”.
 ベンダー端末4からのオファー情報OFが受信された場合は、取引仲介装置2はステップS102から、ステップS107~S113の処理、つまりオファー情報OF取得に応じた処理に進むことになる。
 オファー情報OFが送信されてくるタイミングは、ベンダーの都合によるため不定である。従って取引仲介装置2は、1つのオファー情報OFの受信の都度、ステップS102からS107へ進む。
 また、ステップS102で監視するオファー情報OFの受信とは、上述の再オファー情報OF’の受信も含む。
When the offer information OF is received from the vendor terminal 4, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S102 to the processing of steps S107 to S113, that is, processing according to acquisition of the offer information OF.
The timing at which the offer information OF is transmitted is indefinite due to the convenience of the vendor. Therefore, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 proceeds from step S102 to S107 each time one offer information OF is received.
The reception of the offer information OF monitored in step S102 includes the reception of the re-offer information OF ′ described above.
 ステップS107では、取引仲介装置2(商取引情報取得部21)は受信したオファー情報OFを取り込み、オファー情報DB34へ登録する処理を行う。
 即ち受信して取得したオファー情報OFについて、オファーIDを設定し、図5Bのオファー情報DB34に、オファーIDに紐づけて取得日時、ベンダーID、ユーザID、見積要求ID、見積金額、オファー発効日、オファー有効期限、ステータスを記憶する。
 ベンダーIDはログイン情報、或いはオファー情報OFに含まれることで判別される。見積要求ID、見積金額、オファー発効日、オファー有効期限はオファー情報OFに含まれている内容である。ユーザIDは、見積要求IDを用いて見積要求情報DB33を参照することで判別できる。ステータスは、この時点では例えば「比較前」などとする。
In step S107, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21) performs processing for taking in the received offer information OF and registering it in the offer information DB 34.
That is, for the offer information OF received and acquired, an offer ID is set, and in the offer information DB 34 of FIG. Remember the offer expiration date, status.
The vendor ID is determined by being included in login information or offer information OF. The estimate request ID, the estimated amount, the offer effective date, and the offer expiration date are contents included in the offer information OF. The user ID can be determined by referring to the estimate request information DB 33 using the estimate request ID. The status is, for example, “before comparison” at this point.
 なお、受信が再オファー情報OF’であった場合は、オファー情報DB34へ登録は、元のオファー情報OFについての情報において変更部分を更新してもよいし、新規にオファーIDを与えて各内容を元のオファー情報OFとは別個に登録してもよい。 If reception is the re-offer information OF ′, registration in the offer information DB 34 may be performed by updating the changed portion in the information about the original offer information OF, or by newly providing an offer ID and each content. May be registered separately from the original offer information OF.
 ステップS108で取引仲介装置2(比較対象設定部22)は、比較対象設定処理を行う。即ち今回取得したオファー情報OFに対して比較相手とする比較対象を設定する。比較対象は固定値の場合もあるし、他のオファー情報を選択する場合もある。各例は後述する。
 ステップS109で取引仲介装置2(送信可否決定処理部23)は、比較/送信可否決定処理を行う。即ち今回取得したオファー情報OFと比較対象を比較し、当該オファー情報OFについてユーザ端末5への送信を実行するか否かの決定を行う。この比較/送信可否決定処理の各例は後述する。
In step S108, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (comparison target setting unit 22) performs a comparison target setting process. That is, a comparison target to be compared with the offer information OF acquired this time is set. The comparison target may be a fixed value or other offer information may be selected. Each example will be described later.
In step S109, transaction mediating apparatus 2 (transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23) performs a comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination process. That is, the offer information OF acquired this time is compared with the comparison target, and it is determined whether or not the offer information OF is transmitted to the user terminal 5. Each example of the comparison / transmission availability determination process will be described later.
 取引仲介装置2は、ステップS110では送信可否の決定結果により処理を分岐する。オファー情報OFについて送信可と決定された場合は、取引仲介装置2はステップS111で送信制御を行う。即ち取引仲介装置2(送信制御部24)は当該オファー情報OFの内容を示した電子メールデータ(オファー情報内容OFv)を生成し、通信部20からユーザ端末5に送信させる。
 ステップS112では、取引仲介装置2(商取引情報取得部21)は、オファー情報内容OFvの送信に応じたDB更新を行う。例えばオファー情報DB34における当該オファー情報OFのステータスを「送信済」に更新する。
In step S110, transaction brokerage apparatus 2 branches the process depending on the result of determining whether transmission is possible. If it is determined that transmission is possible for the offer information OF, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 performs transmission control in step S111. That is, the transaction intermediary device 2 (transmission control unit 24) generates e-mail data (offer information content OFv) indicating the content of the offer information OF, and transmits it to the user terminal 5 from the communication unit 20.
In step S112, transaction mediating apparatus 2 (commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21) performs DB update according to the transmission of offer information content OFv. For example, the status of the offer information OF in the offer information DB 34 is updated to “sent”.
 ステップS109の比較/送信可否決定処理により、現在処理中のオファー情報OFについて非送信と決定した場合は、取引仲介装置2はステップS110からS113に進み、非送信オファー処理を行う。非送信オファー処理とは、送信可否決定処理部23、送信制御部24、商取引情報取得部21によって実行される、非送信と決定したオファーについての処理である。具体的には非送信とされたことをベンダーに通知するか否かの判断や、その判断に応じた通知情報ILの送信制御処理、さらには非送信決定や通知に応じたオファー情報DB34におけるステータスの更新処理などである。
 非送信オファー処理の各例については後述する。
If it is determined in the comparison / transmission availability determination process in step S109 that the offer information OF currently being processed is not transmitted, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S110 to S113, and performs a non-transmission offer process. The non-transmission offer process is a process for an offer determined to be non-transmission, which is executed by the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23, the transmission control unit 24, and the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21. Specifically, it is determined whether or not to notify the vendor of non-transmission, transmission control processing of notification information IL according to the determination, and status in the offer information DB 34 according to non-transmission determination and notification Update processing.
Each example of the non-transmission offer process will be described later.
 上述の図7では示していないが、本実施の形態では、ユーザとベンダーの間で取引が成立した場合、ユーザとベンダーの一方又は両方から成約情報が送信されてくるようにしている。
 成約情報を受信した場合は、取引仲介装置2(商取引情報取得部21)は、図8のステップS103からS114に進み、成約情報DB35の登録を行う。成約情報としては、例えばユーザID、ベンダーID、見積要求ID、オファーID、成約金額、成約日が含まれているようにする。
 取引仲介装置2は、受信・取得した成約情報からこれらの情報を抽出し、成約情報DBに登録する。またオファーIDから検索できる見積金額を記憶し、見積金額と成約金額の差額を求めて成約情報DBに記憶する。
Although not shown in FIG. 7 described above, in the present embodiment, when a transaction is established between the user and the vendor, the contract information is transmitted from one or both of the user and the vendor.
When the contract information is received, the transaction intermediary device 2 (the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21) proceeds from step S103 to S114 in FIG. 8, and registers the contract information DB 35. The contract information includes, for example, a user ID, a vendor ID, an estimate request ID, an offer ID, a contract price, and a contract date.
The transaction intermediary device 2 extracts the information from the received / acquired contract information and registers it in the contract information DB. Further, the estimated amount that can be searched from the offer ID is stored, and the difference between the estimated amount and the contract amount is obtained and stored in the contract information DB.
 なお、再オファー情報OF’が元のオファー情報OFと異なるオファーIDを付与される場合(オファー情報DB34参照)、成約情報DB35におけるオファーIDとしては、再オファー情報OF’のオファーIDと元のオファー情報OFのオファーIDが記憶される。
 またあるオファーについて対応する見積要求情報RQが変更される場合もあり得るが、その場合、成約情報DB35における見積要求IDとしては、成約した見積要求情報の見積要求IDと、変更前の元の見積要求情報RQの見積要求IDも記憶されるようにする。
 このようにすることで、再オファーや対応する見積要求情報RQの変更に応じた成約状況も確認できる。
When the re-offer information OF 'is given an offer ID different from the original offer information OF (see offer information DB 34), the offer ID in the closing information DB 35 is the offer ID of the re-offer information OF' and the original offer. The offer ID of the information OF is stored.
In addition, there is a possibility that the corresponding estimate request information RQ for a certain offer is changed. In this case, the estimate request ID in the contract information DB 35 includes the estimate request ID of the contracted request information and the original estimate before the change. The estimate request ID of the request information RQ is also stored.
By doing in this way, it is also possible to confirm the contract status according to the re-offer and the change of the corresponding request for quotation information RQ.
 [3-3:比較対象設定処理]
 図8のステップS108として取引仲介装置2(比較対象設定部22)が実行する各種の比較対象設定処理例を図9~図13で説明する。
 ここでは比較対象として、オファー情報OF又は再オファー情報OF’に含まれる見積金額と比較する金額を設定する例を述べる。
 また図8のステップS108,S109で現在処理対象としている或るオファー情報OF又は再オファー情報OF’のことを、以下「現オファー情報OF」と表記する。
[3-3: Comparison target setting process]
Various comparison target setting processing examples executed by the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (comparison target setting unit 22) as step S108 in FIG. 8 will be described with reference to FIGS.
Here, an example in which an amount to be compared with an estimated amount included in offer information OF or re-offer information OF ′ is set as a comparison target will be described.
Further, certain offer information OF or re-offer information OF ′ that is currently processed in steps S108 and S109 in FIG. 8 will be referred to as “current offer information OF”.
 図9Aは相場情報に基づいて比較対象としての金額を設定する例である。
 比較対象設定処理として取引仲介装置2は、まずステップS201で相場情報を取得する。取引仲介装置2は、現オファー情報OFが対応する見積要求情報RQについての見積対象情報を参照し、該当車種等についての相場情報を取得する。例えば、車種、年式、色、走行距離等から買取相場としての金額を導く。
 このためには、車種等の条件で買取相場を検索できる相場DBにアクセスして相場情報を所得することが考えられる。また相場情報は、中古車市場で常に変動するものであるため、相場DBは、市況を反映して更新されるDBであることが望ましい。またそのような相場DBを直接利用せずに、相場情報を提供する業者等から相場情報を取得するようにしてもよい。
 或いは、成約情報DB35から、車種、年式、色、走行距離等が同条件の成約実績を抽出し、その成約金額から求めた値、例えば平均値を相場情報としてもよい。
FIG. 9A is an example in which the amount of money to be compared is set based on the market price information.
As the comparison target setting process, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 first acquires market price information in step S201. The transaction intermediary device 2 refers to the estimate object information about the estimate request information RQ corresponding to the current offer information OF, and acquires the market price information about the corresponding vehicle type. For example, the price as a purchase market price is derived from the vehicle type, model year, color, mileage, and the like.
For this purpose, it is conceivable to gain access to market price information by accessing a market price DB that can search for market prices under conditions such as vehicle type. Moreover, since the market price information is constantly fluctuating in the used car market, the market price DB is desirably a DB that is updated to reflect market conditions. Moreover, you may make it acquire market price information from the traders etc. which provide market price information, without using such market price DB directly.
Alternatively, from the contract information DB 35, a contract record with the same conditions such as the vehicle type, year, color, and travel distance may be extracted, and a value obtained from the contract price, for example, an average value may be used as the market price information.
 相場情報を取得したらステップS202で取引仲介装置2は、相場情報に基づいて比較対象金額を設定する。例えば相場としての金額をそのまま比較対象金額とする。或いは相場としての金額から多少割引又は上乗せした金額を比較対象金額と設定する。
 これにより、市況を反映して現オファー情報OFの送信可否決定を行うための比較対象設定が可能となる。
If the market price information is acquired, in step S202, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 sets a comparison target amount based on the market price information. For example, the price as the market price is used as the comparison target price. Alternatively, an amount that is slightly discounted or added to the amount as the market price is set as the amount to be compared.
Accordingly, it is possible to set a comparison target for determining whether or not to transmit the current offer information OF, reflecting market conditions.
 図9Bは、ユーザの希望金額を反映する処理例である。
 見積要求情報RQには、ユーザの設定情報として、ユーザが取引の希望額、例えば売却の際に希望する最低金額を含めることができる。
 現オファー情報OFに対応する見積要求情報RQにこのような希望額が含まれている場合、この希望額に基づいて比較対象金額を設定することもできる。
FIG. 9B is a processing example in which the user's desired amount is reflected.
The estimate request information RQ can include a user's desired amount of transaction, for example, a minimum amount desired at the time of sale, as user setting information.
When such a desired amount is included in the estimate request information RQ corresponding to the current offer information OF, the comparison target amount can be set based on the desired amount.
 例えばステップS108の比較対象設定処理において取引仲介装置2は、図9BのステップS210で、ユーザの希望額が見積要求情報RQに含まれているか否かを確認する。
 希望額が存在した場合、取引仲介装置2はステップS211に進み、ユーザの希望額に基づいて比較対象金額を設定する。例えば希望額そのものを比較対象金額とする。或いは、希望額から所定差額もしくは所定%を割り引いた価格を比較対象金額とするなどである。
For example, in the comparison target setting process of step S108, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 checks whether or not the user's desired amount is included in the estimate request information RQ in step S210 of FIG. 9B.
If the desired amount exists, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds to step S211 and sets a comparison target amount based on the user's desired amount. For example, the desired amount itself is set as a comparison target amount. Alternatively, a price obtained by discounting a predetermined difference or a predetermined percentage from a desired amount is used as a comparison target amount.
 一方、見積要求情報RQに希望額が設定されていなければ、取引仲介装置2はステップS210からS212に進み、相場情報を取得し、ステップS213で相場情報に基づいて比較対象金額を設定する。即ち図9Aの処理を行う。 On the other hand, if the desired amount is not set in the estimate request information RQ, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S210 to S212, acquires the market price information, and sets the comparison target price based on the market price information in step S213. That is, the process of FIG. 9A is performed.
 以上のようにすることで、ユーザの希望額を反映した比較対象金額を設定することができる。
 なお、希望額はユーザ自身が任意に設定するものであるため、希望額が実際には市場の実勢価格からかけ離れている場合も想定される。そのため、希望額を、相場情報に基づいて調整することも考えられる。例えばステップS211において、相場情報として得られる金額の±20%を有効範囲と設定し、希望額がその有効範囲内であれば、そのまま希望額を比較対象金額とする。希望額が有効範囲内から外れていたら、有効範囲の上限又は下限の金額を比較対象金額とするなどである。
 また、ウェブページとしてユーザに提供する見積要求情報の入力画面で、車種等の条件が入力された段階で相場情報を取得し、希望額の有効範囲を提示して、入力範囲を制限するようなことも考えられる。
By doing as described above, it is possible to set a comparison target amount reflecting the user's desired amount.
Since the desired amount is arbitrarily set by the user, it may be assumed that the desired amount is actually far from the actual market price. Therefore, it is possible to adjust the desired amount based on the market price information. For example, in step S211, ± 20% of the amount obtained as the market price information is set as an effective range, and if the desired amount is within the effective range, the desired amount is directly used as a comparison target amount. If the desired amount is out of the effective range, the upper limit or lower limit amount of the effective range is set as the comparison target amount.
In addition, on the input screen of quotation request information provided to the user as a web page, the market price information is obtained at the stage when the conditions such as the vehicle type are input, the effective range of the desired amount is presented, and the input range is limited. It is also possible.
 図10~図13は、現オファー情報OFに対する比較対象金額として、他のオファー情報の見積金額を利用して設定する例である。
 なおこれらの例でいう「他のオファー情報OF」とは、同一の見積要求情報RQに対するオファー情報OFであり、かつ、現オファー情報OFのベンダーとは異なるベンダーのオファー情報OFであるという条件を満たしたオファー情報OFである。
FIGS. 10 to 13 are examples in which the estimated amount of other offer information is set as the comparison target amount for the current offer information OF.
The “other offer information OF” in these examples is a condition that it is offer information OF for the same quotation request information RQ, and offer information OF of a vendor different from the vendor of the current offer information OF. It is the satisfied offer information OF.
 図10は、1又は複数の他のオファー情報OFの見積金額を比較対象金額に設定する例である。
 図10の場合、取引仲介装置2はステップS220でオファー情報DB34を検索し、現オファー情報OFとは同一の見積要求IDに対応した、異なるベンダーIDのオファー情報OFを抽出する。なお図8のステップS108は、オファー情報の受信がある度に実行されるため、対象となる他のオファー情報OFとは、現オファー情報OFよりも先の時点で取引仲介装置2に受信されたオファー情報となる。
 現オファー情報OFとは同一の見積要求IDに対応した、異なるベンダーIDのオファー情報という条件で、1又は複数のオファー情報OFが抽出されたら、取引仲介装置2は図10のステップS221からS222に進み、抽出した全オファー情報OFの見積金額を、それぞれ比較対象金額と設定する。従って比較対象金額が複数となることもある。
FIG. 10 is an example in which the estimated amount of one or more other offer information OF is set as the comparison target amount.
In the case of FIG. 10, the transaction intermediary device 2 searches the offer information DB 34 in step S220, and extracts offer information OF having a different vendor ID corresponding to the same request ID as the current offer information OF. Since step S108 in FIG. 8 is executed every time offer information is received, the other offer information OF that is the target is received by the transaction intermediary device 2 at a time earlier than the current offer information OF. Offer information.
When one or a plurality of offer information OF is extracted under the condition of offer information of different vendor IDs corresponding to the same quotation request ID as the current offer information OF, the transaction intermediary device 2 moves from step S221 to S222 in FIG. Then, the estimated amount of the extracted all offer information OF is set as the comparison target amount. Therefore, there may be a plurality of comparison target amounts.
 なお、ステップS220で条件に該当する他のオファー情報OFが抽出できなかった場合、ステップS221からS223に進む。
 ステップS223は、比較対象となり得る他のオファー情報OFが存在しないことから、他のオファー情報OFを利用しないで比較対象金額を設定する処理を行う。例えば図9A、図9Bのような処理で比較対象金額を設定すればよい。或いは、何らかの固定値を用いて比較対象金額を設定してもよい。
 いずれにしてもステップS223は、他のオファー情報OFを利用しないで比較対象金額設定を行う処理を表す。以下ではステップS223の処理を「他オファー不使用設定処理」と呼び、他の処理例でもステップS223として記載する。
If other offer information OF corresponding to the condition cannot be extracted in step S220, the process proceeds from step S221 to S223.
In step S223, since there is no other offer information OF that can be compared, a process of setting the comparison target amount without using the other offer information OF is performed. For example, the comparison target amount may be set by processing as shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B. Alternatively, the comparison target amount may be set using some fixed value.
In any case, step S223 represents a process for setting the comparison target amount without using other offer information OF. Hereinafter, the processing in step S223 is referred to as “other offer non-use setting processing”, and is described as step S223 in other processing examples.
 以上の図10の処理では、同一の見積要求情報RQに対する競合するオファー情報OFが用いられて、現オファー情報OFに対する比較対象金額が設定される。このためその後の比較/送信可否決定処理では、各ベンダーのオファー情報OF同士で競争するように比較処理が行われることになり、オファー情報OF間の競争で、現オファー情報OFがユーザに送信されるか否かが決定されるようにすることができる。 In the processing of FIG. 10 described above, competing offer information OF for the same quotation request information RQ is used, and a comparison target amount for the current offer information OF is set. Therefore, in the subsequent comparison / transmission availability determination process, the comparison process is performed so that the offer information OFs of the respective vendors compete with each other, and the current offer information OF is transmitted to the user in the competition between the offer information OFs. It can be determined whether or not.
 次に図11A、図11Bは、1又は複数の他のオファー情報OFのうちで、ユーザにとって最もよい優位なオファー情報OFの見積金額を比較対象金額に設定する例である。 Next, FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B are examples in which the estimated amount of the offer information OF that is the best for the user is set as the comparison target amount among one or a plurality of other offer information OF.
 図11Aの例では、取引仲介装置2はステップS240でオファー情報DB34を検索し、現オファー情報OFとは同一の見積要求IDに対応した、異なるベンダーIDのオファー情報OFを抽出する。
 この条件に該当する1又は複数のオファー情報OFが抽出されたら、取引仲介装置2はステップS241からS242に進み、抽出した全オファー情報OFのうちで、見積金額が最もユーザにとって優位(つまり買取見積額として最高値)のオファー情報OFを選択する。そしてステップS243で、最も優位なオファー情報OFの見積金額を、比較対象金額と設定する。
 なお、ステップS240で条件に該当する他のオファー情報OFが抽出できなかった場合、ステップS241からS223に進み、他オファー不使用設定処理を行う。
In the example of FIG. 11A, the transaction intermediary device 2 searches the offer information DB 34 in step S240, and extracts offer information OF with a different vendor ID corresponding to the same quotation request ID as the current offer information OF.
When one or a plurality of offer information OF corresponding to this condition is extracted, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S241 to S242, and among the extracted all offer information OF, the estimated amount is the most advantageous for the user (that is, the purchase estimate). The offer information OF with the highest value is selected. In step S243, the estimated price of the most advantageous offer information OF is set as the comparison price.
If other offer information OF corresponding to the condition cannot be extracted in step S240, the process proceeds from step S241 to S223, and other offer non-use setting processing is performed.
 図11Bの例では、取引仲介装置2はステップS250でオファー情報DB34を検索し、現オファー情報OFとは同一の見積要求IDに対応した、異なるベンダーIDのオファー情報OFを抽出する。
 さらにステップS251では、ステップS250で抽出したオファー情報OFのうちで、取引仲介装置2が現オファー情報OF以前に取得したオファー情報OFを抽出する。即ちオファー情報DB34の取得日時の情報に基づいてオファー情報OFを絞り込む。
 以上のステップS250,S251の条件に該当する1又は複数のオファー情報OFが抽出されたら、取引仲介装置2はステップS252からS253に進み、抽出した全オファー情報OFのうちで、見積金額が最もユーザにとって優位なオファー情報OFを選択する。そしてステップS243で、最も優位なオファー情報OFの見積金額を、比較対象金額と設定する。
 なお、ステップS250、S251で条件に該当する他のオファー情報OFが抽出できなかった場合、ステップS252からS223に進み、他オファー不使用設定処理を行う。
In the example of FIG. 11B, the transaction intermediary device 2 searches the offer information DB 34 in step S250, and extracts offer information OF with a different vendor ID corresponding to the same quotation request ID as the current offer information OF.
Further, in step S251, the offer information OF acquired before the current offer information OF by the transaction mediating apparatus 2 is extracted from the offer information OF extracted in step S250. That is, the offer information OF is narrowed down based on the acquisition date information in the offer information DB 34.
When one or a plurality of offer information OF corresponding to the conditions of the above steps S250 and S251 is extracted, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S252 to S253, and the estimated amount of money is the highest among all the extracted offer information OF. Offer information OF which is superior to the customer is selected. In step S243, the estimated price of the most advantageous offer information OF is set as the comparison price.
If other offer information OF corresponding to the condition cannot be extracted in steps S250 and S251, the process proceeds from step S252 to S223, and other offer non-use setting processing is performed.
 以上の図11A、図11Bでは、同一の見積要求情報RQに対する競合するオファー情報OFのうちで、競合相手として最も強力なオファー情報OFが用いられて、現オファー情報OFに対する比較対象金額が設定される。このためその後の比較/送信可否決定処理では、現オファー情報OFは、最も強力な競合相手と比較されてユーザに送信されるか否かが決定されることになる。 In FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B above, the most powerful offer information OF is used as a competitor among the competing offer information OF for the same request for quotation information RQ, and the comparison target amount for the current offer information OF is set. The For this reason, in the subsequent comparison / transmission availability determination process, it is determined whether or not the current offer information OF is transmitted to the user compared with the strongest competitor.
 次に図12A、図12Bは、1又は複数の他のオファー情報OFのうちで、ユーザ端末5に送信された、もしくは送信すると決定されたオファー情報OFの見積金額を用いて比較対象金額を設定する例である。 Next, FIG. 12A and FIG. 12B set the comparison target amount using the estimated amount of the offer information OF transmitted to the user terminal 5 or determined to be transmitted among one or a plurality of other offer information OF. This is an example.
 図12Aの例では、取引仲介装置2はステップS260でオファー情報DB34を検索し、現オファー情報OFとは同一の見積要求IDに対応した、異なるベンダーIDのオファー情報OFを抽出する。
 さらにステップS261では、ステップS260で抽出したオファー情報OFについてステータスを確認し、ステータスが「送信済」とされているオファー情報OFを抽出し、さらにその中で、送信日時が最も新しいオファー情報OFを選択する。
 以上のステップS260,S261の条件に該当するオファー情報OF、即ち直近にユーザ端末5に送信されたオファー情報OFが抽出されたら、取引仲介装置2はステップS262からS263に進み、当該オファー情報OFの見積金額を、比較対象金額と設定する。
 なお、ステップS260、S261で条件に該当する他のオファー情報OFが抽出できなかった場合、ステップS262からS223に進み、他オファー不使用設定処理を行う。
In the example of FIG. 12A, the transaction intermediary device 2 searches the offer information DB 34 in step S260, and extracts offer information OF of a different vendor ID corresponding to the same quotation request ID as the current offer information OF.
Further, in step S261, the status of the offer information OF extracted in step S260 is confirmed, the offer information OF whose status is “sent” is extracted, and among them, the offer information OF with the latest transmission date and time is extracted. select.
When the offer information OF corresponding to the conditions of the above steps S260 and S261, that is, the offer information OF most recently transmitted to the user terminal 5, is extracted, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S262 to S263, and the offer information OF Estimate amount is set as comparison target amount.
In addition, when other offer information OF applicable to conditions cannot be extracted in step S260, S261, it progresses to step S223 from step S262, and other offer non-use setting processing is performed.
 図12Bの例では、取引仲介装置2はステップS270でオファー情報DB34を検索し、現オファー情報OFとは同一の見積要求IDに対応した、異なるベンダーIDのオファー情報OFを抽出する。
 さらにステップS271では、ステップS270で抽出したオファー情報OFについてステータスを確認し、ステータスが「送信済」又は「送信決定」とされているオファー情報OFを抽出する。つまり既にユーザ端末5に送信された、もしくはまだ未送信であるが送信すると決定されたオファー情報OFを抽出する。
 以上のステップS270,S271の条件に該当する1又は複数のオファー情報OFが抽出されたら、取引仲介装置2はステップS272からS273に進み、抽出した全オファー情報OFの見積金額の平均値を算出し、平均値を比較対象金額と設定する。
 なお、ステップS270、S271で条件に該当する他のオファー情報OFが抽出できなかった場合、ステップS272からS223に進み、他オファー不使用設定処理を行う。
In the example of FIG. 12B, the transaction intermediary device 2 searches the offer information DB 34 in step S270, and extracts offer information OF with a different vendor ID corresponding to the same quotation request ID as the current offer information OF.
Further, in step S271, the status of the offer information OF extracted in step S270 is confirmed, and the offer information OF whose status is “transmitted” or “transmission determined” is extracted. That is, offer information OF that has already been transmitted to the user terminal 5 or has not yet been transmitted but has been determined to be transmitted is extracted.
When one or a plurality of offer information OF corresponding to the above conditions of steps S270 and S271 is extracted, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S272 to S273, and calculates the average value of the estimated amounts of all the extracted offer information OF. The average value is set as the comparison target amount.
If other offer information OF corresponding to the condition cannot be extracted in steps S270 and S271, the process proceeds from step S272 to S223, and other offer non-use setting processing is performed.
 なおステップS273では、ユーザ端末5に送信された、もしくは送信すると決定されたオファー情報OFの見積金額の平均値ではなく、最高値、最低値、重心値等を用いてもよい。 In step S273, a maximum value, a minimum value, a centroid value, or the like may be used instead of the average value of the estimated amount of offer information OF transmitted to the user terminal 5 or determined to be transmitted.
 以上の図12A、図12Bでは、同一の見積要求情報RQに対する競合するオファー情報OFのうちで、ユーザへの送信対象となったオファー情報OFが用いられて、現オファー情報OFに対する比較対象金額が設定される。このためその後の比較/送信可否決定処理では、現オファー情報OFは、これまでの送信対象のオファー情報OFを基準に、送信に適しているか否かが判定されることになる。
 なお、ユーザへの送信対象となった複数のオファー情報OFの見積金額の全てを比較対象金額とする例も考えられる。
In FIG. 12A and FIG. 12B above, among the competing offer information OF for the same request for quotation information RQ, the offer information OF that has been sent to the user is used, and the comparison target amount for the current offer information OF is Is set. Therefore, in the subsequent comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination process, it is determined whether or not the current offer information OF is suitable for transmission based on the offer information OF to be transmitted so far.
Note that an example in which all of the estimated amounts of the plurality of offer information OFs to be transmitted to the user are set as comparison target amounts can be considered.
 次に図13A、図13B、図13Cは、1又は複数の他のオファー情報OFのうちで、ユーザが興味を持ったと推定されるオファー情報OFの見積金額を用いて比較対象金額を設定する例である。 Next, FIG. 13A, FIG. 13B, and FIG. 13C are examples in which the comparison target amount is set using the estimated amount of the offer information OF that is estimated to be of interest to the user among one or a plurality of other offer information OF. It is.
 図13Aの例では、取引仲介装置2はステップS280でオファー情報DB34を検索し、現オファー情報OFとは同一の見積要求IDに対応した、異なるベンダーIDのオファー情報OFを抽出する。
 さらにステップS281では、ステップS280で抽出したオファー情報OFのうちで、ユーザの反応があったオファー情報OFを抽出する。具体的にはまず、図12Aで説明したように、ステータスが「送信済」とされているオファー情報OFを抽出する。さらにその中で、ユーザがオファー情報内容OFvの電子メールに興味をもったものを抽出する。
 ユーザの興味は、電子メールに対するユーザの反応に応じて推定する。例えば電子メールで送信するオファー情報内容OFvに、ベンダーのホームページのURLや、ベンダーの買取情報、履歴情報、評判情報などを提示するウェブページのURL等のリンクを付加しておく。ユーザがURLをクリックして該当ページを閲覧したというようなユーザアクションは、当該URLに対するリダイレクトの情報等により検出することができる。
 或いは、オファー情報内容OFvの電子メールに対する返信を受け付けるようにし、ユーザからの返信の有無により、オファー情報OFに対する興味有無を推定してもよい。
 取引仲介装置2は、例えばこれらの手法により、各オファー情報OFについてユーザ反応の有無を確認し、ユーザ反応があったオファー情報OFを抽出する。
In the example of FIG. 13A, the transaction intermediary device 2 searches the offer information DB 34 in step S280, and extracts offer information OF of a different vendor ID corresponding to the same quotation request ID as the current offer information OF.
Further, in step S281, the offer information OF having a user reaction is extracted from the offer information OF extracted in step S280. Specifically, first, as described with reference to FIG. 12A, offer information OF whose status is “sent” is extracted. Further, among those, the user is interested in the electronic mail of the offer information content OFv.
The user's interest is estimated according to the user's response to the e-mail. For example, a link such as a URL of a vendor's home page, a URL of a web page presenting vendor purchase information, history information, reputation information, or the like is added to the offer information content OFv transmitted by e-mail. A user action such that the user clicks on a URL and browses to the corresponding page can be detected based on redirect information for the URL.
Alternatively, a reply to the electronic mail of the offer information content OFv may be received, and the presence / absence of interest in the offer information OF may be estimated based on the presence / absence of a reply from the user.
The transaction mediating apparatus 2 confirms the presence / absence of a user reaction for each offer information OF by these methods, for example, and extracts the offer information OF having a user reaction.
 以上のステップS280,S281の条件に該当するオファー情報OF、即ちユーザ反応があったとしてユーザが興味を示していると推定されるオファー情報OFが抽出されたら、取引仲介装置2はステップS282からS283に進み、抽出した全オファー情報OFの見積金額を、比較対象金額と設定する。
 なお、ステップS280、S281で条件に該当する他のオファー情報OFが抽出できなかった場合、ステップS282からS223に進み、他オファー不使用設定処理を行う。
When the offer information OF corresponding to the conditions of steps S280 and S281 described above, that is, the offer information OF estimated that the user is interested in the presence of a user reaction, is extracted, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 performs steps S282 to S283. Then, the estimated amount of all offer information OF extracted is set as the comparison target amount.
If other offer information OF corresponding to the condition cannot be extracted in steps S280 and S281, the process proceeds from step S282 to S223, and other offer non-use setting processing is performed.
 図13Bの例は、ステップS280,S281,S282,S223は図13Aと同様である。取引仲介装置2はステップS284では、ユーザの反応があったとして抽出されたオファー情報OFのうちで、ユーザにとって最も優位なオファー情報OFを選択する。例えば最も見積金額が高いオファー情報OFである。そしてステップS285でそのオファー情報OFの見積金額を、比較対象金額と設定する。 In the example of FIG. 13B, steps S280, S281, S282, and S223 are the same as in FIG. 13A. In step S284, transaction mediating apparatus 2 selects offer information OF that is most advantageous for the user from among the offer information OF extracted based on the user's reaction. For example, the offer information OF has the highest estimated amount. In step S285, the estimated amount of the offer information OF is set as a comparison target amount.
 図13Cの例も、ステップS280,S281,S282,S223は図13Aと同様である。取引仲介装置2はステップS286では、ユーザの反応があったとして抽出された全オファー情報OFの見積金額の平均値を求める。そしてその平均値を比較対象金額と設定する。
 なお見積金額の平均値ではなく、最高値、最低値、重心値等を用いてもよい。
In the example of FIG. 13C, steps S280, S281, S282, and S223 are the same as those in FIG. 13A. In step S286, transaction brokerage apparatus 2 obtains an average value of the estimated amounts of all offer information OF extracted based on the user's reaction. Then, the average value is set as a comparison target amount.
Note that the maximum value, the minimum value, the center of gravity value, or the like may be used instead of the average value of the estimated amount.
 以上の図13A、図13B、図13Cでは、同一の見積要求情報RQに対する競合するオファー情報OFのうちで、ユーザが興味を持ったと推定されるオファー情報OFが用いられて、現オファー情報OFに対する比較対象金額が設定される。このためその後の比較/送信可否決定処理では、現オファー情報OFは、推定されるユーザの思惑を基準に、送信に適しているか否かが判定されるようにすることができる。 In FIG. 13A, FIG. 13B, and FIG. 13C described above, among the competing offer information OF for the same quotation request information RQ, the offer information OF estimated that the user is interested is used, and the current offer information OF is displayed. A comparison target amount is set. For this reason, in the subsequent comparison / transmission availability determination process, it is possible to determine whether or not the current offer information OF is suitable for transmission based on the estimated user's speculation.
 ここまで比較対象の設定例を説明したが、比較対象の設定処理例は他にも多様に考えられる。また図9~図13の処理の組み合わせによってもよい。さらには、状況に応じて適用する処理を変化させてもよい。状況とは、例えばオファー情報OFの取得状況、ユーザ端末5への送信数、送信頻度、時間帯、商品市場の状況、相場状況などである。 So far, the setting examples of the comparison target have been described, but there are various other setting examples of the comparison target. Further, a combination of the processes shown in FIGS. 9 to 13 may be used. Furthermore, the processing to be applied may be changed according to the situation. The situation includes, for example, an offer information OF acquisition situation, the number of transmissions to the user terminal 5, a transmission frequency, a time zone, a commodity market situation, a market situation, and the like.
 [3-4:比較/送信可否決定処理]
 続いて、図8のステップS109として取引仲介装置2(送信可否決定処理部23)が実行する各種の比較/送信可否決定処理例を図14~図18で説明する。
 ここでは上述のように設定された比較対象金額と、現オファー情報OFの見積金額とを比較し、その比較結果に応じてユーザ端末5への送信可否を決定する処理例を述べる。
[3-4: Comparison / transmission availability determination process]
Next, various comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination processing examples executed by the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23) as step S109 in FIG. 8 will be described with reference to FIGS.
Here, a processing example is described in which the comparison target amount set as described above is compared with the estimated amount of the current offer information OF and whether or not transmission to the user terminal 5 is determined according to the comparison result.
 なお、以下の各例の比較/送信可否決定処理において、現オファー情報OFの見積金額と比較対象金額が同額であった場合は、現オファー情報OFの見積金額がユーザにとって優位な金額である場合と同様に扱うこととしている。基準となる比較対象金額と同額であれば、ユーザにとっては検討に値するオファーであると推定できるためである。ただし、ユーザへ提示するオファーの数の増大を防ぐという観点からは、現オファー情報OFの見積金額と比較対象金額が同額であった場合は、逆に、現オファー情報OFの見積金額がユーザにとって劣位な金額である場合と同様に扱うこととしてもよい。 In the comparison / transmission permission determination process of each example below, when the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is the same as the comparison target amount, the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is an amount advantageous for the user. It is going to be handled in the same way as. This is because it can be estimated that the offer is worth considering for the user if it is the same amount as the reference comparison target amount. However, from the viewpoint of preventing an increase in the number of offers to be presented to the user, if the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is the same as the comparison target amount, the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is conversely It may be handled in the same way as when the amount is inferior.
 図14、図15,図16は、現オファー情報OFに含まれる見積金額が、比較対象金額よりも取引要求者側にとって優位な金額である場合に、当該オファー情報OFについてオファー情報内容OFvをユーザ端末5への送信を実行すると決定する例である。 14, 15, and 16 show the offer information content OFv for the offer information OF when the estimated amount included in the current offer information OF is superior to the transaction requester than the comparison target amount. In this example, transmission to the terminal 5 is determined to be executed.
 まず図14は、1つの比較対象金額が設定される場合に対応する。例えば比較対象設定処理が図9A、図9B、図11A、図11B、図12B、図13B、図13Cのように行われる場合に対応する。
 この図14の場合、取引仲介装置2はステップS300で現オファー情報OFの見積金額と比較対象金額を比較する。そして現オファー情報OFの見積金額がユーザにとって優位又は同額であれば、ステップS301からS302に進み、取引仲介装置2は現オファー情報OFのオファー情報内容OFvをユーザ端末5へ送信すると決定する。
 現オファー情報OFの見積金額がユーザにとって劣位な金額であれば、取引仲介装置2はステップS301からS303に進み、現オファー情報OFのオファー情報内容OFvをユーザ端末5へは送信しないと決定する。
 従ってこの例では、現オファー情報OFは、見積金額が単純に比較対象金額と比較されて送信可否が決定される。
First, FIG. 14 corresponds to the case where one comparison target amount is set. For example, this corresponds to the case where the comparison target setting process is performed as shown in FIGS. 9A, 9B, 11A, 11B, 12B, 13B, and 13C.
In the case of FIG. 14, the transaction intermediary device 2 compares the estimated amount of the current offer information OF with the comparison target amount in step S300. If the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is superior or equal to the user, the process proceeds from step S301 to step S302, and the transaction mediating apparatus 2 determines to transmit the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF to the user terminal 5.
If the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is an inferior amount for the user, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S301 to S303, and determines not to transmit the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF to the user terminal 5.
Therefore, in this example, the current offer information OF is simply compared with the comparison target amount to determine whether or not transmission is possible.
 図15は、1又は複数の比較対象金額が設定される場合に対応する。例えば比較対象設定処理が図10、図13Aのように行われる場合に対応する。
 取引仲介装置2はステップS310で変数n=1にセットする。また定数nMAXに比較対象設定処理で設定された比較対象金額の数を代入する。
 ステップS311で取引仲介装置2は、第nの比較対象金額と現オファー情報OFの見積金額を比較する。
 この比較において、現オファー情報OFの見積金額がユーザにとって劣位な金額であれば、ステップS312からS316に進み、取引仲介装置2は現オファー情報OFのオファー情報内容OFvをユーザ端末5へは送信しないと決定する。
FIG. 15 corresponds to the case where one or a plurality of comparison target amounts are set. For example, this corresponds to the case where the comparison target setting process is performed as shown in FIGS.
Transaction brokerage apparatus 2 sets variable n = 1 in step S310. Further, the number of comparison target amounts set in the comparison target setting process is substituted for the constant nMAX.
In step S311, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 compares the nth comparison target amount with the estimated amount of the current offer information OF.
In this comparison, if the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is an inferior amount for the user, the process proceeds from step S312 to S316, and the transaction mediating apparatus 2 does not transmit the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF to the user terminal 5. And decide.
 ステップS311の比較において現オファー情報OFの見積金額がユーザにとって優位又は同等な金額であれば、ステップS312からS313に進み、変数nが定数(比較対象数)nMAXに達しているか否かを判断する。
 n≧nMAXであれば、取引仲介装置2はステップS315に進み、現オファー情報OFのオファー情報内容OFvをユーザ端末5へ送信すると決定する。
 n≧nMAXでなければ、取引仲介装置2はステップS314で変数nをインクリメントした後、ステップS311で第nの比較対象金額と現オファー情報OFの見積金額を比較する。
If the estimated price of the current offer information OF is superior or equivalent for the user in the comparison in step S311, the process proceeds from step S312 to S313, and it is determined whether or not the variable n has reached a constant (number of comparison targets) nMAX. .
If n ≧ nMAX, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds to step S315, and decides to transmit the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF to the user terminal 5.
If n ≧ nMAX is not satisfied, the transaction intermediary device 2 increments the variable n in step S314, and then compares the n-th comparison target amount with the estimated amount of the current offer information OF in step S311.
 即ちこの例の場合、現オファー情報OFの見積金額を1又は複数の比較対象金額と順次比較していき、一度でも現オファー情報OFの見積金額が劣位であれば、非送信と決定する。現オファー情報OFの見積金額が、すべての比較対象金額よりも優位又は同等であれば、送信と決定することになる。 That is, in the case of this example, the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is sequentially compared with one or a plurality of comparison target amounts, and if the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is even inferior, it is determined not to be transmitted. If the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is superior or equivalent to all the comparison target amounts, the transmission is determined.
 図16は、図15と同じく1又は複数の比較対象金額が設定される場合に対応する例である。
 図16の例では、まず取引仲介装置2はステップS320で変数n=1にセットする。また定数nMAXに比較対象設定処理で設定された比較対象金額の数を代入する。さらに勝ち数を示す変数PW、負け数を示す変数PLをそれぞれ0にセットする。
FIG. 16 is an example corresponding to the case where one or a plurality of comparison target amounts are set as in FIG. 15.
In the example of FIG. 16, first, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 sets a variable n = 1 in step S320. Further, the number of comparison target amounts set in the comparison target setting process is substituted for the constant nMAX. Further, a variable PW indicating the number of wins and a variable PL indicating the number of losses are set to 0.
 ステップS321で取引仲介装置2は、第nの比較対象金額と現オファー情報OFの見積金額を比較する。
 この比較において現オファー情報OFの見積金額がユーザにとって優位又は同等な金額であれば、ステップS322からS323に進み、勝ち数PWをインクリメントする。
 また現オファー情報OFの見積金額がユーザにとって劣位な金額であれば、ステップS322からS324に進み、負け数PLをインクリメントする。
 そしてステップS325で取引仲介装置2は、変数nが定数nMAXに達しているか否かを判断する。n≧nMAXでなければ、取引仲介装置2はステップS326で変数nをインクリメントした後、ステップS321に戻って第nの比較対象金額と現オファー情報OFの見積金額を比較する。
In step S321, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 compares the n-th comparison target amount with the estimated amount of the current offer information OF.
If the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is superior or equivalent to the user in this comparison, the process proceeds from step S322 to S323, and the winning number PW is incremented.
If the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is an inferior amount for the user, the process proceeds from step S322 to S324, and the losing number PL is incremented.
In step S325, transaction brokerage apparatus 2 determines whether variable n has reached constant nMAX. If n ≧ nMAX is not satisfied, the transaction intermediary device 2 increments the variable n in step S326, and then returns to step S321 to compare the nth comparison target amount with the estimated amount of the current offer information OF.
 ステップS325で変数nが比較対象数である定数nMAXに達した時点では、現オファー情報OFの見積金額が、優位又は同等であった場合の数が勝ち数PWとして保持され、劣位であった場合の数が負け数PLとして保持されている。
 そこでステップS325でn≧nMAXとなった時点でステップS327に進み、取引仲介装置2は勝ち数PWと負け数PLを比較する。
 勝ち数PW≧負け数PLであったら、取引仲介装置2はステップS328に進み、現オファー情報OFのオファー情報内容OFvをユーザ端末5へ送信すると決定する。
 勝ち数PW≧負け数PLでなければ、取引仲介装置2はステップS329に進み、現オファー情報OFのオファー情報内容OFvを非送信と決定する。
When the variable n reaches the constant nMAX that is the comparison target number in step S325, the number when the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is superior or equivalent is held as the winning number PW and is inferior Is held as the losing number PL.
Therefore, when n ≧ nMAX in step S325, the process proceeds to step S327, and the transaction mediating apparatus 2 compares the winning number PW with the losing number PL.
If the winning number PW ≧ the losing number PL, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds to step S328 and decides to transmit the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF to the user terminal 5.
If the winning number PW ≧ the losing number PL is not satisfied, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 proceeds to step S329 and determines that the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF is not transmitted.
 即ちこの例の場合、現オファー情報OFの見積金額を1又は複数の比較対象金額と順次比較していき、現オファー情報OFの勝ち数(優位又は同等となった数)と、負け数(劣位となった数)を判定する。そして勝ち数が負け数以上となったら送信と決定するものである。
 なお、この場合は勝率(PW÷nMAX)が5割以上の場合を送信と決定したが、5割でなくてもよい。例えば7割以上、3割以上などとする処理例も考えられる。
That is, in this example, the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is sequentially compared with one or a plurality of comparison target amounts, and the number of wins (the number of superiority or equality) of the current offer information OF and the number of losses (inferior) Number). When the number of wins is more than the losing number, transmission is determined.
In this case, the case where the winning rate (PW ÷ nMAX) is 50% or more is determined to be transmission, but it is not necessary to be 50%. For example, a processing example of 70% or more and 30% or more is also conceivable.
 続いて図17,図18は、現オファー情報に含まれる見積金額が、比較対象金額よりも取引要求者側にとって劣位な金額である場合にも、送信と決定される場合が生ずる例である。即ち現オファー情報の見積金額が劣位であっても、金額差分が第1閾値thD1未満であれば、当該オファー情報OFのオファー情報内容OFvをユーザ端末5へ送信すると決定する
 なお図17,図18は1つの比較対象金額が設定される場合に対応する例としている。 
Next, FIGS. 17 and 18 are examples in which transmission may be determined even when the estimated amount included in the current offer information is an inferior amount for the transaction requester than the comparison target amount. That is, even if the estimated amount of the current offer information is inferior, if the amount difference is less than the first threshold thD1, it is determined to transmit the offer information content OFv of the offer information OF to the user terminal 5. Is an example corresponding to the case where one comparison target amount is set.
 図17の処理例では、まず取引仲介装置2はステップS330で現オファー情報OFの見積金額と比較対象金額を比較する。そして現オファー情報OFの見積金額がユーザにとって優位又は同額であれば、ステップS331からS332に進み、取引仲介装置2は現オファー情報OFのオファー情報内容OFvをユーザ端末5へ送信すると決定する。 In the processing example of FIG. 17, first, the transaction intermediary device 2 compares the estimated amount of the current offer information OF with the comparison target amount in step S330. If the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is superior or the same for the user, the process proceeds from step S331 to S332, and the transaction mediating apparatus 2 determines to transmit the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF to the user terminal 5.
 現オファー情報OFの見積金額がユーザにとって劣位な金額であれば、取引仲介装置2はステップS331からS333に進み、差分閾値thD1の設定を行う。この差分閾値thD1の設定処理例については各例を後述するが、差分閾値thD1は、現オファー情報OFの見積金額が劣位であっても金額差が小さければ、送信を許容するとする場合に、その金額差の限度を設定する値である。なお差分閾値thD1は固定値でもよく、固定値の場合はステップS333の処理は不要である。
 次に取引仲介装置2はステップS334で、現オファー情報OFの見積金額と比較対象金額の差分を算出する。そして取引仲介装置2はステップS335で差分金額が差分閾値thD1を越えていなければステップS332で現オファー情報OFのオファー情報内容OFvをユーザ端末5へ送信すると決定する。
 差分金額が差分閾値thD1を越えていれば取引仲介装置2はステップS336に進み、で現オファー情報OFのオファー情報内容OFvをユーザ端末5へ送信しないと決定する。
If the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is inferior to the user, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S331 to S333, and sets the difference threshold thD1. Each example of setting processing of the difference threshold thD1 will be described later. The difference threshold thD1 is determined when transmission is permitted if the difference in amount is small even if the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is inferior. It is a value that sets the limit of the amount difference. The difference threshold thD1 may be a fixed value, and in the case of a fixed value, the process of step S333 is not necessary.
Next, transaction mediating apparatus 2 calculates the difference between the estimated amount of the current offer information OF and the comparison target amount in step S334. If the difference amount does not exceed the difference threshold thD1 in step S335, the transaction intermediary device 2 determines to transmit the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF to the user terminal 5 in step S332.
If the difference amount exceeds the difference threshold thD1, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds to step S336, and determines not to transmit the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF to the user terminal 5.
 従ってこの例では、現オファー情報OFは、見積金額が比較対象金額よりも有利又は同等である場合に加え、劣位であったとしても、比較対象金額との差が小さければ(差分閾値thD1を越えていなければ)、ユーザ端末5に送信されるものと決定されることになる。 Therefore, in this example, in addition to the case where the estimated amount of money is more advantageous or equivalent than the comparison target amount, the current offer information OF is less than the comparison target amount even if it is inferior (the difference threshold thD1 is exceeded). If not, it will be determined to be transmitted to the user terminal 5.
 図18は、図17と同様の考え方で送信決定を行うものであるが、処理手順を変形した例である。
 取引仲介装置2はステップS340で差分閾値thD1の設定を行う。但し差分閾値thD1を固定値とする場合、当該ステップS340は不要である。
 ステップS341で取引仲介装置2は、変数CPVに比較対象金額を代入する。
 ステップS342で取引仲介装置2は、比較対象金額CPVから差分閾値thD1を減算し、減算結果を補正比較対象金額CPV’とする。
FIG. 18 shows an example in which transmission determination is performed based on the same concept as FIG. 17, but the processing procedure is modified.
Transaction brokerage apparatus 2 sets difference threshold thD1 in step S340. However, when the difference threshold thD1 is set to a fixed value, the step S340 is not necessary.
In step S341, transaction mediating apparatus 2 substitutes the comparison target amount into variable CPV.
In step S342, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 subtracts the difference threshold thD1 from the comparison target amount CPV, and sets the subtraction result as the corrected comparison target amount CPV ′.
 ステップS343で取引仲介装置2は、現オファー情報OFの見積金額と補正比較対象金額CPV’を比較する。そして現オファー情報OFの見積金額が、補正比較対象金額CPV’よりもユーザにとって優位であれば、ステップS344からS345に進み、取引仲介装置2は現オファー情報OFのオファー情報内容OFvをユーザ端末5へ送信すると決定する。
 また現オファー情報OFの見積金額が、補正比較対象金額CPV’よりもユーザにとって劣位(又は同額)であれば、ステップS344からS346に進み、取引仲介装置2は現オファー情報OFのオファー情報内容OFvをユーザ端末5へ送信しないと決定する。
 つまりこの例では、差分閾値thD1により比較対象金額を補正してから現オファー情報OFの見積金額と比較するようにしたものであり、図17と同様の結果が得られる。
In step S343, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 compares the estimated amount of the current offer information OF with the correction comparison target amount CPV ′. If the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is superior to the corrected comparison target amount CPV ′ for the user, the process proceeds from step S344 to S345, and the transaction intermediary device 2 displays the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF as the user terminal 5. Decide to send to.
If the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is inferior (or the same amount) to the user as compared with the corrected comparison target amount CPV ′, the process proceeds from step S344 to S346, and the transaction mediating apparatus 2 offers the offer information content OFv of the current offer information OF. Is determined not to be transmitted to the user terminal 5.
That is, in this example, the comparison target amount is corrected by the difference threshold thD1, and then compared with the estimated amount of the current offer information OF, and the same result as in FIG. 17 is obtained.
 なお、以上の図17,図18は比較対象金額が1つの場合の例で述べたが、図15,図16のように比較対象金額が複数設定される場合にも、この図17、図18の考え方を適用できる。
 例えば図15のステップS312→S316の過程で、図17のステップS333,S334,S335を実行し、差分金額が差分閾値thD1未満であればステップS313に進み、差分金額が差分閾値thD1以上であればステップS316に進むようにすればよい。
 また例えば図16のステップS322→S324の過程で図17のステップS333,S334,S335を実行し、差分金額が差分閾値thD1未満であれば、ステップS323で勝ち数PWがインクリメントされ、差分金額が差分閾値thD1以上であれば、ステップS324で負け数PLがインクリメントされるようにすればよい。
Note that FIGS. 17 and 18 have been described with reference to an example in which the amount of comparison target is one. However, when a plurality of amounts of comparison target are set as shown in FIGS. Can be applied.
For example, in steps S312 to S316 in FIG. 15, steps S333, S334, and S335 in FIG. 17 are executed. If the difference amount is less than the difference threshold thD1, the process proceeds to step S313, and if the difference amount is greater than or equal to the difference threshold thD1. The process may proceed to step S316.
Also, for example, if steps S333, S334, and S335 in FIG. 17 are executed in the process of steps S322 to S324 in FIG. 16 and the difference amount is less than the difference threshold thD1, the winning number PW is incremented in step S323, and the difference amount is the difference. If it is greater than or equal to the threshold thD1, the losing number PL may be incremented in step S324.
 [3-5:差分閾値設定処理]
 上述の図17におけるステップS333や、図18におけるステップS340で実行される差分閾値thD1の設定処理の例を図19、図20で説明する。
 なお、図17,図18から理解されるように、差分閾値thD1は、大きい値となるほど送信決定判断が緩くなり、小さい値となるほど、送信決定判断が厳しくなる。以下の差分閾値thD1の設定処理例は、状況に応じて送信決定の難易度を調整するものともいえる。
[3-5: Difference threshold setting processing]
An example of the setting process of the difference threshold thD1 executed in step S333 in FIG. 17 and step S340 in FIG. 18 will be described with reference to FIGS.
As can be understood from FIGS. 17 and 18, as the difference threshold thD1 becomes larger, the transmission decision judgment becomes looser, and as the difference threshold thD1 becomes smaller, the transmission decision judgment becomes severer. It can be said that the setting process example of the difference threshold thD1 below adjusts the difficulty level of transmission determination according to the situation.
 図19Aは差分閾値thD1を、現オファー情報と比較する比較対象とされたオファー情報のオファー元であるベンダーの実績情報を用いて設定する例である。特にこの例では実績とは、ベンダーの過去の取引における見積金額と成約金額の差額(以下「見積-成約差分」と呼ぶ)とする。 FIG. 19A is an example in which the difference threshold thD1 is set using the performance information of the vendor who is the offer source of the offer information that is the comparison target to be compared with the current offer information. In particular, in this example, the actual result is the difference between the estimated amount of the vendor's past transactions and the contract amount (hereinafter referred to as “estimate-contract difference”).
 図19Aの例では、取引仲介装置2はステップS401で現オファー情報OFに対して比較対象に設定された他のオファー情報OFにかかるベンダーの実績情報を取得する。即ち見積金額が比較対象金額として設定されたオファー情報OFのベンダーについてである。
 この場合、比較対象とされたオファー情報OFのベンダーIDから図6の成約情報DB35を検索し、当該ベンダーの成約情報を抽出する。そして1又は複数の成約情報における見積金額と成約金額の差額を読み出す。そして読み出した差額の情報から、見積-成約差分を算出又は取得する。
 例えば比較対象となったオファー情報OFのベンダーについて1つの成約情報が成約情報DB35に存在する場合、その成約情報に記憶された差額の値を、そのまま見積-成約差分とする。
 比較対象となったオファー情報OFのベンダーについて複数の成約情報が成約情報DB35に存在する場合、それらの各成約情報に記憶された差額の値から見積-成約差分を求める。例えば次のような例が考えられる。
・該当ベンダーの全ての成約情報における見積金額と成約金額の差額の平均値、最大値、又は最小値
・直近の成約日の成約情報における見積金額と成約金額の差額
・所定期間内の成約日の成約情報における見積金額と成約金額の差額の平均値、最大値、又は最小値
・現オファー情報OFに適合する、つまり車種などの条件が一致または類似の取引における見積金額と成約金額の差額の平均値、最大値、又は最小値
In the example of FIG. 19A, the transaction intermediary device 2 acquires vendor performance information related to other offer information OF set as a comparison target for the current offer information OF in step S401. That is, it is about the vendor of offer information OF in which the estimated amount is set as the comparison amount.
In this case, the contract information DB 35 of FIG. 6 is searched from the vendor ID of the offer information OF that is the comparison target, and the contract information of the vendor is extracted. Then, the difference between the estimated amount and the contract amount in one or a plurality of contract information is read out. Then, an estimate-contract difference is calculated or acquired from the read difference information.
For example, when one contract information exists in the contract information DB 35 for the vendor of the offer information OF that is the comparison target, the value of the difference stored in the contract information is directly used as the estimate-contract difference.
When a plurality of contract information exists in the contract information DB 35 for the vendor of the offer information OF that is the comparison target, an estimate-contract difference is obtained from the value of the difference stored in each contract information. For example, the following example can be considered.
・ Average, maximum, or minimum of the difference between the estimated amount and the contract amount in all contract information of the vendor ・ Difference between the estimated amount and contract amount in the contract information of the most recent contract date ・ The contract date within the specified period The average value of the difference between the estimated amount in the contract information and the contract amount, the maximum value, or the minimum value / the current offer information OF, that is, the average difference between the estimated amount and the contract amount in a transaction with the same or similar conditions such as the vehicle type Value, maximum value, or minimum value
 なお、過去の当該ベンダーの成約情報が存在しない、つまり成約情報DB35に当該ベンダーの成約情報が記憶されていなければ、例えば見積-成約差分=0とすることが考えられる。 If there is no past contract information of the vendor, that is, if the contract information of the vendor is not stored in the contract information DB 35, for example, it can be considered that estimate-contract difference = 0.
 見積-成約差分を取得したら、ステップS403で、見積-成約差分から補正係数Kh1を設定する。
 見積-成約差分は正負の値をとる。例えばここでは、見積金額よりも成約金額が低くなることを想定して、ベンダーが見積よりも低い価格で買い取った場合の差額を正値、見積よりも高い価格で買い取った場合の差額を負値とする。即ち成約情報DB35における「差額」とは、(見積金額)-(成約金額)であるとする。
 見積-成約差分が負値となるベンダーは、ユーザにとっては望ましいベンダーである。一方、見積-成約差分が正値となるベンダーは、ユーザにとって望ましくないベンダーとは必ずしもいえないが、見積-成約差分の値が高いベンダーはユーザにとってはあまり望ましくない。見積-成約差分の値(正値)が大きいベンダーは、見積金額の信用度が低いと考えられる。
 そこで、例えば見積-成約差分の値が負値であったら、補正係数Kh=1(つまり補正なし)とし、見積-成約差分が正値であった場合、その見積-成約差分の値に比例して補正係数Khが大きくなるようにする(Khは1以上)。
When the estimate-contract difference is acquired, a correction coefficient Kh1 is set from the estimate-contract difference in step S403.
The estimate-contract difference is positive or negative. For example, assuming that the contract price is lower than the estimated price, the difference when the vendor purchases at a price lower than the estimate is positive, and the difference when the vendor purchases at a price higher than the estimate is negative. And That is, the “difference” in the contract information DB 35 is (estimated amount) − (contract amount).
Vendors with negative estimates-contract differences are desirable vendors for users. On the other hand, a vendor whose estimate-contract difference has a positive value is not necessarily a vendor that is not desirable for the user, but a vendor with a high estimate-contract difference value is less desirable for the user. Vendors with a large estimate-contract difference value (positive value) are considered to have low creditworthiness in the estimated amount.
Therefore, for example, if the value of the estimate-contract difference is a negative value, the correction coefficient Kh = 1 (that is, no correction), and if the estimate-contract difference is a positive value, it is proportional to the value of the estimate-contract difference. Thus, the correction coefficient Kh is increased (Kh is 1 or more).
 そしてステップS404で取引仲介装置2は、差分閾値thD1の初期値DFthD1に補正係数Kh1を乗算し、乗算結果を差分閾値thD1として設定する。
 このように差分閾値thD1を設定することで、比較対象とされたオファー情報OFのベンダーの見積金額の信用度が低いほど、差分閾値thD1が大きくなる。つまり図17,図18の処理において、送信判定が緩くなる。つまり比較対象金額の信用度を考慮して、現オファー情報OFの判定が厳しくなりすぎないようにすることができる。
In step S404, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 multiplies the initial value DFthD1 of the difference threshold thD1 by the correction coefficient Kh1, and sets the multiplication result as the difference threshold thD1.
By setting the difference threshold thD1 in this way, the difference threshold thD1 increases as the creditworthiness of the estimated amount of the vendor of the offer information OF that is the comparison target decreases. That is, in the processing of FIG. 17 and FIG. That is, it is possible to prevent the current offer information OF from being determined too severely in consideration of the credit quality of the comparison target amount.
 なお、比較対象が複数設定されている場合、比較対象毎に差分閾値thD1が設定されることが望ましい。比較対象毎に見積金額の信用度が異なるためである。但し、各比較対象との比較に用いる1つの差分閾値thD1を設定するようにしてもよい。例えば見積-成約差分の値が最も大きいベンダーに合わせて設定した差分閾値thD1を他の比較対象との比較にも用いるなどである。 In addition, when a plurality of comparison targets are set, it is desirable to set the difference threshold thD1 for each comparison target. This is because the credit quality of the estimated amount differs for each comparison target. However, one difference threshold thD1 used for comparison with each comparison target may be set. For example, the difference threshold thD1 set in accordance with the vendor with the largest estimate-contract difference value is also used for comparison with other comparison targets.
 ところで以上の図19Aの例では、比較対象とされたベンダーの実績情報をを用いて差分閾値thD1を設定したが、図19Aの変形例として差分閾値thD1を、現オファー情報のオファー元であるベンダーの実績情報をを用いて設定する例も考えられる。
 その場合、ステップS401は、現オファー情報OFにかかるベンダーの実績情報を成約情報DB35から取得する処理とする。
 そしてステップS402で現オファー情報OFのベンダーの見積-成約差分を取得し、ステップS403で補正係数Kh1を設定する。
By the way, in the example of FIG. 19A described above, the difference threshold thD1 is set using the performance information of the vendor to be compared. However, as a modified example of FIG. 19A, the difference threshold thD1 is set as the vendor that is the offer source of the current offer information. An example of setting using the past record information is also conceivable.
In this case, step S401 is processing for acquiring vendor performance information related to the current offer information OF from the contract information DB 35.
In step S402, a vendor estimate-contract difference of the current offer information OF is acquired, and in step S403, a correction coefficient Kh1 is set.
 但しこの場合は、現オファー情報OFのベンダーの見積金額の信用度を考慮したものとするため、補正係数Khの生成論理を次のようにする。
 例えば見積-成約差分の値が負値であったら、補正係数Kh=1(つまり補正なし)とし、見積-成約差分が正値であった場合、その見積-成約差分の値に反比例して補正係数Khが低くなるようにする(Khは1未満)。
 そしてステップS404で取引仲介装置2は、差分閾値thD1の初期値DFthD1に補正係数Kh1を乗算し、乗算結果を差分閾値thD1として設定する。
 このように差分閾値thD1を設定することで、現オファー情報OFのベンダーが、見積金額の信用度が低いベンダーであるほど、差分閾値thD1が小さくなる。つまり図17,図18の処理において、送信判定が厳しくなる。このような例によっても、ベンダーの実績情報を考慮した送信可否判定が可能となる。
However, in this case, in order to consider the reliability of the estimated amount of the vendor of the current offer information OF, the logic for generating the correction coefficient Kh is as follows.
For example, if the estimate-contract difference value is a negative value, the correction coefficient Kh = 1 (that is, no correction), and if the estimate-contract difference is a positive value, it is corrected in inverse proportion to the estimate-contract difference value. The coefficient Kh is made low (Kh is less than 1).
In step S404, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 multiplies the initial value DFthD1 of the difference threshold thD1 by the correction coefficient Kh1, and sets the multiplication result as the difference threshold thD1.
By setting the difference threshold thD1 in this way, the difference threshold thD1 becomes smaller as the vendor of the current offer information OF is a vendor whose estimated amount of credit is lower. That is, in the processing of FIG. 17 and FIG. 18, transmission determination becomes strict. Even in such an example, it becomes possible to determine whether or not transmission is possible in consideration of vendor performance information.
 なお、以上の図19Aの例、またその変形例において、見積-成約差分をベンダーの実績情報としたが、これ以外に、あるいはこれと併せて、ベンダーの過去の成約数、直近所定期間の成約数、直近所定期間の見積-成約差額、評価情報(図4B参照)などを差分閾値thD1の設定に用いてもよい。
 また、比較対象とされたオファー情報OFのオファー元ベンダーの実績情報と、現オファー情報のオファー元ベンダーの実績情報の両方を用いて差分閾値thD1を設定することも考えられる。例えば図19Aの処理で求めた差分閾値thD1と、上記の変形例の処理で求めた差分閾値thD1の平均値を使用する差分閾値thD1とするなどである。
In the above example of FIG. 19A and its modification, the estimate-contract difference is used as the vendor performance information, but in addition to or together with this, the past number of contracts of the vendor and the contracts of the most recent predetermined period. The number, the estimate for the most recent predetermined period—the contract difference, evaluation information (see FIG. 4B), and the like may be used for setting the difference threshold thD1.
It is also conceivable to set the difference threshold thD1 using both the offer source vendor performance information of the offer information OF that is the comparison target and the offer source vendor performance information of the current offer information. For example, the difference threshold thD1 obtained by the process of FIG. 19A and the difference threshold thD1 using the average value of the difference threshold thD1 obtained by the process of the above modification are set.
 続いて図19B、図20Aは、差分閾値thD1を、現オファー情報OFの対象であるユーザ端末5へのオファー情報に関する送信実行状況に基づいて設定する例である。 Subsequently, FIG. 19B and FIG. 20A are examples in which the difference threshold thD1 is set based on the transmission execution status regarding the offer information to the user terminal 5 that is the target of the current offer information OF.
 まず図19Bの例では、ユーザ端末5への既送信オファー数(送信済みのオファー情報内容OFvの数)に基づいて差分閾値thD1を設定する。
 取引仲介装置2はステップS410で現オファー情報OFに対応する見積要求IDについての送信済みオファー数を取得する。例えばオファー情報DB34を検索し、見積要求IDが現オファー情報OFと同一で、ステータスが「送信済」となっているオファー情報OFの数を確認する。
 ステップS411で取引仲介装置2は、送信済みオファー数に応じて補正ステップ、補正方向を設定する。補正ステップ数とは、例えば差分閾値thD1の補正単位を何ステップ分変更するかの値である。補正方向は、差分閾値thD1を小さくするか大きくするかの方向である。
 そして、ステップS412で取引仲介装置2は、現在の差分閾値thD1について、補正方向に補正ステップ分だけ増減する。
First, in the example of FIG. 19B, the difference threshold thD1 is set based on the number of offers already sent to the user terminal 5 (the number of offer information contents OFv that have been sent).
In step S410, transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires the number of offers that have been sent for the quote request ID corresponding to the current offer information OF. For example, the offer information DB 34 is searched, and the number of offer information OFs whose quote request ID is the same as the current offer information OF and whose status is “sent” is confirmed.
In step S411, transaction mediating apparatus 2 sets a correction step and a correction direction according to the number of offers that have been transmitted. The number of correction steps is, for example, a value indicating how many steps the correction unit of the difference threshold thD1 is changed. The correction direction is a direction for decreasing or increasing the difference threshold thD1.
In step S412, the transaction intermediary device 2 increases or decreases the current difference threshold thD1 by the correction step in the correction direction.
 これにより、現オファー情報OFが対応する見積要求情報RQに対して、既に送信したオファー情報内容OFvの数により、差分閾値thD1が調整される。つまり既送信オファー数が少ない時点では差分閾値thD1は比較的大きいが、既送信オファー数が増えるに従って差分閾値thD1が小さくなるように調整されることになる。
 なお、既送信オファー数は、ステータスが「送信済」となっているオファー情報OFの数としたが、ステータスが「送信決定」のものを含むようにしてもよい。
 またステップS412で現在の差分閾値thD1から増減するものとしたが、初期値DFthD1から補正方向に補正ステップ分だけ増減するようにしてもよい。
 さらに図19Aのように補正係数Kh1の乗算を用いてもよい。例えば送信オファー数に応じて補正係数Kh1を設定して、差分閾値thD1又は初期値DFthD1に乗算する。
 なお、図19Aの処理において、ベンダーの実績情報に応じて、図19Bのように補正ステップ数と補正方向を設定して差分閾値thD1を設定することも考えられる。
Thus, the difference threshold thD1 is adjusted according to the number of offer information contents OFv that have already been transmitted with respect to the quotation request information RQ corresponding to the current offer information OF. That is, the difference threshold thD1 is relatively large when the number of transmitted offers is small, but is adjusted so that the difference threshold thD1 decreases as the number of transmitted offers increases.
The number of offers that have already been sent is the number of offer information OF whose status is “sent”. However, the number of offers that have been sent may be included.
In step S412, the current difference threshold value thD1 is increased or decreased. However, the initial value DFthD1 may be increased or decreased by the correction step in the correction direction.
Further, as shown in FIG. 19A, multiplication of the correction coefficient Kh1 may be used. For example, a correction coefficient Kh1 is set according to the number of transmission offers, and is multiplied by the difference threshold thD1 or the initial value DFthD1.
In the process of FIG. 19A, it may be possible to set the difference threshold thD1 by setting the number of correction steps and the correction direction as shown in FIG. 19B according to the vendor performance information.
 図20Aの例では、ユーザ端末5への直近の既送信オファーからの経過時間に基づいて差分閾値thD1を設定する。
 取引仲介装置2はステップS420で現オファー情報OFに対応する見積要求IDについての送信済みオファーのうち、直近のオファーを取得する。例えばオファー情報DB34を検索し、見積要求IDが現オファー情報OFと同一で、ステータスが「送信済」となっているオファー情報OFのうちで、送信日時が最も現在に近いものを抽出する。
 ステップS421で取引仲介装置2は、抽出した直近の既送信オファーの送信日時から現在までの経過時間を算出する。
 ステップS422で取引仲介装置2は、算出した経過時間に応じて補正係数Kh1を設定する。例えば経過時間が短いほど、補正係数Kh1を小さくし(Kh1は1未満)、経過時間が長いほど、補正係数Kh1を大きくする(Kh1を1以上)。
 そしてステップS423で取引仲介装置2は、差分閾値thD1の初期値DFthD1に補正係数Kh1を乗算し、乗算結果を差分閾値thD1として設定する。
In the example of FIG. 20A, the difference threshold thD1 is set based on the elapsed time from the most recently transmitted offer to the user terminal 5.
In step S420, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires the latest offer among the sent offers for the quotation request ID corresponding to the current offer information OF. For example, the offer information DB 34 is searched, and among the offer information OF whose quotation request ID is the same as that of the current offer information OF and whose status is “sent”, the information with the transmission date and time closest to the present is extracted.
In step S421, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 calculates the elapsed time from the transmission date and time of the most recently extracted offer that has been extracted to the present.
In step S422, transaction brokerage apparatus 2 sets correction coefficient Kh1 according to the calculated elapsed time. For example, the shorter the elapsed time, the smaller the correction coefficient Kh1 (Kh1 is less than 1), and the longer the elapsed time, the larger the correction coefficient Kh1 (Kh1 is 1 or more).
In step S423, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 multiplies the initial value DFthD1 of the difference threshold thD1 by the correction coefficient Kh1, and sets the multiplication result as the difference threshold thD1.
 これにより、現オファー情報OFが対応する見積要求情報RQに対して、頻繁に送信オファー情報内容OFが送信されているときは、差分閾値thD1は比較的大きくされて、送信決定判断が厳しくなり、あまり送信されなくなったときは、差分閾値thD1が小さくされて送信決定判断が緩くなる。
 なお、経過時間に応じて、図19Bのように補正ステップ数徒歩正方向を設定し、現在の差分閾値thD1又は初期値DFthD1から補正方向に補正ステップ分だけ増減するようにしてもよい。
Thereby, when the transmission offer information content OF is frequently transmitted with respect to the quotation request information RQ corresponding to the current offer information OF, the difference threshold thD1 is relatively large, and the transmission determination judgment becomes severe, When the transmission is not so much, the difference threshold thD1 is decreased and the transmission decision judgment becomes loose.
Depending on the elapsed time, the forward direction of the number of correction steps may be set as shown in FIG. 19B, and the current difference threshold thD1 or the initial value DFthD1 may be increased or decreased by the correction step in the correction direction.
 続いて図20Bは、差分閾値thD1を、図10~図13の処理で比較対象に設定された他のオファー情報との比較結果により、ユーザ端末5へ送信しないと決定されたオファー情報OFの数に基づいて設定される例である。
 ステップS430で取引仲介装置2は、現在の比較対象を用いた比較処理によって非送信と決定されたオファー情報OFの数を取得する。例えばオファー情報DB34を検索し、見積要求IDが現オファー情報OFと同一で、ステータスが「非送信決定」となっているオファー情報OFの数を確認する。なお、同一の見積要求情報RQに対するオファー情報OFについて比較対象の「他のオファー情報」が変更されることがなければ、ステータスが「非送信決定」となっているオファー情報OFの数を確認すればよいが、「他のオファー情報」が変更されることがある場合は、ステータスが「非送信決定」であり、かつ「比較対象が同一の「他のオファー情報」であったものの数を確認する。なおこのために、オファー情報DB34には各オファー情報DBについて比較対象を記憶しておくようにしておくことや、比較対象が変更された時点と、各オファー情報OFの比較処理日時を記憶しておくようにすることが考えられる。
Subsequently, FIG. 20B shows the number of offer information OF determined not to be transmitted to the user terminal 5 based on the comparison result with the other offer information set as the comparison target in the processing of FIGS. It is an example set based on.
In step S430, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires the number of offer information OF determined to be non-transmitted by the comparison process using the current comparison target. For example, the offer information DB 34 is searched, and the number of offer information OFs whose quotation request ID is the same as the current offer information OF and whose status is “non-transmission decision” is confirmed. If the “other offer information” to be compared with the offer information OF for the same request for quotation information RQ is not changed, the number of offer information OF whose status is “non-transmission decision” is confirmed. If “other offer information” is subject to change, check the number of cases where the status is “non-send decision” and “comparison target is the same“ other offer information ”” To do. For this purpose, the offer information DB 34 stores the comparison target for each offer information DB, stores the time when the comparison target is changed, and the comparison processing date and time of each offer information OF. It is conceivable to keep it.
 ステップS431で取引仲介装置2は、現在の比較対象を用いた比較処理によって非送信と決定されたオファー情報OFの数に応じて補正ステップ、補正方向を設定する。即ち非送信のオファー情報OFの数が多いほど、差分閾値thD1を小さくする方向に補正ステップ数が多く、非送信のオファー情報OFの数が少ないほど、差分閾値thD1を大きくする方向に補正ステップ数が多くされる。
 そして、ステップS432で取引仲介装置2は、現在の差分閾値thD1について、補正方向に補正ステップ分だけ増減する。
In step S431, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 sets a correction step and a correction direction according to the number of offer information OF determined to be non-transmitted by the comparison process using the current comparison target. That is, the larger the number of non-transmitted offer information OF, the greater the number of correction steps in the direction of decreasing the difference threshold thD1, and the smaller the number of non-transmitted offer information OF, the greater the number of correction steps in the direction of increasing the difference threshold thD1. Will be a lot.
In step S432, the transaction intermediary device 2 increases or decreases the current difference threshold thD1 by the correction step in the correction direction.
 これにより、現オファー情報OFと比較する比較対象としての他のオファー情報が強力すぎて、なかなか送信決定がなされないような場合に、差分閾値thD1が大きくされて送信決定判断が緩くなり、逆に非送信になるオファー情報OFの数が少ないときほど、差分閾値thD1が小さくされて送信決定判断が厳しくなる。
 なお、この例において、図19Aのように補正係数Kh1の乗算を用いてもよい。例えば非送信決定数に応じて補正係数Kh1を設定して、差分閾値thD1又は初期値DFthD1に乗算する。
 また図9,図10のように相場情報やユーザ設定に応じて比較対象設定が行われた場合にも、この図20Bの処理は適用できる。
As a result, when other offer information to be compared with the current offer information OF is too powerful and transmission decision is not easily made, the difference threshold thD1 is increased and the transmission decision judgment is loosened. The smaller the number of offer information OFs that are not transmitted, the smaller the difference threshold thD1 and the more severe the transmission decision.
In this example, multiplication of the correction coefficient Kh1 may be used as shown in FIG. 19A. For example, the correction coefficient Kh1 is set according to the non-transmission decision number, and the difference threshold thD1 or the initial value DFthD1 is multiplied.
The processing of FIG. 20B can also be applied when the comparison target is set according to the market price information or the user setting as shown in FIGS.
 [3-6:比較処理に関する変形例]
 ここで、取引仲介装置2(比較/送信可否決定処理部23)によって行われる比較処理の変形例を説明する。具体的には図14のステップS300、図15のステップS311、図16のステップS321の変形例である。これらステップS300、S311、S321は、現オファー情報OFの見積金額と比較対象金額を比較する処理であるが、図21A、図21B、図22のような処理例も考えられる。これらは、比較時に、現オファー情報OFの見積金額をユーザ設定条件に応じて補正した比較用見積金額に用いる処理例である。
[3-6: Modified example regarding comparison processing]
Here, a modified example of the comparison process performed by the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (comparison / transmission availability determination processing unit 23) will be described. Specifically, this is a modification of step S300 in FIG. 14, step S311 in FIG. 15, and step S321 in FIG. These steps S300, S311, and S321 are processes for comparing the estimated amount of the current offer information OF with the comparison target amount, but processing examples such as FIGS. 21A, 21B, and 22 are also conceivable. These are processing examples that are used for the estimated amount for comparison, which is obtained by correcting the estimated amount of the current offer information OF according to the user setting conditions at the time of comparison.
 図21Aの例では、取引仲介装置2はステップS501で、現オファー情報OFに対応する見積要求情報RQに含まれるユーザ設定条件を取得する。ユーザの設定条件とは、例えばベンダーの所在地やベンダーの実績である。 In the example of FIG. 21A, the transaction intermediary device 2 acquires user setting conditions included in the quotation request information RQ corresponding to the current offer information OF in step S501. The user setting conditions are, for example, the vendor location and the vendor performance.
 ステップS502で取引仲介装置2は、現オファー情報OFについて、ユーザ設定条件に対する条件判定を行い、条件を満たすか否かを判断する。
 例えばベンダーの所在地が条件とされている場合、
・ベンダー所在地のユーザ住所からの距離が所定値以内で条件を満たすか否か
・ユーザが設定した地域範囲にベンダー所在地が含まれているか否か
 等の判定を行う。
 またベンダーの実績が条件とされている場合、
・ベンダーの過去の見積金額と買取金額の差額(例えば図19Aで説明した見積-成約差分)が所定値以内であるか否か
・ベンダーの過去の見積数又は買取数のうち少なくとの一方が所定値以上であるか否か
・ベンダーの評価(多数のユーザによる評価値)が所定値以上であるか否か
 等の判定を行う。
In step S502, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 performs a condition determination on the user setting condition for the current offer information OF, and determines whether the condition is satisfied.
For example, if the vendor location is required,
・ Determines whether the distance from the user address of the vendor location is within a predetermined value, whether the condition is satisfied, or whether the vendor location is included in the area range set by the user.
Also, if vendor performance is a requirement,
・ Whether the difference between the vendor's estimated amount and the purchase amount (for example, the estimate minus the contract difference explained in FIG. 19A) is within a predetermined value. ・ At least one of the vendor's past estimated number or number of purchases. Judgment is made on whether or not it is greater than or equal to a predetermined value and whether or not the vendor's evaluation (evaluated by many users) is greater than or equal to a predetermined value.
 これらのような条件を満たしている場合、取引仲介装置2はステップS503に進み、現オファー情報OFの見積金額を+x%(例えば+20%)した比較用見積金額とする。
 また条件を満たしていない場合、取引仲介装置2はステップS504に進み、現オファー情報OFの見積金額を-y%(例えば-20%)した比較用見積金額とする。
 x=yでもよいし、x≠yでもよい。
 そして取引仲介装置2はステップS505で、比較用見積金額と比較対象金額を比較する。
If these conditions are satisfied, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds to step S503, and sets the estimated amount of the current offer information OF to + x% (for example, + 20%) as a comparative estimated amount.
If the condition is not satisfied, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds to step S504, and uses the estimated amount of the current offer information OF as a comparative estimated amount obtained by -y% (for example, -20%).
x = y may be sufficient and x ≠ y may be sufficient.
In step S505, the transaction intermediary device 2 compares the comparative estimated amount with the comparison target amount.
 ステップS300、S311、S321でこの図21Aの処理が行われることで、ユーザの設定条件を満たすオファー情報OFの場合、見積金額がx%割り増しされて比較対象金額と比較されるため、ユーザ端末5への送信決定がされやすくなる。一方、ユーザ設定条件を満たさないオファー情報OFの場合、見積金額がy%割り引かれるため、送信決定は難しくなる。 By performing the processing of FIG. 21A in steps S300, S311, and S321, in the case of offer information OF that satisfies the user setting conditions, the estimated amount is increased by x% and compared with the comparison target amount, so that the user terminal 5 It is easy to make a transmission decision to. On the other hand, in the case of the offer information OF that does not satisfy the user setting conditions, the estimated amount is discounted by y%, so that transmission determination becomes difficult.
 図21B、図22の例は、ユーザ設定条件と、オファー情報に関する条件要素との差の大きさに基づいて、比較用見積金額を算出する例である。
 図21Bの場合、まずステップS510で取引仲介装置2はユーザ設定条件を取得する。ステップS511で取引仲介装置2は、ユーザ設定条件と現オファー情報OFの差分を算出する。
 例えばベンダー所在地が条件とされている場合、ユーザ住所とベンダー所在地の距離が、ユーザ設定条件との「差分」に相当する。
 ベンダーの過去の見積数又は買取数の数をユーザが条件設定した場合、その設定数と、ベンダーの見積数又は買取数の差がユーザ設定条件との「差分」に相当する。
 ベンダーの評価ポイントをユーザが条件設定した場合、その設定数と、ベンダーの実際の評価値の差がユーザ設定条件との「差分」に相当する。
The example of FIG. 21B and FIG. 22 is an example which calculates the comparison estimated amount based on the magnitude | size of the difference of user setting conditions and the condition element regarding offer information.
In the case of FIG. 21B, first, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires user setting conditions in step S510. In step S511, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 calculates the difference between the user setting condition and the current offer information OF.
For example, when the vendor address is a condition, the distance between the user address and the vendor address corresponds to the “difference” between the user setting conditions.
When the user sets conditions for the number of vendors estimated or purchased in the past, the difference between the number set and the number of vendors estimated or purchased corresponds to the “difference” between the user set conditions.
When the user sets conditions for vendor evaluation points, the difference between the set number and the actual evaluation value of the vendor corresponds to the “difference” between the user setting conditions.
 ステップS512で取引仲介装置2は、上記「差分」に応じて補正係数Kh2を設定する。この場合、差分がユーザ設定条件からみて望ましい場合ほど、補正係数Kh2を大きくし、望ましくない場合ほど、小さくする。
 例えばベンダー所在地が条件の場合、距離が近いほど、補正係数Kh2は大きくする。
 また例えばベンダーの見積数、買取数、評価値がユーザ設定より高く、その差が大きいほど、補正係数Kh2を大きくする。
In step S512, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 sets the correction coefficient Kh2 according to the “difference”. In this case, the correction coefficient Kh2 is increased as the difference is more desirable in view of the user setting conditions, and is decreased as the difference is not desired.
For example, when the vendor location is a condition, the correction coefficient Kh2 is increased as the distance is shorter.
Also, for example, the correction coefficient Kh2 is increased as the estimated number of vendors, the number of purchases, and the evaluation value are higher than the user setting and the difference between them is larger.
 ステップS514で取引仲介装置2は、現オファー情報OFの見積金額に補正係数Kh2を乗算して、それを比較用見積金額とする。そしてステップS514で、比較用見積金額と比較対象金額を比較する。
 このような処理により、ユーザによって望ましい度合いが大きいオファー情報OFの場合ほど、比較用見積金額が高くなり、送信決定されやすくなる。
In step S514, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 multiplies the estimated amount of the current offer information OF by the correction coefficient Kh2, and sets it as the comparative estimated amount. In step S514, the comparison estimated amount is compared with the comparison target amount.
As a result of such processing, the estimated price for comparison becomes higher and the transmission is more likely to be determined as the offer information OF is more desirable by the user.
 図22の処理の場合、まずステップS520で取引仲介装置2はユーザ設定条件を取得する。ステップS521で取引仲介装置2は、ユーザ設定条件と現オファー情報OFの条件要素を比較して条件を満たしているか否かを判定する。 In the case of the process of FIG. 22, first, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires user setting conditions in step S520. In step S521, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 compares the user setting condition and the condition element of the current offer information OF to determine whether the condition is satisfied.
 現オファー情報OFがユーザ設定条件を満たしている場合、取引仲介装置2はステップS522に進み、ユーザ設定条件と現オファー情報OFの差分を算出する(図21BのステップS511と同様)。
 ステップS522で取引仲介装置2は、上記「差分」に応じて補正係数Kh3を設定する。差分がユーザ設定条件からみて望ましい場合ほど、補正係数Kh3を大きくし、望ましくない場合ほど、小さくする。
 ステップS524で取引仲介装置2は、現オファー情報OFの見積金額について(x+Kh3)%を割り増しした比較用見積金額を得る。そしてステップS528で、比較用見積金額と比較対象金額を比較する。「x」とは、例えば図21Aで説明した割り増しの値である。
When the current offer information OF satisfies the user setting condition, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 proceeds to step S522, and calculates the difference between the user setting condition and the current offer information OF (similar to step S511 in FIG. 21B).
In step S522, transaction mediating apparatus 2 sets correction coefficient Kh3 according to the “difference”. The correction coefficient Kh3 is increased as the difference is more desirable in view of the user setting conditions, and is decreased as the difference is not desired.
In step S524, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 obtains an estimated amount for comparison obtained by adding (x + Kh3)% to the estimated amount of the current offer information OF. In step S528, the comparison estimated amount is compared with the comparison amount. “X” is, for example, the premium value described in FIG. 21A.
 現オファー情報OFがユーザ設定条件を満たしていない場合、取引仲介装置2はステップS525に進み、ユーザ設定条件と現オファー情報OFの差分を算出する(ステップS522と同様)。
 ステップS526で取引仲介装置2は、「差分」に応じて補正係数Kh3を設定する。この場合は、ステップS523とは逆に、差分がユーザ設定条件からみて望ましい場合ほど補正係数Kh3を小さくし、望ましくない場合ほど大きくする。
 ステップS527で取引仲介装置2は、現オファー情報OFの見積金額について(y+Kh3)%を割り引きした比較用見積金額を得る。そしてステップS528で、比較用見積金額と比較対象金額を比較する。「y」とは、例えば図21Aで説明した割り引きの値である。
If the current offer information OF does not satisfy the user setting condition, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 proceeds to step S525, and calculates the difference between the user setting condition and the current offer information OF (similar to step S522).
In step S526, transaction mediating apparatus 2 sets correction coefficient Kh3 according to “difference”. In this case, contrary to step S523, the correction coefficient Kh3 is decreased as the difference is desirable in view of the user setting conditions, and is increased as it is not desired.
In step S527, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 obtains a comparative estimated amount obtained by discounting (y + Kh3)% with respect to the estimated amount of the current offer information OF. In step S528, the comparison estimated amount is compared with the comparison amount. “Y” is, for example, the discount value described in FIG. 21A.
 このような処理により、ユーザによって望ましい度合いが大きいオファー情報OFの場合ほど、比較用見積金額が高くなり、送信決定されやすくなり、またユーザによって望ましくない度合いが大きいオファー情報OFの場合ほど、比較用見積金額が低くなり、送信決定されにくくなる。 As a result of such a process, the estimated price for comparison is higher for the offer information OF that is more desirable by the user, the transmission is more easily determined, and the offer information OF that is less desired by the user is more comparative. The estimated amount is low, making it difficult to determine transmission.
 [3-7:非送信オファー処理]
 続いて、図8のステップS113の非送信オファー処理について図23,図24で各例を説明する。これは現オファー情報OFが、非送信と決定された場合に行われる処理である。
[3-7: Unsent offer processing]
Next, examples of the non-transmission offer process in step S113 in FIG. 8 will be described with reference to FIGS. This is a process performed when the current offer information OF is determined not to be transmitted.
 図23Aの処理例は、非送信決定された場合、特にベンダーへの通知を行わない例である。
 ステップS601で取引仲介装置2は、現オファー情報OFが図8のステップS109で非送信と決定されたことに応じて、オファー情報DB34において現オファー情報OFのステータスを「非送信決定」に更新する。
The processing example of FIG. 23A is an example in which notification to the vendor is not particularly performed when non-transmission is determined.
In step S601, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 updates the status of the current offer information OF to “non-transmission determination” in the offer information DB 34 in response to the current offer information OF being determined to be non-transmission in step S109 of FIG. .
 図23B、図23C、図24A、図23Bの例は、非送信決定したオファー情報について、当該オファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者への通知処理を実行するか否かを決定する処理を行う例である。 23B, FIG. 23C, FIG. 24A, and FIG. 23B perform the process of determining whether or not to execute the notification process to the transaction applicant who is the offer source of the offer information for the offer information that has been determined not to be transmitted. It is an example.
 まず図23Bの処理例は、非送信決定された場合、必ずベンダーへの通知を行うようにする例である。
 ステップS610で取引仲介装置2(送信可否決定処理部23)は、現オファー情報OFが図8のステップS109で非送信と決定されたことに応じて、現オファー情報OFのベンダーに対して通知を行うと決定し、通知情報を生成する。通知情報の内容については後述する。
 そしてステップS611で取引仲介装置2(送信制御部24)は通知処理を行う。例えば通知情報としての内容の電子メールデータを生成し、通信部20から該当ベンダーに対して通知情報ILとしての電子メールを送信する(図7参照)。
 そしてステップS612でオファー情報DB34において現オファー情報OFのステータスを「非送信決定」に更新する。
First, the processing example of FIG. 23B is an example in which notification to the vendor is always performed when non-transmission is determined.
In step S610, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (transmission availability determination processing unit 23) notifies the vendor of the current offer information OF in response to the current offer information OF being determined not to be transmitted in step S109 of FIG. It decides to do so and generates notification information. The contents of the notification information will be described later.
In step S611, transaction brokerage apparatus 2 (transmission control unit 24) performs notification processing. For example, e-mail data having contents as notification information is generated, and an e-mail as notification information IL is transmitted from the communication unit 20 to the corresponding vendor (see FIG. 7).
In step S612, the status of the current offer information OF is updated to “non-transmission decision” in the offer information DB.
 図23Cの例は、非送信と決定したオファー情報について、オファー情報に含まれる見積金額と比較対象金額の金額差分が所定閾値未満であれば、当該オファー情報のオファー元であるベンダーへの通知処理を実行すると決定する例である。
 ステップS620で取引仲介装置2は、比較処理における金額差分、即ち現オファー情報OFの見積金額と比較対象金額の差額を取得する。
 ステップS621で取引仲介装置2は、当該金額差分が差分閾値thD2以内であるか否かを判断する。
 なお、比較/送信可否決定処理が図15,図16のように差分閾値thD1を用いて行われる場合、差分閾値thD2>差分閾値thD1とする。
In the example of FIG. 23C, for the offer information determined not to be transmitted, if the difference between the estimated amount included in the offer information and the amount to be compared is less than a predetermined threshold, the notification processing to the vendor that is the offer source of the offer information This is an example of determining to execute.
In step S620, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires the amount difference in the comparison process, that is, the difference between the estimated amount of the current offer information OF and the amount to be compared.
In step S621, transaction brokerage apparatus 2 determines whether or not the amount difference is within difference threshold thD2.
When the comparison / transmission availability determination process is performed using the difference threshold thD1 as shown in FIGS. 15 and 16, the difference threshold thD2> the difference threshold thD1.
 比較処理における金額差分が差分閾値thD2以内であったら、取引仲介装置2はステップS622に進み、現オファー情報OFのベンダーに対して通知を行うと決定し、通知情報を生成する。
 そしてステップS623で取引仲介装置2は通知処理を行う。即ち通知情報としての内容の電子メールデータを生成し、該当ベンダーに対して送信する。
 ステップS624で取引仲介装置2はオファー情報DB34において現オファー情報OFのステータスを「非送信決定」に更新する。
If the amount difference in the comparison process is within the difference threshold thD2, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds to step S622, determines to notify the vendor of the current offer information OF, and generates notification information.
In step S623, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 performs notification processing. That is, e-mail data having contents as notification information is generated and transmitted to the corresponding vendor.
In step S624, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 updates the status of the current offer information OF to “non-transmission decision” in the offer information DB.
 比較処理における金額差分が差分閾値thD2を越えていた場合は、取引仲介装置2はステップS621からS624に進み、オファー情報DB34において現オファー情報OFのステータスを「非送信決定」に更新する。この場合、ベンダーへの通知処理は行わないことになる。 If the amount difference in the comparison process exceeds the difference threshold thD2, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S621 to S624, and updates the status of the current offer information OF to “non-transmission decision” in the offer information DB. In this case, notification processing to the vendor is not performed.
 この図23Cの処理によれば、非送信と決定されてしまったが、比較処理における金額差分が差分閾値thD2以内であった場合は、ベンダーへの通知が行われる。これは、比較処理で比較対象に負けたが、惜しかった場合に通知を行うということとなる。例えばベンダーが見積金額を多少修正して再オファーすれば、送信決定される可能性が見込まれるような場合に通知が行われる。
 一方で、比較処理における金額差分が差分閾値thD2を越える場合は、このベンダーの見積金額は、とても他のベンダー等の比較対象とは競争にならないような負け方であるとし、再オファーしても勝てる見込みがないような場合である。このような場合は通知しないこととする。
According to the processing in FIG. 23C, it has been determined that the transmission is not performed, but when the amount difference in the comparison processing is within the difference threshold thD2, the vendor is notified. This means that a notification is sent when the comparison process loses the comparison target but it is ugly. For example, if the vendor re-offers with a slight correction to the estimated amount, a notification is given when there is a possibility that transmission will be decided.
On the other hand, if the amount difference in the comparison process exceeds the difference threshold thD2, it is assumed that the estimated amount of this vendor is a loss that does not compete with the comparison target of other vendors, etc. This is when there is no chance of winning. In such a case, notification will not be made.
 次に図24Aの例は、非送信と決定したオファー情報について、オファー元のベンダーによる他のオファー情報の状況に基づいて、通知処理を実行するか否かを決定する例である。
 ステップS630で取引仲介装置2は、現オファー情報OFについてのベンダーの他のオファー情報OFを確認する。例えばオファー情報DB34から、同一のベンダーIDのオファー情報OFを抽出する。
 ステップS631で取引仲介装置2は、当該ベンダーが、類似商品であって送信済のオファー情報OFが存在するか否かを判断する。即ち当該ベンダーのオファー情報OFのうちで、ステータスが「送信済」のものを抽出する。さらに抽出したオファー情報OFについて見積要求IDをたどって見積要求情報DB33を参照し、見積対象情報が同一又は類似であるか否かを確認する。
Next, the example of FIG. 24A is an example of determining whether to perform notification processing for offer information determined to be non-transmitted based on the status of other offer information by the vendor of the offer source.
In step S630, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 confirms the other offer information OF of the vendor for the current offer information OF. For example, offer information OF of the same vendor ID is extracted from the offer information DB 34.
In step S631, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 determines whether the vendor is a similar product and there is already-offered offer information OF. In other words, the offer information OF of the vendor is extracted with the status “sent”. Further, the estimated request ID is traced with respect to the extracted offer information OF, the estimated request information DB 33 is referred to, and it is confirmed whether the estimated object information is the same or similar.
 もし、当該ベンダーについて、ユーザは問わないが、類似商品であって送信済のオファー情報OFが存在した場合は、通知処理は行わずにステップS634に進み、オファー情報DB34において現オファー情報OFのステータスを「非送信決定」に更新する。
 現オファー情報OFの商品とは代替的に、類似商品についてのオファーが或るユーザに送信されているため、現オファー情報OFについては再オファーを求めないとする判断である。
If the vendor does not matter for the user, but there is similar offer and sent offer information OF, the process proceeds to step S634 without performing the notification process, and the status of the current offer information OF is displayed in the offer information DB 34. Is updated to “non-transmission decision”.
Instead of the product of the current offer information OF, since the offer for the similar product is transmitted to a certain user, it is determined that no re-offer is requested for the current offer information OF.
 一方、当該ベンダーについて、類似商品であって送信済のオファー情報OFが存在しなければ、ステップS632に進み、現オファー情報OFのベンダーに対して通知を行うと決定し、通知情報を生成する。
 そしてステップS633で通知処理を行う。さらにステップS634でオファー情報DB34において現オファー情報OFのステータスを「非送信決定」に更新する。
On the other hand, if there is no similar offer product and the offer information OF that has already been transmitted for the vendor, the process advances to step S632 to decide to notify the vendor of the current offer information OF and generate notification information.
In step S633, notification processing is performed. In step S634, the status of the current offer information OF is updated to “non-transmission decision” in the offer information DB.
 この図24Aの処理によれば、類似の商品の見積要求情報RQがいくつか存在し、或るベンダーが、それぞれに対してオファー情報OFを発行している場合に、その中で1つ以上、ユーザ端末5に送信されていれば、非送信とされたオファー情報OFについては、再オファーを求めないという処理になる。 According to the processing of FIG. 24A, when there are several pieces of quotation request information RQ for similar products, and a certain vendor issues offer information OF for each of them, one or more of them, If it is transmitted to the user terminal 5, the offer information OF which is not transmitted is a process of not requesting a re-offer.
 なお、ステップS630,S631で存在を判断する、類似商品を対象としてユーザ端末5に送信済の当該ベンダーのオファー情報OFとは、所定時間以内のオファー情報を対象とすることが望ましい。古いオファー情報は、現オファー情報との関連性は見込めないためである。
 また対象のオファー情報OFとして、見積依頼が継続しているオファーを条件とすることが望ましい。つまり成約に至っておらず、かつユーザによって見積依頼自体がキャンセルされていないことを条件とする。この条件により、通知をしなくても、当該ベンダーの該当商品に取引機会をむやみに奪うことにはならないためである。
The offer information OF of the vendor that has been transmitted to the user terminal 5 for similar products whose presence is determined in steps S630 and S631 is preferably targeted for offer information within a predetermined time. This is because the old offer information cannot be related to the current offer information.
In addition, it is desirable that the target offer information OF is an offer for which the request for quotation continues. In other words, it is a condition that the contract has not been concluded and the estimate request itself has not been canceled by the user. This is because, even if no notification is given under this condition, a trade opportunity for the corresponding product of the vendor will not be taken away.
 図24Bの例も、非送信と決定したオファー情報について、オファー元のベンダーによる他のオファー情報の状況に基づいて、通知処理を実行するか否かを決定する例であるが、この場合は、他のユーザに対するオファーのうち、類似商品に対するオファーの数が閾値thON以下の場合にベンダーへの通知処理を行うものとする。 The example of FIG. 24B is also an example of determining whether to perform notification processing on the offer information determined to be non-transmitted based on the status of other offer information by the vendor of the offer source. When the number of offers for similar products among the offers to other users is equal to or less than the threshold thON, the notification process to the vendor is performed.
 ステップS640で取引仲介装置2は、現オファー情報OFについてのベンダーの他のオファー情報OFを確認する。例えばオファー情報DB34から、同一のベンダーIDのオファー情報OFを抽出する。
 ステップS641で取引仲介装置2は、他のユーザに対するオファーとして、現オファー情報OFと類似商品に関するオファー情報OFの数を確認する。即ち対応する見積要求情報RQにおける見積対象情報が同一又は類似である各オファー情報OFの数を確認する。
In step S640, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 confirms the other offer information OF of the vendor for the current offer information OF. For example, offer information OF of the same vendor ID is extracted from the offer information DB 34.
In step S641, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 confirms the number of offer information OF regarding the current offer information OF and similar products as offers to other users. That is, the number of pieces of offer information OF in which the target information in the corresponding request request information RQ is the same or similar is confirmed.
 ステップS642では、取引仲介装置2は該当のオファー情報OFの数が閾値thON以下であるか否かを確認する。
 該当のオファー情報OFの数が閾値thONを越えていれば、通知処理は行わずにステップS645に進み、オファー情報DB34において現オファー情報OFのステータスを「非送信決定」に更新する。
In step S642, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 checks whether or not the number of corresponding offer information OF is equal to or less than the threshold thON.
If the number of corresponding offer information OF exceeds the threshold thON, the process proceeds to step S645 without performing the notification process, and the status of the current offer information OF is updated to “non-transmission decision” in the offer information DB.
 該当のオファー情報OFの数が閾値thON以下であれば、ステップS643に進み、現オファー情報OFのベンダーに対して通知を行うと決定し、通知情報を生成する。
 そしてステップS644で通知処理を行う。さらにステップS645でオファー情報DB34において現オファー情報OFのステータスを「非送信決定」に更新する。
If the number of corresponding offer information OF is less than or equal to the threshold thON, the process proceeds to step S643, where it is determined to notify the vendor of the current offer information OF, and notification information is generated.
In step S644, notification processing is performed. In step S645, the status of the current offer information OF is updated to “non-transmission decision” in the offer information DB.
 この図24Bの処理によれば、類似の商品について多数のオファー情報OFを発行しているベンダーの場合は、現オファー情報OFが非送信と決定されても通知処理は行わない。代替的な商品取引機会が他にも存在するためである。
 なお、この例の場合も、ステップS640,S641で判断する、類似商品を対象とした当該ベンダーのオファー情報OFの数については、所定時間以内のオファー情報、成約に至っておらず、かつユーザによって見積依頼自体がキャンセルされていないオファー情報OFを対象とすることが望ましい。
According to the process of FIG. 24B, in the case of a vendor that issues a large number of offer information OF for similar products, the notification process is not performed even if the current offer information OF is determined not to be transmitted. This is because there are other alternative commodity trading opportunities.
Also in this example, the number of offer information OF of the vendor for similar products determined in steps S640 and S641 is the offer information within a predetermined time, the contract has not been reached, and is estimated by the user. It is desirable to target offer information OF in which the request itself is not canceled.
 以上の図23,図24の各例のように非送信オファー処理が行われるが、通知処理の内容としては、以下のようなものが想定される。
・残念通知
 ユーザに提示されるオファーとして採用されなかったことの通知である。
・再オファー推奨
 見積金額等を修正して再オファー(再オファー情報OF’の送信)を進める通知である。これによりベンダーに対して再度取引機会を与えることができる。
・オファー先変更推奨
 当該オファー情報OFを、他の見積要求情報RQについての変更を進める内容である。例えば異なるユーザから同時期に、同一の車種、色、走行距離範囲等において類似と判断できる商品の見積要求情報RQが複数取得されることは珍しくはない。そこで通知情報において、同一又は類似商品の見積要求情報RQを紹介し、ベンダーに、オファー情報OFの相手先を変更するように勧める。これによりベンダーの取引機会を広げることができる。
The non-transmission offer process is performed as in the above examples of FIGS. 23 and 24. The contents of the notification process are as follows.
・ Sorry notification This is a notification that the offer has not been accepted.
-Re-offering recommendation Notification for proceeding with re-offering (transmission of re-offering information OF ') by correcting the estimated amount. This gives the vendor another opportunity to trade.
-Offer destination change recommendation It is the content which advances the change about the said offer information OF about other estimate request information RQ. For example, it is not uncommon for multiple users to obtain a plurality of pieces of estimate request information RQ for a product that can be determined to be similar in the same vehicle type, color, mileage range, and the like at the same time. Therefore, the request information RQ of the same or similar product is introduced in the notification information, and the vendor is encouraged to change the other party of the offer information OF. This expands vendor opportunities.
 図23BのステップS610、図23CのステップS622、図24AのステップS632、図24BのステップS643で行われる通知情報生成処理として、再オファー推奨やオファー先変更推奨を含む通知情報生成処理例を図25A、図25Bに示す。 Examples of notification information generation processing including re-offer recommendation and offer destination change recommendation as notification information generation processing performed in step S610 in FIG. 23, step S622 in FIG. 23C, step S632 in FIG. 24A, and step S643 in FIG. This is shown in FIG. 25B.
 図25Aは再オファー推奨を行う場合である。
 取引仲介装置2はステップS660で、現オファー情報OFと比較された比較対象金額を取得する。
 そしてステップS661で、比較対象金額を提示し、その比較対象金額以上の見積金額で再オファーを薦める内容を含む通知情報を生成する。即ちどの程度の見積金額で再オファーすれば送信実行と判定される可能性が生ずるかの案内情報を含めたうえで、再オファーを薦める内容とする。これによりベンダーは再オファーを行うか否か判断しやすいものとなる。
 なお、比較処理の際に上述の図17,図18のように差分閾値thD1を用いる場合、比較対象金額から差分閾値thD1の額を減算した値を、送信判断される可能性のある金額として通知情報内に提示するようにしてもよい。さらに図21、図22のように比較処理において補正した比較用見積金額を用いる場合、その補正を考慮した金額を提示してもよい。
FIG. 25A shows a case where re-offer recommendation is performed.
In step S660, transaction brokerage apparatus 2 obtains a comparison target amount compared with current offer information OF.
In step S661, a comparison target amount is presented, and notification information including content for recommending a re-offer with an estimated amount equal to or greater than the comparison target amount is generated. In other words, it is a content that recommends re-offering after including guidance information on how much the estimated amount of re-offering is likely to determine transmission execution. This makes it easier for vendors to decide whether to re-offer.
When the difference threshold thD1 is used as shown in FIGS. 17 and 18 in the comparison process, a value obtained by subtracting the amount of the difference threshold thD1 from the comparison target amount is notified as an amount that may be determined to be transmitted. You may make it show in information. Furthermore, when using the comparison estimated amount corrected in the comparison process as shown in FIGS. 21 and 22, the amount considering the correction may be presented.
 図25Bはオファー先変更を推奨する場合である。
 取引仲介装置2は、見積要求情報DB33から、現オファー情報OFが取引申入の対象としていた見積要求情報RQと同一又は類似の見積対象情報を有する他の見積要求情報RQを抽出する。
 そして抽出した1又は複数の見積要求情報RQについて、ステップS671でステータスを確認して絞り込みを行う。即ちステータスが「オファー受付前」又は「オファー受付中」の見積要求情報RQを抽出する。「オファー受付終了」や「キャンセル」の見積要求情報RQについては、それらにオファー先を変更しても意味がないためである。
FIG. 25B shows a case where offer destination change is recommended.
The transaction intermediary device 2 extracts, from the estimate request information DB 33, other estimate request information RQ that has the same or similar estimate target information as the estimate request information RQ that the current offer information OF is the target of the transaction offer.
The extracted one or more pieces of estimate request information RQ are narrowed down by confirming the status in step S671. That is, the quotation request information RQ whose status is “before offer reception” or “offering offer” is extracted. This is because the quote request information RQ of “offer acceptance end” and “cancel” does not make sense even if the offer destination is changed.
 ステータスが「オファー受付前」又は「オファー受付中」の見積要求情報RQが1以上抽出されたら、ステップS673に進み、取引仲介装置2はオファー変更先候補のリストを作成する。即ち抽出された見積要求情報RQの一覧である。
 そしてステップS674で取引仲介装置2はオファー変更先候補リストを含む通知情報を生成する。即ち、ベンダーに対して、車種等の見積対象情報が同一又は類似である他の見積要求情報RQをリスト化して提示し、ベンダーに、オファー先変更を提案する内容を含む通知情報を生成する。
When one or more pieces of estimate request information RQ having a status of “Before accepting offer” or “Receiving offer” are extracted, the process proceeds to step S673, and the transaction intermediary device 2 creates a list of offer change destination candidates. That is, it is a list of extracted quotation request information RQ.
In step S674, transaction brokerage apparatus 2 generates notification information including an offer change destination candidate list. In other words, other estimation request information RQ having the same or similar estimation object information such as the vehicle type is listed and presented to the vendor, and notification information including the content for proposing the offer destination change is generated to the vendor.
 また変更先候補に該当する見積要求情報RQが1つも存在しない場合もある。その場合は取引仲介装置2はステップS672からS675に進み、変更先候補リストを含まない通知情報を生成する。例えば上述の残念通知のみの内容とする。 Also, there may be no estimate request information RQ corresponding to the change destination candidate. In that case, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 proceeds from step S672 to step S675, and generates notification information that does not include the change destination candidate list. For example, the content is only the above-mentioned disappointment notice.
 以上のようにオファー変更先候補が存在する場合は、ベンダーに通知してオファー先変更を推奨することで、ベンダーの取引機会を広げることができる。
 なお、オファー変更先推奨と、再オファー推奨の両方を含むようにしてもよい。例えば図25BのステップS675では、図25Aで述べた処理を行って、再オファー推奨を含む通知情報を生成するようにしてもよい。これにより、変更先候補が存在すればオファー先変更推奨が行われ、存在しなければ再オファー推奨を行うという処理が実現される。
 また、図25BのステップS674でも図25Aで述べた処理を行って、オファー先変更推奨と再オファー推奨の両方を含む通知情報を生成する例も考えられる。
As described above, when there is an offer change destination candidate, it is possible to widen the vendor's transaction opportunities by notifying the vendor and recommending the offer destination change.
Note that both offer change destination recommendation and re-offer recommendation may be included. For example, in step S675 of FIG. 25B, the processing described in FIG. 25A may be performed to generate notification information including re-offer recommendation. As a result, an offer destination change recommendation is made if there is a change destination candidate, and a re-offer recommendation is made if there is no change destination candidate.
In addition, an example of generating notification information including both offer destination change recommendation and re-offer recommendation by performing the processing described in FIG. 25A in step S674 of FIG. 25B is also conceivable.
<4.第2~第6の実施の形態>
 第2~第6の実施の形態を順次説明する。以下では、第1の実施の形態の図8の処理との相違点のみを説明し、重複説明は避ける。なお第2~第6の実施の形態でも、図9~図25で説明した処理はそれぞれ適用できるものである。
<4. Second to sixth embodiments>
Second to sixth embodiments will be described sequentially. Hereinafter, only differences from the processing of FIG. 8 of the first embodiment will be described, and redundant description will be avoided. In the second to sixth embodiments, the processes described in FIGS. 9 to 25 can be applied.
 図26Aに第2の実施の形態としての取引仲介装置2の処理を示す。これは図8のステップS107とS110の間の処理として示している。即ち比較対象設定処理、比較/送信可否決定処理の実行に関する処理例である。 FIG. 26A shows processing of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 as the second embodiment. This is shown as processing between steps S107 and S110 in FIG. That is, it is an example of processing related to execution of comparison target setting processing and comparison / transmission availability determination processing.
 この第2の実施の形態では、取引仲介装置2がオファー情報OFを受信し、図8のステップS107の処理を行った後において、取引仲介装置2は図26AのステップS150で、現オファー情報OFが対応する見積要求情報RQと同一の見積要求情報RQについての既受信のオファー情報OFの数(既受信オファー数NR)を確認する。これはオファー情報DB34を参照して、現オファー情報OFと対応する見積要求IDが同一のオファー情報OFの数を確認すればよい。 In the second embodiment, after the transaction intermediary device 2 receives the offer information OF and performs the process of step S107 of FIG. 8, the transaction intermediary device 2 performs the current offer information OF in step S150 of FIG. 26A. Confirms the number of already received offer information OF (the number of already received offers NR) for the same estimate request information RQ as the corresponding estimate request information RQ. This may be done by referring to the offer information DB 34 and confirming the number of offer information OF having the same estimate request ID corresponding to the current offer information OF.
 ステップS151で取引仲介装置2は、既受信オファー数NRが閾値thNR以下であるか否かを確認する。
 NR≦thNRであれば、ステップS152において無条件で送信実行と決定する。
 NR≦thNRでなければ、第1の実施の形態で説明してきたステップS108の比較対象設定処理、ステップS109の比較/送信可否決定処理を行う。
 そして図8のステップS110に進む。
In step S151, the transaction intermediary device 2 confirms whether or not the received offer number NR is equal to or less than the threshold thNR.
If NR ≦ thNR, it is determined unconditionally to execute transmission in step S152.
If NR ≦ thNR is not satisfied, the comparison target setting process in step S108 and the comparison / transmission availability determination process in step S109 described in the first embodiment are performed.
Then, the process proceeds to step S110 in FIG.
 このような第2の実施の形態のでは、例えば閾値thNR=1とすれば、或る見積要求情報RQについて最初に送信されてきたオファー情報OFについては、必ずユーザ端末5に送信するものとなる。
 また例えば閾値thNR=3とすれば、或る見積要求情報RQについて1番目から3番目に受信されたオファー情報OFについては、必ずユーザ端末5に送信するものとなる。
 そしてそれら以降に受信されたオファー情報OFについては、比較/送信可否決定処理で送信か非送信かが決められることになる。
 このような処理によれば、少なくとも閾値thNRの数に相当するオファー情報OFについては、ユーザ端末5への送信を確保される。従って1以上のオファー情報OFが発行される限り、ユーザへ提示されるオファー情報OFの数がゼロとなるということはない。そのうえで、それ以上の数のオファー情報OFが受信された場合は、ユーザ端末5への送信についてのフィルタリングが行われ、ユーザにとって無用と判定されるオファー情報OFは送信を制限されることになる。
In such a second embodiment, for example, if the threshold thNR = 1, the offer information OF that has been transmitted first for a certain quotation request information RQ is always transmitted to the user terminal 5. .
For example, if the threshold thNR = 3, the offer information OF received from the first to the third for a certain quotation request information RQ is always transmitted to the user terminal 5.
The offer information OF received after that is determined to be transmitted or not transmitted in the comparison / transmission availability determination process.
According to such processing, at least the offer information OF corresponding to the number of the threshold thNR is ensured to be transmitted to the user terminal 5. Therefore, as long as one or more offer information OF is issued, the number of offer information OF presented to the user does not become zero. In addition, when a larger number of offer information OFs is received, filtering for transmission to the user terminal 5 is performed, and transmission of the offer information OF determined to be useless for the user is restricted.
 図26Bに第3の実施の形態としての取引仲介装置2の処理を示す。これも図8のステップS107とS110の間の処理として示している。
 図8のステップS107の後、取引仲介装置2はステップS160で、現オファー情報OFが対応する見積要求情報RQと同一の見積要求情報RQについての既送信のオファー情報OFの数(既送信オファー数NT)を確認する。これはオファー情報DB34を参照して、現オファー情報OFと対応する見積要求IDが同一で、かつステータスが「送信済」のオファー情報OFの数を確認すればよい。なおステータスが「送信決定」のオファー情報OFの数を含めてもよい。
FIG. 26B shows processing of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 as the third exemplary embodiment. This is also shown as processing between steps S107 and S110 in FIG.
After step S107 in FIG. 8, the transaction intermediary device 2 in step S160, the number of already sent offer information OF (the number of already sent offers) for the same quote request information RQ as the quote request information RQ corresponding to the current offer information OF. NT). This may be done by referring to the offer information DB 34 and confirming the number of offer information OF having the same quote request ID as the current offer information OF and the status “sent”. The number of offer information OF whose status is “transmission decision” may be included.
 ステップS161で取引仲介装置2は、既送信オファー数NRが閾値thNT1以上であるか否かを確認する。
 NR≧thNT1でなければ、ステップS162において無条件で送信実行と決定する。
 NR≧thNT1であれば、ステップS108の比較対象設定処理、ステップS109の比較/送信可否決定処理を行う。
 そして図8のステップS110に進む。
In step S161, transaction mediating apparatus 2 checks whether or not the number of transmitted offers NR is greater than or equal to threshold thNT1.
If NR ≧ thNT1, it is determined unconditionally to execute transmission in step S162.
If NR ≧ thNT1, a comparison target setting process in step S108 and a comparison / transmission availability determination process in step S109 are performed.
Then, the process proceeds to step S110 in FIG.
 このような第3の実施の形態のでは、例えば閾値thNT1=3とすれば、或る見積要求情報RQについて少なくとも3つのオファー情報OFがユーザ端末5に送信されるまでは、無条件で送信決定される。従って、少なくとも閾値thNT1の数に相当するオファー情報OFについては、ユーザ端末5への送信を確保される。そのうえで、それ以上の数のオファー情報OFが受信された場合は、ユーザ端末5への送信についてのフィルタリングが行われ、ユーザにとって無用と判定されるオファー情報OFは送信を制限される。
 なお、ステップS160では、既送信オファー数NTは、現在から所定時間前までの間での既送信のオファー情報OFの数としてもよい。このようにすれば、送信が集中しているときは送信可否決定が行われ、送信があまりない時間帯では無条件に送信を行うようにすることができる。
In the third embodiment, for example, if the threshold value thNT1 = 3, transmission determination is unconditionally performed until at least three offer information OF is transmitted to the user terminal 5 for a certain quotation request information RQ. Is done. Accordingly, at least the offer information OF corresponding to the number of the threshold thNT1 is ensured to be transmitted to the user terminal 5. In addition, when a larger number of offer information OFs are received, filtering for transmission to the user terminal 5 is performed, and transmission of the offer information OF determined to be useless for the user is restricted.
In step S160, the transmitted offer number NT may be the number of already-offered offer information OF between the present time and a predetermined time before. In this way, when transmission is concentrated, transmission permission / inhibition is determined, and transmission can be performed unconditionally in a time zone where there is not much transmission.
 以上の第2,第3の実施の形態は、送信可否決定を行わずに無条件で送信する場合を設けたものといえる。これらのように無条件送信の場合を設ける例として、例えば直近のオファー情報OFの受信日時や、ユーザ端末5への送信日時からの経過時間で無条件送信を行う例も考えられる。
 例えば直近の受信日時又は送信日時から所定時間を経過していなければ、現オファー情報OFについてステップS108,S109の送信可否判断を行うが、所定時間を経過していれば、そのまま無条件で送信するものである。このような処理によっても、送信が集中しているときは送信可否決定を行って送信数を制限し、送信があまりない時間帯では無条件に送信を行うことで、一時的にユーザへの送信が集中することを避けるような処理が可能となる。
It can be said that the second and third embodiments described above provide a case where transmission is performed unconditionally without determining whether transmission is possible. As an example of providing the case of unconditional transmission as described above, for example, an example of performing unconditional transmission based on the reception date / time of the latest offer information OF or the elapsed time from the transmission date / time to the user terminal 5 is also conceivable.
For example, if the predetermined time has not elapsed since the most recent reception date / time or transmission date / time, the transmission determination of steps S108 and S109 is performed for the current offer information OF, but if the predetermined time has elapsed, it is transmitted unconditionally. Is. Even in such a process, when transmission is concentrated, it is determined whether transmission is possible or not, and the number of transmissions is limited. It is possible to perform processing that avoids the concentration of
 次に、第4,第5の実施の形態を図27A、図27Bで説明する。
 これらは、比較結果からオファー情報OFに関する送信をユーザ端末5に対して実行するか否かを決定するための条件を、送信対象のユーザ端末5へのオファー情報送信状況に基づいて選択するものである。
Next, fourth and fifth embodiments will be described with reference to FIGS. 27A and 27B.
These select conditions for determining whether or not to perform transmission related to offer information OF to the user terminal 5 from the comparison result based on the offer information transmission status to the user terminal 5 to be transmitted. is there.
 まず第4の実施の形態では、取引仲介装置2は図8のステップS107の後、図27AのステップS170で、現オファー情報OFが対応する見積要求情報RQと同一の見積要求情報RQについての既送信のオファー情報OFの数(既送信オファー数NT)を確認する(図26BのステップS160と同様)。
 ステップS171で取引仲介装置2は、既送信オファー数NRが閾値thNT2以上であるか否かを確認する。
 NR≧thNT2でなければ、ステップS172で第1の送信可否決定条件を設定する。
 NR≧thNT2であれば、ステップS173で第2の送信可否決定条件を設定する。
 そしてステップS108の比較対象設定処理、ステップS109の比較/送信可否決定処理を行い、その後図8のステップS110に進む。
First, in the fourth embodiment, after the step S107 in FIG. 8, the transaction intermediary device 2 is the step S170 in FIG. 27A and the existing request information RQ that is the same as the request information RQ to which the current offer information OF corresponds is the existing request information RQ. The number of offer information OF to be transmitted (number of transmitted offers NT) is confirmed (similar to step S160 in FIG. 26B).
In step S171, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 checks whether or not the transmitted offer number NR is equal to or greater than the threshold thNT2.
If NR ≧ thNT2, the first transmission permission / inhibition determination condition is set in step S172.
If NR ≧ thNT2, the second transmission permission determination condition is set in step S173.
Then, a comparison target setting process in step S108 and a comparison / transmission availability determination process in step S109 are performed, and then the process proceeds to step S110 in FIG.
 この場合、既送信オファー数が閾値thNT2より少ない場合の第1の送信可否決定条件とは、比較的緩い条件とする設定である。例えば図17のように現オファー情報OFの見積金額がユーザにとって劣位であっても差分閾値thD1以内の差であれば、送信実行とする処理を採用する設定である。
 一方、第2の送信可否決定条件は比較的厳しい条件とする設定である。例えば図14のように、現オファー情報OFの見積金額がユーザにとって劣位であったら即座に非送信とされる処理である。
 つまり第4の実施の形態では、ユーザ端末5に対して既送信オファー数が多い場合は、送信の条件を厳しくし、既送信オファー数が少ない場合は、送信の条件を緩くすることで、適度な数のオファーがユーザに提示されるようにするものである。
In this case, the first transmission permission / inhibition determination condition when the number of already transmitted offers is smaller than the threshold thNT2 is a setting that is relatively loose. For example, as shown in FIG. 17, even if the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is inferior to the user, if the difference is within the difference threshold thD1, the process for executing transmission is adopted.
On the other hand, the second transmission permission / inhibition determination condition is set to be a relatively strict condition. For example, as shown in FIG. 14, if the estimated amount of the current offer information OF is inferior to the user, it is a process that is immediately not transmitted.
That is, in the fourth embodiment, when the number of offers that have already been transmitted to the user terminal 5 is large, the conditions for transmission are tightened, and when the number of offers that have been transmitted is small, the conditions for transmission are relaxed. It allows a large number of offers to be presented to the user.
 次に第5の実施の形態では、取引仲介装置2は図8のステップS107の後、図27BのステップS180で、現オファー情報OFが対応する見積要求情報RQと同一の見積要求情報RQについての既送信のオファー情報OFのうち、直近のものの送信日時を取得する。例えばオファー情報DB34を検索し、見積要求IDが現オファー情報OFと同一で、ステータスが「送信済」となっているオファー情報OFのうちで、送信日時が最も現在に近いものを抽出する。
 ステップS181で取引仲介装置2は、抽出した直近の既送信オファーの送信日時から現在までの経過時間を算出する。
 ステップS182で取引仲介装置2は、経過時間が閾値thTM以上であるか否かを確認する。
 経過時間が閾値thTM以上であれば、ステップS183で比較的緩い第1の送信可否決定条件を設定する。例えば図17の処理を選択する。
 経過時間が閾値thTM以上でなければ、ステップS184で比較的厳しい第2の送信可否決定条件を設定する。例えば図14の処理を選択する。
 そしてステップS108の比較対象設定処理、ステップS109の比較/送信可否決定処理を行い、その後図8のステップS110に進む。
Next, in the fifth embodiment, after the step S107 of FIG. 8, the transaction intermediary device 2 is the step S180 of FIG. 27B about the request information RQ that is the same as the request information RQ to which the current offer information OF corresponds. Of the already sent offer information OF, the latest transmission date is acquired. For example, the offer information DB 34 is searched, and among the offer information OF whose quotation request ID is the same as that of the current offer information OF and whose status is “sent”, the information with the transmission date and time closest to the present is extracted.
In step S181, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 calculates the elapsed time from the transmission date and time of the most recently extracted previously sent offer to the present.
In step S182, transaction brokerage apparatus 2 checks whether or not the elapsed time is equal to or greater than threshold value thTM.
If the elapsed time is equal to or greater than the threshold value thTM, a relatively loose first transmission permission determination condition is set in step S183. For example, the process of FIG. 17 is selected.
If the elapsed time is not equal to or greater than the threshold thTM, a relatively strict second transmission permission determination condition is set in step S184. For example, the process of FIG. 14 is selected.
Then, a comparison target setting process in step S108 and a comparison / transmission availability determination process in step S109 are performed, and then the process proceeds to step S110 in FIG.
 これにより、現オファー情報OFが対応する見積要求情報RQに対して、頻繁に送信オファー情報内容OFが送信されているときは、送信決定される条件が厳しくなり、逆にあまり送信が行われていなければ、送信決定される条件が緩くなる。これにより、ユーザに提示されるオファー情報OFの数や頻度が調整される。 As a result, when the transmission offer information content OF is frequently transmitted with respect to the quotation request information RQ to which the current offer information OF corresponds, the condition for determining transmission becomes strict, and conversely, transmission is not much. Otherwise, the conditions for determining transmission will be relaxed. Thereby, the number and frequency of offer information OF shown to a user are adjusted.
 続いて第6の実施の形態を図28で説明する。
 第6の実施の形態は、第1の実施の形態の図8の処理に代えて適用できる処理例である。特には、第6の実施の形態は、オファー情報OFについての送信可否判断を逐次受信時ではなく、或るタイミングでまとめて行う例である。なお、図28において図8と同一の処理は同一のステップ番号を付し、説明を省略する。
Next, a sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.
The sixth embodiment is a processing example that can be applied instead of the processing of FIG. 8 of the first embodiment. In particular, the sixth embodiment is an example in which the transmission permission / inhibition determination for the offer information OF is collectively performed at a certain timing, not at the time of sequential reception. In FIG. 28, the same processes as those in FIG. 8 are denoted by the same step numbers, and description thereof is omitted.
 図28Aは、取引仲介装置2が見積要求情報RQ、オファー情報OF、成約情報の受信に応じて実行する処理を示している。
 見積要求情報RQの受信に応じて、ステップS101からステップS104(見積要求情報の登録),S105(紹介先ベンダーの情報取得),S106(紹介情報送信)の処理が図8と同様に行われる。
 オファー情報OFの受信に応じて、ステップS102からステップS107(オファー情報の登録)の処理が図8と同様に行われる。
 成約情報の受信に応じてステップS103からS114の処理(成約情報の登録)が図8と同様に行われる。
FIG. 28A shows processing executed by the transaction mediating apparatus 2 in response to reception of the request for quotation information RQ, offer information OF, and contract information.
In response to reception of the estimate request information RQ, the processing from step S101 to step S104 (registration request information registration), S105 (introduction vendor information acquisition), and S106 (introduction information transmission) are performed in the same manner as in FIG.
In response to receiving the offer information OF, the processing from step S102 to step S107 (offer information registration) is performed in the same manner as in FIG.
In response to the receipt of the contract information, the processing from step S103 to S114 (registration information registration) is performed in the same manner as in FIG.
 取引仲介装置2は、この図28Aの処理とは並行して、或るタイミングで図28Bの処理を実行する。
 即ちステップS120で実行タイミングを検知したら、取引仲介装置2はステップS121で未処理のオファー情報OFを取得する。これは、受信されたが、まだ送信可否決定を行っていないオファー情報OF(例えばステータスが「比較前」のオファー情報OF)をオファー情報DB34から抽出する処理となる。
 そして抽出した各オファー情報OFのそれぞれについて、ステップS108の比較対象設定処理、ステップS109の比較/送信可否決定処理を行う。
 ステップS122では、比較/送信可否決定処理で送信実行と決定された1又は複数のオファー情報OFのそれぞれについてのユーザ端末5への送信制御(図8のステップS111と同様の処理)を行う。
 ステップS123では、比較/送信可否決定処理で非送信と決定された1又は複数のオファー情報OFのそれぞれについての非送信オファー処理(図8のステップS113と同様の処理)を行う。
 ステップS124で、各オファー情報OFについて、送信/非送信に応じたDB更新、即ちオファー情報DB34のステータス更新を行う。
The transaction intermediary device 2 executes the process of FIG. 28B at a certain timing in parallel with the process of FIG. 28A.
That is, when the execution timing is detected in step S120, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires unprocessed offer information OF in step S121. This is a process of extracting from the offer information DB 34 offer information OF that has been received but has not yet been determined to be transmitted (for example, offer information OF whose status is “before comparison”).
Then, for each extracted offer information OF, a comparison target setting process in step S108 and a comparison / transmission availability determination process in step S109 are performed.
In step S122, transmission control to the user terminal 5 for each of the one or more offer information OFs determined to be executed in the comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination process (the same process as step S111 in FIG. 8) is performed.
In step S123, non-transmission offer processing (similar to step S113 in FIG. 8) is performed for each of one or a plurality of offer information OF determined to be non-transmission in the comparison / transmission availability determination processing.
In step S124, for each offer information OF, DB update corresponding to transmission / non-transmission, that is, status update of the offer information DB 34 is performed.
 このような処理例でも、図8と同様に、オファー情報OFのユーザへの提示に関してのフィルタリングを行うことができる。
 なおステップS120の実行タイミングの例は各種考えられる。
 実行タイミングは一定時間毎としてもよい。また時間帯によって可変的なタイミングを設定してもよい。例えばオファー情報OFの受信が多い時間帯や少ない時間帯で、それぞれ異なる間隔で実行タイミングを設定してもよい。
 また、ステータスが「比較前」のオファー情報OFが所定数たまった時点を実行タイミングとしてもよい。
 またユーザ端末5宛の直近の送信からの経過時間が所定時間となった時点を実行タイミングとしてもよい。
Even in such a processing example, it is possible to perform filtering related to the presentation of the offer information OF to the user as in FIG.
Various examples of the execution timing of step S120 are conceivable.
The execution timing may be set at regular intervals. Further, variable timing may be set according to the time zone. For example, the execution timing may be set at different intervals in a time zone in which the offer information OF is frequently received or a time zone in which the offer information OF is high.
Alternatively, the execution timing may be a point in time when a predetermined number of offer information OF with a status of “before comparison” is accumulated.
Moreover, it is good also considering the time when the elapsed time from the latest transmission addressed to the user terminal 5 becomes a predetermined time as the execution timing.
<5.第7の実施の形態>
 第7の実施の形態を図29,図30,図31により説明する。
 第7の実施の形態は、ベンダーが逐次オファー情報OFを送信するのではなく、見積要求情報RQに対応して、取引仲介装置2が各ベンダーのオファー情報OFを生成する例である。
<5. Seventh Embodiment>
A seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 29, 30, and 31. FIG.
The seventh embodiment is an example in which the transaction mediating apparatus 2 generates the offer information OF of each vendor in response to the quotation request information RQ, instead of the vendor sequentially transmitting the offer information OF.
 図29にシステム全体の処理の流れを示す。なお図7と同一部分は同一ステップ番号を付して説明を省略する。
 この場合、ステップS30としてベンダーはベンダー端末4から取引仲介装置2に、あらかじめオファー条件情報OFCを通知しておく。取引仲介装置2はステップSS0でオファー条件情報OFCを受信すると、これをオファー条件DB36に登録しておく。
FIG. 29 shows the processing flow of the entire system. The same parts as those in FIG. 7 are denoted by the same step numbers and the description thereof is omitted.
In this case, the vendor notifies the offer condition information OFC from the vendor terminal 4 to the transaction mediating apparatus 2 in advance in step S30. When the transaction intermediary device 2 receives the offer condition information OFC at step SS0, it registers this in the offer condition DB 36.
 その後、ステップS21でユーザ端末5から見積要求情報RQが送信されてきたら、取引仲介装置2はステップS1で受信した後、ステップS3Aでオファー情報OFの生成を行うことになる。
 つまりベンダー端末4への紹介情報IRQの送信を行うことなく、取引仲介装置2が、各ベンダー端末4から受け取っていたオファー条件情報OFCに基づいて、各ベンダーについてのオファー情報OFを生成する。
 そして生成した各オファー情報OFのそれぞれについて、ステップS4(比較対象設定処理)、S5(比較/送信可否決定処理)、S6(送信可否決定に応じた処理分岐)、S7(オファー情報内容OFvのユーザ端末5への送信)、S8(通知判定)、S9(通知情報ILのベンダー端末4への送信)の処理を、図7の場合と同様に行うことになる。
 なお、ステップS9の通知情報ILに応じてベンダー端末4から再オファー情報OF’が送信されてきた場合は、取引仲介装置2はステップS3Aでその再オファー情報OF’を取得し、再オファー情報OF’についてもステップS4~S9の処理を行う。
Thereafter, when the quotation request information RQ is transmitted from the user terminal 5 in step S21, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 receives the offer information in step S1, and then generates offer information OF in step S3A.
That is, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 generates offer information OF for each vendor based on the offer condition information OFC received from each vendor terminal 4 without transmitting the introduction information IRQ to the vendor terminal 4.
Then, for each of the generated offer information OF, steps S4 (comparison target setting process), S5 (comparison / transmission availability determination process), S6 (processing branch according to transmission availability determination), S7 (user of offer information contents OFv) The processes of (transmission to terminal 5), S8 (notification determination), and S9 (transmission of notification information IL to vendor terminal 4) are performed in the same manner as in FIG.
When the re-offer information OF ′ is transmitted from the vendor terminal 4 in response to the notification information IL in step S9, the transaction intermediary device 2 acquires the re-offer information OF ′ in step S3A, and the re-offer information OF Also for ', the processing in steps S4 to S9 is performed.
 オファー条件DB36の構成例を図30に示す。
 ベンダーID(V1、V2・・・)で示されるベンダー毎に、1又は複数のオファー条件と、それに応じた見積価格が記憶される。
 例えばベンダーは、車種、色、年式、走行距離と、その場合の見積金額をセットにした1又は複数のオファー条件情報OFCをあらかじめ取引仲介装置2に提供しておく。取引仲介装置2はこのようなオファー条件情報OFCをオファー条件DB36に登録しておく。これにより取引仲介装置2は、ユーザ端末5からの見積要求情報RQを受信した際に、オファー条件DB36を参照して、各ベンダーのオファー情報OFを生成することができる。
 なお、ベンダーが、取引仲介装置2に提供するオファー条件情報OFCは、車種等の各条件から見積金額を導くアルゴリズム、プログラム等でもよく、それらがオファー条件DB36に登録されていてもよい。
A configuration example of the offer condition DB 36 is shown in FIG.
For each vendor indicated by the vendor ID (V1, V2,...), One or a plurality of offer conditions and an estimated price corresponding thereto are stored.
For example, the vendor provides one or more offer condition information OFC in which the vehicle type, color, year, mileage, and estimated price in that case are set as a set to the transaction intermediary device 2 in advance. Transaction mediating apparatus 2 registers such offer condition information OFC in offer condition DB 36. Thereby, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 can generate the offer information OF of each vendor with reference to the offer condition DB 36 when receiving the estimate request information RQ from the user terminal 5.
The offer condition information OFC provided by the vendor to the transaction mediating apparatus 2 may be an algorithm, a program, or the like for deriving an estimated amount from each condition such as a vehicle type, and these may be registered in the offer condition DB 36.
 図31は、第7の実施の形態における取引仲介装置2の処理例である。第1の実施の形態の図8に相当する処理であり、同一処理には同一のステップ番号を付す。
 取引仲介装置2は、図31のステップS101、S101,S103で見積要求情報RQ、オファー情報OF、成約情報の受信を監視している。
FIG. 31 is a processing example of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 in the seventh exemplary embodiment. This process corresponds to FIG. 8 of the first embodiment, and the same step number is assigned to the same process.
The transaction intermediary device 2 monitors reception of the quotation request information RQ, offer information OF, and contract information in steps S101, S101, and S103 of FIG.
 ユーザ端末5からの見積要求情報RQが受信された場合は、取引仲介装置2はステップS101からS104に進み、当該受信した見積要求情報RQを取り込み、見積要求情報DB33へ登録する処理を行う(図8と同様)。 When the quotation request information RQ from the user terminal 5 is received, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S101 to S104, and performs processing for taking in the received quotation request information RQ and registering it in the quotation request information DB 33 (FIG. 8).
 続いてステップS130で取引仲介装置2は、紹介先ベンダーの情報を取得する。ここではオファー条件DB36から、各ベンダーのオファー条件情報を読み出すことになる。
 そしてステップS131で取引仲介装置2は、各ベンダーについてのオファー情報OFを生成する。
Subsequently, in step S130, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 acquires information about the introduction vendor. Here, offer condition information of each vendor is read out from the offer condition DB 36.
In step S131, transaction brokerage apparatus 2 generates offer information OF for each vendor.
 オファー条件情報があらかじめ提示されていた各ベンダーについてのオファー情報OFを生成したら、取引仲介装置2はそれぞれのオファー情報OFについて、ステップS108A(比較対象設定処理)、S109A(比較/送信可否決定処理)を行う。
 ステップS111Aでは、比較/送信可否決定処理で送信実行と決定された1又は複数のオファー情報OFのそれぞれについてのユーザ端末5への送信制御(図8のステップS111と同様の処理)を行う。
 ステップS113Aでは、比較/送信可否決定処理で非送信と決定された1又は複数のオファー情報OFのそれぞれについての非送信オファー処理(図8のステップS113と同様の処理)を行う。
 ステップS124Aで、各オファー情報OFについて、送信/非送信に応じたDB更新、即ちオファー情報DB34のステータス更新を行う。
When the offer information OF for each vendor for which the offer condition information has been presented in advance is generated, the transaction intermediary device 2 performs steps S108A (comparison target setting process) and S109A (comparison / transmission availability determination process) for each offer information OF. I do.
In step S111A, transmission control to the user terminal 5 is performed for each of the one or more offer information OFs determined to be transmitted in the comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination process (the same process as step S111 in FIG. 8).
In step S113A, non-transmission offer processing (similar to step S113 in FIG. 8) is performed for each of the one or more offer information OFs determined to be non-transmission in the comparison / transmission availability determination processing.
In step S124A, for each offer information OF, DB update corresponding to transmission / non-transmission, that is, status update of the offer information DB 34 is performed.
 この図31の場合、ステップS102で監視する、ベンダー端末4からのオファー情報OFが受信される場合とは、再オファー情報OF’が送信された場合と想定される。
 この場合、取引仲介装置2はステップS102から、ステップS107に進み、受信した再オファー情報OF’を取り込み、オファー情報DB34へ登録する処理を行う。
 そして、ステップS108B(比較対象設定処理)、S109B(比較/送信可否決定処理)、およびステップS110、S111B、S112B、S113Bを、図8のステップS108~S113と同様に行う。
In the case of FIG. 31, it is assumed that the offer information OF received from the vendor terminal 4 monitored in step S102 is the case where the re-offer information OF ′ is transmitted.
In this case, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S102 to step S107, and performs a process of fetching the received re-offer information OF 'and registering it in the offer information DB 34.
Then, step S108B (comparison target setting process), S109B (comparison / transmission availability determination process), and steps S110, S111B, S112B, and S113B are performed in the same manner as steps S108 to S113 in FIG.
 成約情報を受信した場合は、取引仲介装置2は、ステップS103からS114に進み、図8と同様に成約情報DB35の登録を行う。 If the contract information is received, the transaction intermediary device 2 proceeds from step S103 to S114, and registers the contract information DB 35 as in FIG.
 このような第7の実施の形態によれば、第1~第6の実施の形態と同様にオファー情報OFのユーザ端末5への送信に関するフィルタリングが行われる。さらにこの場合、オファー情報OFは取引仲介装置2が生成する。このためベンダーのスタッフが見積要求情報RQに対して常に待機している必要はない。従ってベンダーの負担は著しく軽減される。 According to the seventh embodiment, filtering related to transmission of the offer information OF to the user terminal 5 is performed as in the first to sixth embodiments. Further, in this case, the offer information OF is generated by the transaction intermediary device 2. Therefore, it is not necessary for the vendor staff to always wait for the estimate request information RQ. Therefore, the burden on the vendor is significantly reduced.
<6.第8の実施の形態>
 第8の実施の形態を図32,図33,図34により説明する。
 この第8の実施の形態は、オファー情報内容OFvをユーザ端末5に送信するのではなく、オファー情報OFの内容については、特に制限せずにウェブサイトに提示する。但し各オファー情報OFについて、送信可否決定は、これまでの実施の形態と同様に行い、送信実行と決定されたオファー情報OFについては、ウェブサイトへの掲載の通知をユーザ端末5に送信するものとしている。
<6. Eighth Embodiment>
The eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 32, 33, and 34. FIG.
In the eighth embodiment, the offer information content OFv is not transmitted to the user terminal 5, but the content of the offer information OF is presented on the website without any particular limitation. However, for each offer information OF, the transmission permission / inhibition decision is made in the same manner as in the previous embodiments, and for the offer information OF decided to be transmitted, a notice of posting on the website is transmitted to the user terminal 5. It is said.
 図32にシステム全体の処理の流れを示す。なお図7と同一部分は同一ステップ番号を付して詳細な説明は避ける。
 ステップS21でユーザ端末5から見積要求情報RQが送信されてきたら、取引仲介装置2はステップS1で受信した後、ステップS2で、見積要求の紹介情報IRQをベンダー端末4に送信する。
 ステップS31で紹介情報IRQを受信した各ベンダーは、ステップS32でそれぞれオファー情報OFを生成し、取引仲介装置2に送信する。
FIG. 32 shows a processing flow of the entire system. The same parts as those in FIG. 7 are denoted by the same step numbers, and detailed description is avoided.
When the quotation request information RQ is transmitted from the user terminal 5 in step S21, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 receives the quotation request introduction information IRQ to the vendor terminal 4 in step S2 after receiving it in step S1.
Each vendor that received the introduction information IRQ in step S31 generates offer information OF in step S32 and transmits it to the transaction mediating apparatus 2.
 取引仲介装置2は、ステップS3で受信・取得したオファー情報OFのそれぞれについて、ステップS10でウェブサイトにアップロードする。
 図33にオファー情報OFを掲示するウェブページの例を示す。
 例えば見積要求情報RQを送信したユーザがログイン状態で閲覧できるページとして、図33に示すように、その見積要求情報RQの内容(車種、色、年式、走行距離等の見積対象情報)や、各ベンダーからのオファー情報OFの内容として、例えばベンダー名称、所在地や、見積金額が提示される。
The transaction mediating apparatus 2 uploads each offer information OF received / acquired in step S3 to the website in step S10.
FIG. 33 shows an example of a web page that posts offer information OF.
For example, as a page that the user who transmitted the estimate request information RQ can browse in the login state, as shown in FIG. 33, the contents of the estimate request information RQ (estimate information such as vehicle type, color, year, mileage, etc.) As the contents of offer information OF from each vendor, for example, the vendor name, location, and estimated amount are presented.
 また取引仲介装置2は取得したオファー情報OFについて、ステップS4(比較対象設定処理)、S5(比較/送信可否決定処理)を行う。
 そして送信実行と決定された場合は、ステップS11からステップS12に進み、ユーザ端末5にアップロードを知らせる通知メールMLvを送信する。図33のようなページにおいて、新たなオファー情報OFが追加されたことの通知である。
 ユーザ端末5は、ステップS22で通知メールMLvを受信する。ユーザはその電子メールを開封して、オファーが追加されたことを知ることができ、ユーザが閲覧可能とされるウェブサイトにアクセスしてオファー情報OFの内容を確認できる。
Further, the transaction intermediary device 2 performs steps S4 (comparison target setting process) and S5 (comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination process) for the acquired offer information OF.
If it is determined that transmission is to be executed, the process proceeds from step S11 to step S12, and a notification mail MLv is sent to notify the user terminal 5 of the upload. This is a notification that new offer information OF has been added on the page as shown in FIG.
The user terminal 5 receives the notification mail MLv in step S22. The user can open the e-mail to know that the offer has been added, and can access the website that the user can view and check the content of the offer information OF.
 図34に第8の実施の形態における取引仲介装置2の処理例を示す。第1の実施の形態の図8と同一処理には同一のステップ番号を付し、図8と異なる点のみを説明する。
 この場合、図8のステップS107,S108の間にステップS141が加えられている。即ち取引仲介装置2は、オファー情報OFを受信したら、ステップS107でオファー条件DB36への登録を行うとともに、ステップS141で、当該オファー情報OFの内容をウェブサイトへ掲載する処理を行う。
 その後ステップS108(比較対象設定処理)、S109(比較/送信可否決定処理)を行い、当該オファー情報OFについて送信可否決定を行うが、送信決定された場合は、ステップS110からS142に進み、通知メールMLvの送信制御を行う。即ち取引仲介装置2は新たにオファー情報OFが追加されたことを示した電子メールデータを生成し、通信部20からユーザ端末5に送信する。
 ステップS142では、取引仲介装置2は、通知メールMLvの送信に応じたDB更新を行う。例えばオファー条件DB36における当該オファー情報OFのステータスを「送信済」に更新する。
FIG. 34 shows a processing example of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 in the eighth exemplary embodiment. The same processes as those in FIG. 8 of the first embodiment are denoted by the same step numbers, and only differences from FIG. 8 will be described.
In this case, step S141 is added between steps S107 and S108 in FIG. That is, when receiving the offer information OF, the transaction intermediary device 2 performs registration in the offer condition DB 36 in step S107, and in step S141, performs processing for posting the content of the offer information OF on the website.
Thereafter, steps S108 (comparison target setting process) and S109 (comparison / transmission availability determination process) are performed to determine whether transmission is possible for the offer information OF. If transmission is determined, the process proceeds from step S110 to S142, and notification mail is sent. MLv transmission control is performed. That is, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 generates e-mail data indicating that the offer information OF has been newly added, and transmits it to the user terminal 5 from the communication unit 20.
In step S142, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 performs DB update according to the transmission of the notification mail MLv. For example, the status of the offer information OF in the offer condition DB 36 is updated to “sent”.
 一方、非送信と決定されても、先述の各実施の形態のようなベンダー端末4に対する通知情報ILの送信は行わない。非送信と決定されるものでも、ウェブサイト掲載は行われるため、ユーザは閲覧可能となっているためである。 On the other hand, even if it is determined not to be transmitted, the notification information IL is not transmitted to the vendor terminal 4 as in the above-described embodiments. This is because the website can be posted even if it is determined not to be transmitted, and the user can view it.
 以上のように第8の実施の形態では、ウェブサイトにオファー情報OFを掲載するが、掲載したことのユーザへの通知に関しては、ユーザにとって有用と判定されるオファー情報OFのみとしている。
 なお、図33のようなウェブページでは、通知メールMLvの送信を行ったオファー情報OFと、非送信のオファー情報OFを区別できる態様で掲載するようにしてもよい。
 また図34の処理に代えて、図28のように比較/送信可否決定を所定の実行タイミング毎に行うようにする処理例も考えられる。
As described above, in the eighth embodiment, the offer information OF is posted on the website, but only the offer information OF determined to be useful to the user is notified to the user about the posting.
In addition, in the web page as shown in FIG. 33, the offer information OF that has transmitted the notification mail MLv and the non-sent offer information OF may be posted in a distinguishable manner.
Further, instead of the processing of FIG. 34, a processing example in which the comparison / transmission permission / inhibition determination is performed at every predetermined execution timing as shown in FIG. 28 is also conceivable.
<7.まとめ及び変形例>
 以上の第1~第8の実施の形態では以下の効果が得られる。
 実施の形態の取引仲介装置2は、ユーザ端末5(取引要求者端末)から送信された見積要求情報RQ(取引要求情報)に対応して、複数のベンダー(取引申込者)が互いのオファー内容を知り得ない状態で生成される、複数のベンダーについてのオファー情報OFを取得する商取引情報取得部21と、商取引情報取得部21が取得したオファー情報OFについての比較対象を設定する比較対象設定部22と、商取引情報取得部21が取得したオファー情報OFと、比較対象設定部22が設定した比較対象との比較結果に基づいて、当該オファー情報OFに関する送信をユーザ端末5に対して実行するか否かを決定する送信可否決定処理部23と、送信可否決定処理部23の決定に基づいて、オファー情報OFに関するユーザ端末5への送信処理を制御する送信制御部24とを備えている。
 この取引仲介装置2は、ユーザと複数のベンダーを仲介するシステムとして機能する。この場合に、見積要求情報RQに対する複数のオファー情報OFについて、比較対象との比較処理を行って、ユーザ端末5へのオファー情報に関する送信(例えばオファー情報内容OFvや通知メールMLvの送信)を行うか否かを決定する。すなわち各オファー情報OFについてユーザへの提示に関するフィルタリング機能を備える。
 従って、オファーが多すぎることによるユーザの負担を解消又は軽減することができる。
 具体的には第1~第7の実施の形態によれば、多数のベンダーからの大量のオファー内容が逐一ユーザに送信されてしまうようなことを解消でき、ユーザは、比較により選択されたオファーのみを確認すればよく、無駄なオファー確認の解消、有用なオファーの吟味等を適切に行うことができる。
 第8の実施の形態によれば、オファーが生じた場合に、逐一ユーザに報告されないため、この場合もユーザは、通知が多すぎて煩わしくなるといったことが解消又は軽減できる。
<7. Summary and Modification>
In the above first to eighth embodiments, the following effects can be obtained.
In the transaction mediating apparatus 2 according to the embodiment, a plurality of vendors (transaction applicants) offer each other's offer contents corresponding to the estimate request information RQ (transaction request information) transmitted from the user terminal 5 (transaction requester terminal). The business transaction information acquisition unit 21 that acquires offer information OF for a plurality of vendors, which is generated in a state in which it is impossible to know, and the comparison target setting unit that sets a comparison target for the offer information OF acquired by the business transaction information acquisition unit 21 22, based on the comparison result between the offer information OF acquired by the commercial transaction information acquisition unit 21 and the comparison target set by the comparison target setting unit 22, whether transmission related to the offer information OF is executed to the user terminal 5. A transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23 for determining whether or not the transmission information is transmitted to the user terminal 5 regarding the offer information OF based on the determination of the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23. And a transmission control unit 24 for controlling.
This transaction mediating apparatus 2 functions as a system that mediates between a user and a plurality of vendors. In this case, for a plurality of offer information OF with respect to the estimate request information RQ, a comparison process with a comparison target is performed, and transmission related to offer information to the user terminal 5 (for example, transmission of offer information content OFv and notification mail MLv) is performed. Determine whether or not. In other words, each offer information OF is provided with a filtering function related to presentation to the user.
Accordingly, it is possible to eliminate or reduce the burden on the user due to too many offers.
Specifically, according to the first to seventh embodiments, it is possible to eliminate the fact that a large amount of offer contents from a large number of vendors are sent to the user one by one, and the user can select the offer selected by comparison. It is only necessary to check the information, and it is possible to appropriately eliminate unnecessary offer confirmation and examine useful offers.
According to the eighth embodiment, when an offer is generated, it is not reported to the user one by one, so that in this case as well, the user can be solved or reduced from being bothered by too many notifications.
 また実施の形態の場合、ベンダーがオファー情報OFを作成する時点において、他のベンダーのオファー内容(見積金額等)を知ることはできないシステムである。これによりベンダーの過度の競争を促さないという趣旨を持った取引仲介の運営に適したものとなる。
 またユーザに提示されるオファー情報は取引の申し入れのための見積金額等であり、成約条件ではない。このためユーザ側は、1つのオファー情報OFのみを受け入れるのではなく、複数のオファー情報OFについて検討し、成約を検討できる。もちろんオファー情報OFの送信後にも商談の機会も残されている。従って実施の形態のシステムは、ベンダー、ユーザの双方に、オファー内容の成約までの維持や、成約の義務を課すものではなく、あくまで紹介を想定したものとなる。この意味で、多数のオファーがユーザに提示されることが許容されるのであるが、そのため、ユーザの負担を本実施の形態で解消することに大きな意義が生ずる。つまり本実施の形態は、ユーザが複数のオファーを受け付けることができるシステムにおいて顕著な効果を生ずるものである。
In the case of the embodiment, at the time when the vendor creates the offer information OF, it is a system that cannot know the offer contents (estimated amount, etc.) of other vendors. This makes it suitable for managing transaction brokers with the intention of not promoting excessive competition among vendors.
Also, the offer information presented to the user is an estimated amount for making a transaction offer and not a contractual condition. For this reason, the user side can consider a plurality of offer information OFs and consider a contract instead of accepting only one offer information OF. Of course, there is still an opportunity for negotiations after sending the offer information OF. Accordingly, the system according to the embodiment does not impose maintenance on the offer contents until the contract is concluded or obligates the contract to both the vendor and the user, and assumes introduction only. In this sense, a large number of offers are allowed to be presented to the user. For this reason, it is significant to eliminate the user's burden in the present embodiment. That is, this embodiment has a remarkable effect in a system in which a user can accept a plurality of offers.
 また図14、図15で説明したように、取引仲介装置2(送信可否決定処理部23)は、オファー情報OFに含まれる見積金額が、比較対象金額よりもユーザ側にとって優位な金額である場合に、当該オファー情報OFに関するユーザ端末5への送信を実行すると決定する。図16のように、優位な金額である場合の数に応じて決定する場合もある。
 ユーザにとって優位な見積金額であるということは、ユーザにとって好ましく、成約に関して検討に値するオファー情報である。そのためそのようなオファー情報OFをユーザに提示することがユーザの負担解消や、ユーザ、ベンダー間の望ましい取引の仲介として適切となる。
Further, as described in FIGS. 14 and 15, the transaction intermediary device 2 (transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23) determines that the estimated amount included in the offer information OF is more advantageous for the user than the comparison target amount. Then, it is determined that transmission of the offer information OF to the user terminal 5 is executed. As shown in FIG. 16, it may be determined according to the number of cases where the amount is dominant.
That the estimated amount of money is superior to the user is offer information that is favorable for the user and is worth considering for the contract. Therefore, it is appropriate to present such offer information OF to the user as a mediator of desirable transactions between the user and vendor.
 また取引仲介装置2(送信可否決定処理部23)は、図17、図18で説明したように、オファー情報OFに含まれる見積金額が、比較対象金額よりもユーザ側にとって劣位な金額である場合、金額差分が第1閾値(差分閾値thD1)未満であれば、当該オファー情報に関するユーザ端末5への送信を実行すると決定してもよい。
 ユーザにとって劣位な見積金額であったとしても、各種事情、例えば所在地や期日、付加的なサービスなどの条件によりユーザが成約を望む場合もある。ただし、金額的にあまりに劣位であると、通常は成約の候補にはなりにくいため、ユーザに提示するオファーとしての価値は低い。そこで金額的には劣位であるが、比較対象との金額差分が差分閾値thD1未満であれば、成約の候補になり得るとして、そのオファー情報OFに関するユーザ端末5への送信を実行する。これにより、成約の可能性のあるオファーをむやみに排除せず、またユーザにとっては多様なオファーを確認できるという機能も担保できる。
Further, as described with reference to FIGS. 17 and 18, the transaction intermediary device 2 (transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23), when the estimated amount included in the offer information OF is an amount that is inferior to the user compared to the amount to be compared. If the amount difference is less than the first threshold value (difference threshold value thD1), it may be determined to execute transmission of the offer information to the user terminal 5.
Even if the estimated amount of money is inferior to the user, the user may want to close the contract due to various circumstances such as location, due date, additional service, and the like. However, if the price is too inferior, it is usually difficult to become a contract candidate, so the value presented as an offer to the user is low. Therefore, although it is inferior in terms of amount, if the amount difference with the comparison target is less than the difference threshold thD1, it is determined that it can be a contract candidate, and transmission of the offer information OF to the user terminal 5 is executed. As a result, it is possible to secure a function of not confirming offers that are likely to be closed, and confirming various offers for the user.
 また取引仲介装置2(送信可否決定処理部23)は、図19A及びその変形例で説明したように、第1閾値(差分閾値thD1)を、比較対象とされたオファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者の実績情報、又は比較対象と比較するオファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者の実績情報を用いて設定してもよい。
 即ち金額差分の上限としての差分閾値thD1は、固定値でもよいが、ベンダーの実績に応じて可変してもよい。これによりベンダーの信用等を反映して、ユーザへの送信可否を判断できる。
 例えば比較対象のオファー情報OFのベンダーが、見積金額と成約金額の差が大きく見積金額(比較対象金額)の信用度が低い場合は、差分閾値thD1を大きくして現オファー情報OFの送信可否決定を緩くすることで、ユーザの満足度の高い取引仲介の可能性を高めることができる。
 または、現オファー情報OFのベンダーが、例えば見積金額と成約金額の差が大きくユーザに不利なベンダーである場合は送信可否決定を厳しく、見積金額と成約金額の差が小さい、ユーザに有利なベンダーである場合は送信可否決定を緩くすることでも、ユーザの満足度の高い取引仲介の可能性を高めることができる。
Further, as described in FIG. 19A and its modification example, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23) uses the first threshold (difference threshold thD1) as the offer source of the offer information to be compared. You may set using the performance information of an applicant, or the performance information of the transaction applicant who is the offer origin of the offer information compared with a comparison object.
That is, the difference threshold thD1 as the upper limit of the amount difference may be a fixed value, but may be varied according to the vendor performance. Thus, it is possible to determine whether or not transmission to the user is possible, reflecting the vendor's trust and the like.
For example, if the vendor of the offer information OF to be compared has a large difference between the estimated amount and the contracted amount and the credit amount of the estimated amount (comparative amount) is low, the difference threshold thD1 is increased to determine whether the current offer information OF can be transmitted. By loosening, it is possible to increase the possibility of transaction mediation with high user satisfaction.
Alternatively, if the vendor of the current offer information OF is a vendor that has a large difference between the estimated amount and the contracted amount and is unfavorable to the user, for example, the decision to send or not is strict, and the vendor that is advantageous to the user has a small difference between the estimated amount and the concluded amount In this case, the possibility of transaction mediation with a high degree of user satisfaction can also be increased by loosening the transmission permission / inhibition decision.
 また取引仲介装置2(送信可否決定処理部23)は、図19B、図20Aで説明したように、第1閾値(差分閾値thD1)を、オファー情報OFの対象のユーザ端末5へのオファー情報に関する送信実行状況に基づいて設定されるようにしてもよい。
 差分閾値thD1を大きくすれば、送信可否決定が緩くなり、ユーザ端末5への送信が実行されるオファー情報の数が増えやすくなり、差分閾値thD1を小さくすれば、送信可否決定が厳しくなり、ユーザ設定5への送信が実行されるオファー情報の数が絞られる。そこで、ユーザ端末5への送信実行状況に基づいて設定すれば、適度な数のオファーをユーザに提示できる。つまり、多すぎることだけでなく、少なすぎることにも対応できる。
Further, as described with reference to FIGS. 19B and 20A, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23) sets the first threshold (difference threshold thD1) to offer information to the user terminal 5 that is the target of the offer information OF. It may be set based on the transmission execution status.
If the difference threshold thD1 is increased, the transmission permission / inhibition decision becomes loose, and the number of offer information to be transmitted to the user terminal 5 is likely to increase. If the difference threshold thD1 is decreased, the transmission permission / inhibition decision becomes strict. The number of offer information to be transmitted to setting 5 is reduced. Therefore, if the setting is made based on the transmission execution status to the user terminal 5, an appropriate number of offers can be presented to the user. That is, not only too much but also too few can be accommodated.
 また取引仲介装置2(送信可否決定処理部23)は、図20Bで説明したように、第1閾値(差分閾値thD1)を、比較対象に設定された他のオファー情報OFとの比較結果により、非送信と決定されたオファー情報OFの数に基づいて設定されるようにしてもよい。比較対象とされた他のオファー情報OFが強力すぎる場合、それ以外のオファー情報OFがほとんど非送信と決定されてしまう場合がある。その場合、なかなかユーザにオファー情報OFが届かないといったこともある。そこで差分閾値thD1を調整することで、適度な数のオファー情報OFがユーザに提示されるようにできる。 Further, as described with reference to FIG. 20B, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23) sets the first threshold (difference threshold thD1) to the other offer information OF set as the comparison target, It may be set based on the number of offer information OFs determined not to be transmitted. If the other offer information OF that is the comparison target is too powerful, the other offer information OF may be determined to be almost non-transmitted. In that case, it may be difficult for the user to receive the offer information OF. Therefore, an appropriate number of offer information OF can be presented to the user by adjusting the difference threshold thD1.
 また取引仲介装置2(送信可否決定処理部23)は、図21,図22で説明したように、オファー情報に含まれる見積金額を比較用に補正した比較用見積金額を比較対象と比較するようにしてもよい。
 ユーザが成約したいと考える条件は、見積金額、利便性、事業者の信用など多岐にわたる。そこで見積金額のみ劣位であるために取引要求者への送信が実行されない、あるいは見積金額のみ優位であるため送信が実行されるということをなくすため、比較に用いる見積金額を増減する補正を行う。これによりユーザに多様な条件の見積もりが提示されるようにできる。
 このように比較用見積金額を用いて比較を行う場合、図22のようにオファー情報OFに関する条件要素、例えば地理的要素、時期的要素、ベンダーの信用等と、ユーザ設定条件との差の大きさに基づいて、見積金額を比較用に補正するようにしてもよい。
 ユーザが見積要求情報RQにおいて設定条件を提示することで、ユーザが成約に求める条件を判断できる。そのような条件に適したオファーを、比較時の見積金額の補正により、ユーザ端末5への送信が行われやすくすることができる。逆に条件にそぐわないオファーを非送信の可能性を高くする。従ってユーザに対して望ましいオファーを届けやすくできる。
Further, as described with reference to FIGS. 21 and 22, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23) compares the estimated amount for comparison with the estimated amount included in the offer information corrected for comparison with the comparison target. It may be.
The conditions that the user wants to close are diverse, such as the estimated amount, convenience, and operator's credit. Therefore, in order to prevent the transmission to the transaction requester from being executed because only the estimated amount is inferior, or the transmission being executed because only the estimated amount is superior, correction is performed to increase or decrease the estimated amount used for comparison. Thereby, the estimation of various conditions can be presented to the user.
When the comparison is made using the estimated amount for comparison, the difference between the condition elements related to the offer information OF, for example, the geographical element, the temporal element, the vendor's credit, etc., and the user setting condition as shown in FIG. Based on this, the estimated amount may be corrected for comparison.
When the user presents the setting condition in the estimate request information RQ, the condition that the user seeks to close can be determined. An offer suitable for such conditions can be easily transmitted to the user terminal 5 by correcting the estimated amount at the time of comparison. Conversely, increase the possibility of not sending offers that do not meet the conditions. Therefore, it is possible to easily deliver a desired offer to the user.
 また取引仲介装置2(送信可否決定処理部23)は、図23,図24の非送信オファー処理で説明したように、ユーザ端末5へのオファー情報に関する送信を実行しないと決定したオファー情報OFについて、当該オファー情報OFのオファー元であるベンダーへの通知処理を実行するか否かを決定する処理を行うようにしてもよい。
 取引要求者端末への送信を行わないとされたオファー情報は、取引申込者にとっては成約不可能又は成約困難なものとなる。そこでその旨を通知することでベンダーの適切な報告や、ベンダーの対応を促すことができる。
Further, as described in the non-transmission offer process in FIGS. 23 and 24, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23) determines the offer information OF that is determined not to execute the transmission related to the offer information to the user terminal 5. A process for determining whether or not to execute a process of notifying the vendor who is the offer source of the offer information OF may be performed.
Offer information that is determined not to be transmitted to the transaction requester terminal becomes impossible or difficult for the contract applicant. Therefore, by notifying that fact, it is possible to encourage the vendor to appropriately report and to deal with the vendor.
 また図23Cのように、非送信オファー処理では、非送信と決定したオファー情報OFについて、当該オファー情報OFに含まれる見積金額と比較対象金額の金額差分が所定閾値(差分閾値thD2)未満であれば、当該オファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者への通知処理を実行すると決定するようにしてもよい。
 金額差分が所定閾値未満ということは、比較により送信不実行と決定されたが、比較処理においてさほど大きく負けたものではないという意味になる。そこで再オファーを促す意味などで、通知処理が好適となる。
Further, as shown in FIG. 23C, in the non-transmission offer process, for the offer information OF determined to be non-transmission, the amount difference between the estimated amount included in the offer information OF and the comparison target amount is less than a predetermined threshold (difference threshold thD2). For example, it may be determined that the notification process to the transaction applicant who is the offer source of the offer information is executed.
If the amount difference is less than the predetermined threshold value, it is determined that the transmission is not executed by comparison, but it means that the comparison process is not greatly lost. Therefore, notification processing is preferable in terms of prompting a re-offer.
 また図24A、図24Bのように、非送信オファー処理では、非送信と決定したオファー情報OFについて、当該オファー情報OFのベンダーによる他のオファー情報の状況に基づいて、実行するか否かを決定するようにしてもよい。
 例えば当該ベンダーの他のオファー情報により、同様の商品の取引の成約機会が存在しているなどの状況により、送信不実行の通知が必ずしも必要ではない場合があるためであり、これにより通知処理の簡易化、ベンダーの業務の効率化もはかれる。
Further, as shown in FIGS. 24A and 24B, in the non-transmission offer process, it is determined whether or not to execute the offer information OF determined to be non-transmission based on the status of other offer information by the vendor of the offer information OF. You may make it do.
For example, it may not always be necessary to notify the non-execution of transmission due to the other offer information of the vendor, such as when there is an opportunity to close a transaction for the same product. Simplification and efficiency of vendor operations can also be achieved.
 また非送信オファー処理でベンダーに通知する通知情報ILには、図25Aのように再オファー情報の送信を推奨する内容を含むようにすることが望ましい。通知により再オファー情報の送信を推奨することで、ベンダーに成約のチャンスを提供できる。
 また通知情報ILには、図25Bのようにオファーの対象とする見積要求情報RQの変更を推奨する内容を含むようにしてもよい。オファーの対象を変更すれば、ベンダーに新たに成約のチャンスを提供できる場合があるためである。
In addition, it is desirable that the notification information IL notified to the vendor in the non-transmission offer process includes content recommending the re-offer information transmission as shown in FIG. 25A. Encouraging vendors to close deals by sending re-offer information through notifications.
Further, the notification information IL may include content recommending a change of the estimate request information RQ to be offered as shown in FIG. 25B. This is because changing the offer target may provide a new opportunity for the vendor to close.
 また第2、第3,第4,第5の実施の形態(図26A、図26B、図27A、図27B)で説明したように、取引仲介装置2(送信可否決定処理部23)は、比較結果からオファー情報OFに関するユーザ端末5への送信を実行するか否かを決定するための条件を、ユーザ端末5へのオファー情報送信状況に基づいて選択するようにしてもよい。
 送信を実行するか否かの決定条件は、厳しい条件や緩い条件で可変することが考えられる。このような条件選択をユーザ端末5へのオファー情報送信状況に基づいて行うことで、ユーザ端末5へ適度な数のオファー情報の提示を実現できる。
In addition, as described in the second, third, fourth, and fifth embodiments (FIGS. 26A, 26B, 27A, and 27B), the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit 23) performs comparison. You may make it select the conditions for determining whether to perform transmission to the user terminal 5 regarding offer information OF from the result based on the offer information transmission condition to the user terminal 5.
It is conceivable that the condition for determining whether or not to execute transmission varies depending on severe conditions or loose conditions. By performing such a condition selection based on the offer information transmission status to the user terminal 5, presentation of an appropriate number of offer information to the user terminal 5 can be realized.
 また図13A、図13B、図13Cで説明したように、取引仲介装置2(比較対象設定部22)は、他のオファー情報であってユーザ端末5側での所定操作が行われたオファー情報を、比較対象に設定してもよい。
 比較処理における比較対象には、ユーザにとって成約可否の基準となるものが望ましい。既にユーザに提示しユーザが興味を示したオファー情報は、このような基準として適切と考えられる。そこでユーザ端末5側で、オファー情報内容OFvとしての電子メール内でのURLリンクのクリックなどの所定操作が行われたオファー情報を、比較対象に設定する。これにより、ユーザにとって望ましいオファーを提示するための送信可否決定機能を高めることができる。
Further, as described with reference to FIGS. 13A, 13B, and 13C, the transaction mediating apparatus 2 (comparison target setting unit 22) receives other offer information that has been subjected to a predetermined operation on the user terminal 5 side. , It may be set as a comparison target.
The comparison target in the comparison process is preferably a reference for whether or not the contract is possible for the user. Offer information that has already been presented to the user and the user has shown interest is considered appropriate as such a criterion. Therefore, on the user terminal 5 side, offer information for which a predetermined operation such as clicking on a URL link in an email as offer information content OFv is performed is set as a comparison target. Thereby, the transmission permission / inhibition determination function for presenting an offer desirable for the user can be enhanced.
 また比較対象設定に関しては、図9Aのように相場情報を用いること、図9Bのようにユーザ希望額を用いることでも、ユーザにとって望ましいオファーを提示するための送信可否決定機能を高めることができる。
 また図10,図11,図12の各例のように、競合する他のオファー情報OFを比較対象として用いることで、多数のベンダーの中でユーザにとって優位なオファーを選択し、ユーザに提示できる。
Further, regarding the comparison target setting, using the market price information as shown in FIG. 9A and using the user desired amount as shown in FIG. 9B can also enhance the transmission permission / inhibition decision function for presenting a desired offer for the user.
Further, as in the examples of FIGS. 10, 11, and 12, by using other competing offer information OF as a comparison target, it is possible to select an offer superior to the user among a large number of vendors and present it to the user. .
 なお本発明の情報処理装置は、実施の形態の取引仲介装置2の例に限らず、多様な変形例が想定される。
 まず、自動車買取サービスの例で説明したが、他の各種の商取引の仲介サービスとして本発明は適用できる。
 例えば自動車保険、生命保険、損害保険、火災保険、地震保険その他の各種保険商品の成約の仲介サービスが考えられる。また車検、引っ越し、運送等のためにユーザが業者を探すためのサービスとしても好適である。住宅販売等の不動産取引の仲介、旅行商品の販売の仲介としても好適である。中古品の買取サービスにも適用できる。以上はあくまで例示であり、これら以外にも本発明の適用分野は多様に想定される。
The information processing apparatus of the present invention is not limited to the example of the transaction mediating apparatus 2 of the embodiment, and various modifications are assumed.
First, although the example of the automobile purchase service has been described, the present invention can be applied as an intermediary service for other various commercial transactions.
For example, it can be an intermediary service for contracting auto insurance, life insurance, non-life insurance, fire insurance, earthquake insurance and other insurance products. It is also suitable as a service for a user to search for a trader for vehicle inspection, moving, transportation and the like. It is also suitable as an intermediary for real estate transactions such as home sales, and as an intermediary for sales of travel products. It can also be applied to used goods purchase services. The above is merely an example, and various fields of application of the present invention are envisaged besides these.
 また実施の形態では「ユーザにとって優位」とは、見積金額が高いということを想定して説明したが、逆に保険、車検、不動産販売等、ユーザが購入するという形態の場合は、「ユーザにとって優位」とは、見積金額が安いということとなることは、言うまでもない。
 なお、見積金額が安い場合がユーザに有利な取引に適用する場合、図18のステップS342は「CPV’←CPV+thD1」とするなど、各例は適切に変形すればよい。
Further, in the embodiment, the explanation has been made assuming that “the advantage for the user” is high, but conversely, in the case where the user purchases such as insurance, vehicle inspection, real estate sales, etc., “ It goes without saying that “advantage” means that the estimated amount is low.
In addition, when the case where the estimated amount is low is applied to a transaction advantageous to the user, each example may be appropriately modified, for example, “CPV ′ ← CPV + thD1” in step S342 of FIG.
 また実施の形態では、比較処理では、見積金額と比較対象金額としたが、金額以外での値を用いて比較処理を行うこともできる。例えば取引数量、取引日時、ベンダーの評価値などを金額と併せて、或いは金額に代えて比較処理で用いてもよい。
 また取引要求情報の例として見積要求情報RQを挙げたが、見積金額を比較対象としない例も考えられることから取引要求情報には、見積要求情報RQ以外の例も考えられる。例えば取引数量、取引日時等としての可能数や可能日時の提示を要求するようなリクエストも取引要求情報の例として考えられる。
In the embodiment, the comparison process uses the estimated amount and the comparison target amount. However, the comparison process may be performed using a value other than the amount. For example, the transaction quantity, transaction date and time, vendor evaluation value, etc. may be used in the comparison process together with the amount or instead of the amount.
Further, although the quote request information RQ is given as an example of the transaction request information, an example in which the estimated amount is not used as a comparison target is also conceivable, and examples other than the quote request information RQ can be considered as the transaction request information. For example, a request for requesting the presentation of a possible quantity as a transaction quantity, a transaction date and time, and a possible date and time is also considered as an example of the transaction request information.
<8.プログラム及び記憶媒体>
 以上、本発明の情報処理装置の実施の形態としての取引仲介装置2を説明してきたが、実施の形態のプログラムは、取引仲介装置2における商取引情報取得部21、比較対象設定部22、送信可否決定処理部23、送信制御部24の処理を情報処理装置(CPU等)に実行させるプログラムである。
<8. Program and Storage Medium>
As mentioned above, although the transaction mediating apparatus 2 as embodiment of the information processing apparatus of this invention was demonstrated, the program of embodiment is the commercial transaction information acquisition part 21 in the transaction mediating apparatus 2, the comparison object setting part 22, and transmission permission / inhibition This is a program that causes an information processing device (such as a CPU) to execute the processes of the determination processing unit 23 and the transmission control unit 24.
 実施の形態のプログラムは、ユーザ端末5から送信された見積要求情報RQに対応して、複数のベンダーが互いのオファー内容を知り得ない状態で生成される、複数のベンダーについてのオファー情報OFを取得する商取引情報取得手順を情報処理装置に実行させる。また、商取引情報取得手順で取得したオファー情報OFについての比較対象を設定する比較対象設定手順を情報処理装置に実行させる。また商取引情報取得手順で取得したオファー情報OFと、比較対象設定手順で設定した比較対象との比較結果に基づいて、当該オファー情報OFに関する送信をユーザ端末5に対して実行するか否かを決定する送信可否決定手順を情報処理装置に実行させる。さらに送信可否決定手順の決定に基づいて、オファー情報に関OFするユーザ端末5への送信処理を制御する送信制御手順を情報処理装置に実行させるプロ。
 即ちこのプログラムは、情報処理装置のCPU101に対して図8、図26A、図26B、図27A、図27B、図28、図31、又は図34で第1~第8の実施の形態として説明した処理を実行させるプログラムである。
The program of the embodiment corresponds to the request information RQ transmitted from the user terminal 5 and provides the offer information OF for a plurality of vendors generated in a state where the plurality of vendors cannot know each other's offer contents. The information processing apparatus is caused to execute a commercial transaction information acquisition procedure to be acquired. Further, the information processing apparatus is caused to execute a comparison target setting procedure for setting a comparison target for the offer information OF acquired in the commercial transaction information acquisition procedure. Further, based on the comparison result between the offer information OF acquired in the commercial transaction information acquisition procedure and the comparison target set in the comparison target setting procedure, it is determined whether or not transmission related to the offer information OF is executed to the user terminal 5. The information processing apparatus executes the transmission permission / inhibition determination procedure to be performed. Furthermore, the professional who makes an information processing apparatus perform the transmission control procedure which controls the transmission process to the user terminal 5 OF of offer information based on determination of the transmission permission decision procedure.
That is, this program has been described as the first to eighth embodiments in FIG. 8, FIG. 26A, FIG. 26B, FIG. 27A, FIG. 27B, FIG. 28, FIG. It is a program that executes processing.
 このようなプログラムにより、上述した取引仲介装置2としての情報処理装置を実現できる。
 そしてこのようなプログラムはコンピュータ装置等の機器に内蔵されている記憶媒体としてのHDDや、CPUを有するマイクロコンピュータ内のROM等に予め記憶しておくことができる。あるいはまた、半導体メモリ、メモリカード、光ディスク、光磁気ディスク、磁気ディスクなどのリムーバブル記憶媒体に、一時的あるいは永続的に格納(記憶)しておくことができる。またこのようなリムーバブル記憶媒体は、いわゆるパッケージソフトウェアとして提供することができる。
 また、このようなプログラムは、リムーバブル記憶媒体からパーソナルコンピュータ等にインストールする他、ダウンロードサイトから、LAN、インターネットなどのネットワークを介してダウンロードすることもできる。
By such a program, the information processing apparatus as the transaction mediating apparatus 2 described above can be realized.
Such a program can be stored in advance in an HDD as a storage medium built in a device such as a computer device, a ROM in a microcomputer having a CPU, or the like. Alternatively, it can be stored (stored) temporarily or permanently in a removable storage medium such as a semiconductor memory, memory card, optical disk, magneto-optical disk, or magnetic disk. Such a removable storage medium can be provided as so-called package software.
Further, such a program can be installed from a removable storage medium to a personal computer or the like, or can be downloaded from a download site via a network such as a LAN or the Internet.
 1 ネットワーク、2 取引仲介装置、3 DB群、4 ベンダー端末、5 ユーザ端末、20 通信部、21 商取引情報取得部、22 比較対象設定部、23 送信可否決定処理部、24 送信制御部、25 WEBサーバ 1 network, 2 transaction brokerage device, 3 DB group, 4 vendor terminal, 5 user terminal, 20 communication unit, 21 commercial transaction information acquisition unit, 22 comparison target setting unit, 23 transmission enable / disable determination processing unit, 24 transmission control unit, 25 WEB server

Claims (17)

  1.  取引要求者端末から送信された取引要求情報に対応して、複数の取引申込者が互いのオファー内容を知り得ない状態で生成される、複数の取引申込者についてのオファー情報を取得する商取引情報取得部と、
     前記商取引情報取得部が取得した前記オファー情報についての比較対象を設定する比較対象設定部と、
     前記商取引情報取得部が取得した前記オファー情報と、前記比較対象設定部が設定した比較対象との比較結果に基づいて、当該オファー情報に関する送信を前記取引要求者端末に対して実行するか否かを決定する送信可否決定処理部と、
     前記送信可否決定処理部の決定に基づいて、オファー情報に関する前記取引要求者端末への送信処理を制御する送信制御部と、を備えた
     情報処理装置。
    Commerce information to obtain offer information for multiple transaction applicants that is generated in a state where multiple transaction applicants do not know each other's offer contents corresponding to the transaction request information sent from the transaction requester terminal An acquisition unit;
    A comparison target setting unit for setting a comparison target for the offer information acquired by the commercial transaction information acquisition unit;
    Whether or not to transmit the offer information to the transaction requester terminal based on a comparison result between the offer information acquired by the commercial transaction information acquisition unit and a comparison target set by the comparison target setting unit A transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit for determining
    An information processing apparatus comprising: a transmission control unit that controls transmission processing of the offer information to the transaction requester terminal based on the determination of the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit.
  2.  前記送信可否決定処理部は、オファー情報に含まれる見積金額が、比較対象に含まれる金額よりも取引要求者側にとって優位な金額である場合に、当該オファー情報に関する前記取引要求者端末への送信を実行すると決定する
     請求項1に記載の情報処理装置。
    When the estimated amount included in the offer information is an amount superior to the transaction requester than the amount included in the comparison target, the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit transmits the offer information to the transaction requester terminal. The information processing device according to claim 1, wherein the information processing device is determined to be executed.
  3.  前記送信可否決定処理部は、オファー情報に含まれる見積金額が、比較対象に含まれる金額よりも取引要求者側にとって劣位な金額である場合、金額差分が第1閾値未満であれば、当該オファー情報に関する前記取引要求者端末への送信を実行すると決定する
     請求項1又は請求項2に記載の情報処理装置。
    If the estimated amount included in the offer information is inferior to the transaction requester than the amount included in the comparison target, the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit determines that the offer is determined if the amount difference is less than the first threshold. The information processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the information processing apparatus determines to perform transmission of the information to the transaction requester terminal.
  4.  前記第1閾値は、比較対象とされたオファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者の実績情報、又は比較対象と比較するオファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者の実績情報を用いて設定される
     請求項3に記載の情報処理装置。
    The first threshold value is set using performance information of a transaction applicant who is an offer source of offer information to be compared, or performance information of a transaction applicant who is an offer source of offer information to be compared with a comparison target. The information processing apparatus according to claim 3.
  5.  前記第1閾値は、オファー情報の対象の取引要求者端末へのオファー情報に関する送信実行状況に基づいて設定される
     請求項3に記載の情報処理装置。
    The information processing apparatus according to claim 3, wherein the first threshold is set based on a transmission execution status related to offer information to a transaction requester terminal that is a target of offer information.
  6.  前記第1閾値は、前記比較対象設定部によって比較対象に設定されたオファー情報との比較結果により、前記取引要求者端末へ送信しないと決定されたオファー情報の数に基づいて設定される
     請求項3に記載の情報処理装置。
    The first threshold value is set based on the number of offer information determined not to be transmitted to the transaction requester terminal based on a comparison result with offer information set as a comparison target by the comparison target setting unit. 3. The information processing apparatus according to 3.
  7.  前記送信可否決定処理部は、オファー情報に含まれる見積金額を比較用に補正したうえで比較対象と比較する
     請求項1乃至請求項6のいずれかに記載の情報処理装置。
    The information processing apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit corrects an estimated amount included in offer information for comparison, and compares it with a comparison target.
  8.  前記送信可否決定処理部は、オファー情報に関する条件要素と、取引要求情報に関連づけられた設定条件との差の大きさに基づいて、オファー情報に含まれる見積金額を比較用に補正する
     請求項7に記載の情報処理装置。
    The transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit corrects the estimated amount included in the offer information for comparison based on the magnitude of the difference between the condition element related to the offer information and the setting condition associated with the transaction request information. The information processing apparatus described in 1.
  9.  前記送信可否決定処理部は、前記取引要求者端末へのオファー情報に関する送信を実行しないと決定したオファー情報について、当該オファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者への通知処理を実行するか否かを決定する処理を行う
     請求項1乃至請求項8のいずれかに記載の情報処理装置。
    Whether or not the transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit performs notification processing to the transaction applicant who is the offer source of the offer information for the offer information determined to not perform transmission related to the offer information to the transaction requester terminal. The information processing apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein a process for determining the information is performed.
  10.  前記送信可否決定処理部は、前記取引要求者端末へのオファー情報に関する送信を実行しないと決定したオファー情報について、当該オファー情報に含まれる見積金額と比較対象に含まれる金額の金額差分が所定閾値未満であれば、当該オファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者への通知処理を実行すると決定する
     請求項9に記載の情報処理装置。
    The transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit, for offer information determined not to execute transmission related to offer information to the transaction requester terminal, an amount difference between an estimated amount included in the offer information and an amount included in a comparison target is a predetermined threshold value The information processing apparatus according to claim 9, wherein if it is less than the number, it is determined to execute a notification process to a transaction applicant who is an offer source of the offer information.
  11.  前記送信可否決定処理部は、前記取引要求者端末へのオファー情報に関する送信を実行しないと決定したオファー情報についての取引申込者への通知処理は、当該オファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者による他のオファー情報の状況に基づいて、実行するか否かを決定する
     請求項9に記載の情報処理装置。
    The transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit performs a notification process to the transaction applicant regarding offer information determined not to execute transmission related to offer information to the transaction requester terminal by a transaction applicant who is an offer source of the offer information. The information processing apparatus according to claim 9, wherein it is determined whether or not to execute based on a situation of other offer information.
  12.  前記送信可否決定処理部は、前記取引要求者端末へのオファー情報に関する送信を実行しないと決定したオファー情報について、当該オファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者への通知処理を実行する場合、前記通知処理による通知情報には、再オファー情報の送信を推奨する内容を含むようにする
     請求項1乃至請求項11のいずれかに記載の情報処理装置。
    The transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit, when executing the notification process to the transaction applicant who is the offer source of the offer information, for the offer information determined not to execute the transmission related to the offer information to the transaction requester terminal, The information processing apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the notification information by the notification process includes content that recommends transmission of re-offer information.
  13.  前記送信可否決定処理部は、前記取引要求者端末へのオファー情報に関する送信を実行しないと決定したオファー情報について、当該オファー情報のオファー元である取引申込者への通知処理を実行する場合、前記通知処理による通知情報には、オファーの対象とする取引要求情報の変更を推奨する内容を含むようにする
     請求項1乃至請求項12のいずれかに記載の情報処理装置。
    The transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit, when executing the notification process to the transaction applicant who is the offer source of the offer information, for the offer information determined not to execute the transmission related to the offer information to the transaction requester terminal, The information processing apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the notification information by the notification process includes a content that recommends change of transaction request information to be offered.
  14.  前記送信可否決定処理部は、比較結果からオファー情報に関する送信を前記取引要求者端末に対して実行するか否かを決定するための条件を、送信対象の取引要求者端末へのオファー情報送信状況に基づいて選択する
     請求項1乃至請求項13のいずれかに記載の情報処理装置。
    The transmission permission / inhibition determination processing unit provides a condition for determining whether or not to execute transmission related to offer information from the comparison result to the transaction requester terminal. The information processing device according to claim 1, wherein the information processing device is selected based on the information processing device.
  15.  前記比較対象設定部は、前記商取引情報取得部が取得したオファー情報と同じ取引要求情報に対応し、かつ前記取引要求者端末に送信された他のオファー情報であって、前記取引要求者端末側での所定操作が行われたオファー情報を、比較対象に設定する
     請求項1乃至請求項14のいずれかに記載の情報処理装置。
    The comparison target setting unit corresponds to the same transaction request information as the offer information acquired by the commercial transaction information acquisition unit, and is other offer information transmitted to the transaction requester terminal, the transaction requester terminal side The information processing apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein offer information on which a predetermined operation is performed is set as a comparison target.
  16.  取引要求者端末から送信された取引要求情報に対応して、複数の取引申込者が互いのオファー内容を知り得ない状態で生成される、複数の取引申込者についてのオファー情報を取得する商取引情報取得ステップと、
     前記商取引情報取得ステップで取得した前記オファー情報についての比較対象を設定する比較対象設定ステップと、
     前記商取引情報取得ステップで取得した前記オファー情報と、前記比較対象設定ステップで設定した比較対象との比較結果に基づいて、当該オファー情報に関する送信を前記取引要求者端末に対して実行するか否かを決定する送信可否決定ステップと、
     前記送信可否決定ステップの決定に基づいて、オファー情報に関する前記取引要求者端末への送信処理を制御する送信制御ステップと、を有する
     情報処理方法。
    Commerce information to obtain offer information for multiple transaction applicants that is generated in a state where multiple transaction applicants do not know each other's offer contents corresponding to the transaction request information sent from the transaction requester terminal An acquisition step;
    A comparison target setting step for setting a comparison target for the offer information acquired in the commercial transaction information acquisition step;
    Whether or not to transmit the offer information to the transaction requester terminal based on a comparison result between the offer information acquired in the commercial transaction information acquisition step and a comparison target set in the comparison target setting step A transmission permission / inhibition determining step for determining
    A transmission control step of controlling transmission processing of offer information to the transaction requester terminal based on the determination of the transmission permission / inhibition determining step.
  17.  取引要求者端末から送信された取引要求情報に対応して、複数の取引申込者が互いのオファー内容を知り得ない状態で生成される、複数の取引申込者についてのオファー情報を取得する商取引情報取得手順と、
     前記商取引情報取得手順で取得した前記オファー情報についての比較対象を設定する比較対象設定手順と、
     前記商取引情報取得手順で取得した前記オファー情報と、前記比較対象設定手順で設定した比較対象との比較結果に基づいて、当該オファー情報に関する送信を前記取引要求者端末に対して実行するか否かを決定する送信可否決定手順と、
     前記送信可否決定手順の決定に基づいて、オファー情報に関する前記取引要求者端末への送信処理を制御する送信制御手順と、
     を情報処理装置に実行させるプログラム。
    Commerce information to obtain offer information for multiple transaction applicants that is generated in a state where multiple transaction applicants do not know each other's offer contents corresponding to the transaction request information sent from the transaction requester terminal Acquisition procedure;
    A comparison target setting procedure for setting a comparison target for the offer information acquired in the commercial transaction information acquisition procedure;
    Whether or not to transmit the offer information to the transaction requester terminal based on the comparison result between the offer information acquired in the commercial transaction information acquisition procedure and the comparison target set in the comparison target setting procedure A transmission permission / inhibition determination procedure for determining
    A transmission control procedure for controlling a transmission process to the transaction requester terminal related to offer information based on the determination of the transmission permission determination procedure;
    For causing an information processing apparatus to execute the program.
PCT/JP2014/064405 2014-05-30 2014-05-30 Information processing device, information processing method, program WO2015181946A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016523052A JP6270999B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2014-05-30 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
PCT/JP2014/064405 WO2015181946A1 (en) 2014-05-30 2014-05-30 Information processing device, information processing method, program

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2014/064405 WO2015181946A1 (en) 2014-05-30 2014-05-30 Information processing device, information processing method, program

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015181946A1 true WO2015181946A1 (en) 2015-12-03

Family

ID=54698322

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/064405 WO2015181946A1 (en) 2014-05-30 2014-05-30 Information processing device, information processing method, program

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6270999B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2015181946A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2019502209A (en) * 2015-12-29 2019-01-24 アリババ グループ ホウルディング リミテッド Service processing method and apparatus
WO2023161973A1 (en) * 2022-02-22 2023-08-31 日立グローバルライフソリューションズ株式会社 Transaction assistance device, transaction assistance method, and transaction assistance program

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10187834A (en) * 1996-10-31 1998-07-21 Fujitsu Ltd Method, system for joint estimate and order and storage medium storing joint estimate/order program
JP2001297222A (en) * 2000-04-13 2001-10-26 Diamond Auto Lease Co Ltd Information processing system for supporting automobile purchase by open bidding on communication network
JP2002049762A (en) * 2000-08-04 2002-02-15 Insweb Kk System and method for presenting financial product quotation and recording medium
JP2004199236A (en) * 2002-12-17 2004-07-15 Toyota Motor Corp Repair estimation preparing device, repair estimation system and repair estimation method
JP2006053878A (en) * 2004-08-10 2006-02-23 Shinobu Itotani Method for carrying out competitive estimate of mediation condition for object intended to be sold

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5758328A (en) * 1996-02-22 1998-05-26 Giovannoli; Joseph Computerized quotation system and method
JP2001297220A (en) * 2000-04-12 2001-10-26 Nec Corp Network transaction method, method and system for data processing, vicarious terminal device, and information storage medium

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10187834A (en) * 1996-10-31 1998-07-21 Fujitsu Ltd Method, system for joint estimate and order and storage medium storing joint estimate/order program
JP2001297222A (en) * 2000-04-13 2001-10-26 Diamond Auto Lease Co Ltd Information processing system for supporting automobile purchase by open bidding on communication network
JP2002049762A (en) * 2000-08-04 2002-02-15 Insweb Kk System and method for presenting financial product quotation and recording medium
JP2004199236A (en) * 2002-12-17 2004-07-15 Toyota Motor Corp Repair estimation preparing device, repair estimation system and repair estimation method
JP2006053878A (en) * 2004-08-10 2006-02-23 Shinobu Itotani Method for carrying out competitive estimate of mediation condition for object intended to be sold

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2019502209A (en) * 2015-12-29 2019-01-24 アリババ グループ ホウルディング リミテッド Service processing method and apparatus
WO2023161973A1 (en) * 2022-02-22 2023-08-31 日立グローバルライフソリューションズ株式会社 Transaction assistance device, transaction assistance method, and transaction assistance program

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6270999B2 (en) 2018-01-31
JPWO2015181946A1 (en) 2017-04-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9367866B2 (en) Method and system to automatically qualify a party to participate within a network-based commerce transaction
JP5073846B1 (en) Question answer processing apparatus, question answer processing method, question answer processing program, and recording medium
US20160292763A1 (en) Discovery method for buyers, sellers of real estate
US20100312691A1 (en) Loan Quotation System and Method
US20170262914A1 (en) Online marketplace for wholesale deals
JP5661688B2 (en) Information providing apparatus, information providing method, and information providing program
JP4562205B2 (en) Transaction information brokerage system and brokerage apparatus
JP2017078985A (en) M&amp;a candidate display method, m &amp; a candidate display device, scoring method and scoring device
JP6994872B2 (en) Correction device, correction method and correction program
KR20140133778A (en) method and system for transaction
JP2020027522A (en) server
US20090222356A1 (en) Proposal submission system and method
US20090012858A1 (en) Price protection system and method
JP2020057321A (en) Information processing device and information processing method
JP6069599B1 (en) Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
JP6270999B2 (en) Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
WO2016084259A1 (en) Information processing device, information processing method, and information processing program
WO2016065315A1 (en) Systems and methods for reputation management
JP6659262B2 (en) Real estate intermediation device and real estate intermediation method
JP5338109B2 (en) Electronic payment terminal for personal use, recommendation information generation system using the terminal, generation method, and generation program
JP5746452B1 (en) Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and information processing program
JP6694087B1 (en) Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and information processing program
US20120011074A1 (en) Computer-based method and system for appraising intellectual property
KR102477446B1 (en) Inheritance method and device for meeting service based on trading of securitized meeting right
JP6680917B1 (en) Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and information processing program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14893171

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016523052

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14893171

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1